diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'doc/classes')
153 files changed, 3369 insertions, 1376 deletions
diff --git a/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml b/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml index d4680d1836..c47ce81651 100644 --- a/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml +++ b/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml @@ -99,14 +99,6 @@ [b]Warning:[/b] Deserialized object can contain code which gets executed. Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources to avoid potential security threats (remote code execution). </description> </method> - <method name="cartesian2polar"> - <return type="Vector2" /> - <argument index="0" name="x" type="float" /> - <argument index="1" name="y" type="float" /> - <description> - Converts a 2D point expressed in the cartesian coordinate system (X and Y axis) to the polar coordinate system (a distance from the origin and an angle). - </description> - </method> <method name="ceil"> <return type="float" /> <argument index="0" name="x" type="float" /> @@ -521,14 +513,6 @@ [b]Warning:[/b] Due to the way it is implemented, this function returns [code]0[/code] rather than [code]1[/code] for non-positive values of [code]value[/code] (in reality, 1 is the smallest integer power of 2). </description> </method> - <method name="polar2cartesian"> - <return type="Vector2" /> - <argument index="0" name="r" type="float" /> - <argument index="1" name="th" type="float" /> - <description> - Converts a 2D point expressed in the polar coordinate system (a distance from the origin [code]r[/code] and an angle [code]th[/code]) to the cartesian coordinate system (X and Y axis). - </description> - </method> <method name="posmod"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="x" type="int" /> @@ -711,6 +695,19 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="rid_allocate_id"> + <return type="int" /> + <description> + Allocate a unique ID which can be used by the implementation to construct a RID. This is used mainly from native extensions to implement servers. + </description> + </method> + <method name="rid_from_int64"> + <return type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="base" type="int" /> + <description> + Create a RID from an int64. This is used mainly from native extensions to build servers. + </description> + </method> <method name="round"> <return type="float" /> <argument index="0" name="x" type="float" /> @@ -1072,8 +1069,8 @@ <member name="TranslationServer" type="TranslationServer" setter="" getter=""> The [TranslationServer] singleton. </member> - <member name="VisualScriptEditor" type="VisualScriptEditor" setter="" getter=""> - The [VisualScriptEditor] singleton. + <member name="VisualScriptCustomNodes" type="VisualScriptCustomNodes" setter="" getter=""> + The [VisualScriptCustomNodes] singleton. </member> <member name="XRServer" type="XRServer" setter="" getter=""> The [XRServer] singleton. @@ -2351,9 +2348,11 @@ </constant> <constant name="PROPERTY_HINT_INT_IS_OBJECTID" value="38" enum="PropertyHint"> </constant> + <constant name="PROPERTY_HINT_INT_IS_POINTER" value="40" enum="PropertyHint"> + </constant> <constant name="PROPERTY_HINT_ARRAY_TYPE" value="39" enum="PropertyHint"> </constant> - <constant name="PROPERTY_HINT_MAX" value="40" enum="PropertyHint"> + <constant name="PROPERTY_HINT_MAX" value="41" enum="PropertyHint"> </constant> <constant name="PROPERTY_USAGE_NONE" value="0" enum="PropertyUsageFlags"> </constant> @@ -2426,6 +2425,8 @@ </constant> <constant name="PROPERTY_USAGE_EDITOR_BASIC_SETTING" value="268435456" enum="PropertyUsageFlags"> </constant> + <constant name="PROPERTY_USAGE_ARRAY" value="1073741824" enum="PropertyUsageFlags"> + </constant> <constant name="PROPERTY_USAGE_DEFAULT" value="7" enum="PropertyUsageFlags"> Default usage (storage, editor and network). </constant> @@ -2458,9 +2459,30 @@ </constant> <constant name="METHOD_FLAG_STATIC" value="256" enum="MethodFlags"> </constant> + <constant name="METHOD_FLAG_OBJECT_CORE" value="512" enum="MethodFlags"> + Used internally. Allows to not dump core virtuals such as [code]_notification[/code] to the JSON API. + </constant> <constant name="METHOD_FLAGS_DEFAULT" value="1" enum="MethodFlags"> Default method flags. </constant> + <constant name="RPC_MODE_DISABLED" value="0" enum="RPCMode"> + Used with [method Node.rpc_config] to disable a method or property for all RPC calls, making it unavailable. Default for all methods. + </constant> + <constant name="RPC_MODE_ANY" value="1" enum="RPCMode"> + Used with [method Node.rpc_config] to set a method to be callable remotely by any peer. Analogous to the [code]@rpc(any)[/code] annotation. Calls are accepted from all remote peers, no matter if they are node's authority or not. + </constant> + <constant name="RPC_MODE_AUTH" value="2" enum="RPCMode"> + Used with [method Node.rpc_config] to set a method to be callable remotely only by the current multiplayer authority (which is the server by default). Analogous to the [code]@rpc(auth)[/code] annotation. See [method Node.set_multiplayer_authority]. + </constant> + <constant name="TRANSFER_MODE_UNRELIABLE" value="0" enum="TransferMode"> + Packets are not acknowledged, no resend attempts are made for lost packets. Packets may arrive in any order. Potentially faster than [constant TRANSFER_MODE_ORDERED]. Use for non-critical data, and always consider whether the order matters. + </constant> + <constant name="TRANSFER_MODE_ORDERED" value="1" enum="TransferMode"> + Packets are not acknowledged, no resend attempts are made for lost packets. Packets are received in the order they were sent in. Potentially faster than [constant TRANSFER_MODE_RELIABLE]. Use for non-critical data or data that would be outdated if received late due to resend attempt(s) anyway, for example movement and positional data. + </constant> + <constant name="TRANSFER_MODE_RELIABLE" value="2" enum="TransferMode"> + Packets must be received and resend attempts should be made until the packets are acknowledged. Packets must be received in the order they were sent in. Most reliable transfer mode, but potentially the slowest due to the overhead. Use for critical data that must be transmitted and arrive in order, for example an ability being triggered or a chat message. Consider carefully if the information really is critical, and use sparingly. + </constant> <constant name="TYPE_NIL" value="0" enum="Variant.Type"> Variable is [code]null[/code]. </constant> diff --git a/doc/classes/AStar.xml b/doc/classes/AStar.xml index 63dd250dbc..3e91184a65 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AStar.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AStar.xml @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_compute_cost" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_compute_cost" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="float" /> <argument index="0" name="from_id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="to_id" type="int" /> @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Note that this function is hidden in the default [code]AStar[/code] class. </description> </method> - <method name="_estimate_cost" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_estimate_cost" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="float" /> <argument index="0" name="from_id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="to_id" type="int" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/AStar2D.xml b/doc/classes/AStar2D.xml index 31d695b051..453e8b6315 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AStar2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AStar2D.xml @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_compute_cost" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_compute_cost" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="float" /> <argument index="0" name="from_id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="to_id" type="int" /> @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Note that this function is hidden in the default [code]AStar2D[/code] class. </description> </method> - <method name="_estimate_cost" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_estimate_cost" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="float" /> <argument index="0" name="from_id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="to_id" type="int" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimatableBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/AnimatableBody2D.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..731c702549 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/AnimatableBody2D.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="AnimatableBody2D" inherits="StaticBody2D" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Physics body for 2D physics which moves only by script or animation. Useful for moving platforms and doors. + </brief_description> + <description> + Animatable body for 2D physics. + An animatable body can't be moved by external forces or contacts, but can be moved by script or animation to affect other bodies in its path. It is ideal for implementing moving objects in the environment, such as moving platforms or doors. + When the body is moved manually, either from code or from an [AnimationPlayer] (with [member AnimationPlayer.playback_process_mode] set to [code]physics[/code]), the physics will automatically compute an estimate of their linear and angular velocity. This makes them very useful for moving platforms or other AnimationPlayer-controlled objects (like a door, a bridge that opens, etc). + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="sync_to_physics" type="bool" setter="set_sync_to_physics" getter="is_sync_to_physics_enabled" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the body's movement will be synchronized to the physics frame. This is useful when animating movement via [AnimationPlayer], for example on moving platforms. Do [b]not[/b] use together with [method PhysicsBody2D.move_and_collide]. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimatableBody3D.xml b/doc/classes/AnimatableBody3D.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8192f26057 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/AnimatableBody3D.xml @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="AnimatableBody3D" inherits="StaticBody3D" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Physics body for 3D physics which moves only by script or animation. Useful for moving platforms and doors. + </brief_description> + <description> + Animatable body for 3D physics. + An animatable body can't be moved by external forces or contacts, but can be moved by script or animation to affect other bodies in its path. It is ideal for implementing moving objects in the environment, such as moving platforms or doors. + When the body is moved manually, either from code or from an [AnimationPlayer] (with [member AnimationPlayer.playback_process_mode] set to [code]physics[/code]), the physics will automatically compute an estimate of their linear and angular velocity. This makes them very useful for moving platforms or other AnimationPlayer-controlled objects (like a door, a bridge that opens, etc). + </description> + <tutorials> + <link title="3D Physics Tests Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/675</link> + <link title="Third Person Shooter Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/678</link> + <link title="3D Voxel Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/676</link> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="sync_to_physics" type="bool" setter="set_sync_to_physics" getter="is_sync_to_physics_enabled" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the body's movement will be synchronized to the physics frame. This is useful when animating movement via [AnimationPlayer], for example on moving platforms. Do [b]not[/b] use together with [method PhysicsBody3D.move_and_collide]. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml b/doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml index a9a08efcf1..173ff43d2a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml @@ -11,46 +11,46 @@ <link title="AnimationTree">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/animation/animation_tree.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_get_caption" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_caption" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> <description> Gets the text caption for this node (used by some editors). </description> </method> - <method name="_get_child_by_name" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="Object" /> - <argument index="0" name="name" type="String" /> + <method name="_get_child_by_name" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="AnimationNode" /> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <description> Gets a child node by index (used by editors inheriting from [AnimationRootNode]). </description> </method> - <method name="_get_child_nodes" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_child_nodes" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Dictionary" /> <description> Gets all children nodes in order as a [code]name: node[/code] dictionary. Only useful when inheriting [AnimationRootNode]. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_parameter_default_value" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_parameter_default_value" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Variant" /> - <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> + <argument index="0" name="parameter" type="StringName" /> <description> Gets the default value of a parameter. Parameters are custom local memory used for your nodes, given a resource can be reused in multiple trees. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_parameter_list" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_parameter_list" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Array" /> <description> Gets the property information for parameter. Parameters are custom local memory used for your nodes, given a resource can be reused in multiple trees. Format is similar to [method Object.get_property_list]. </description> </method> - <method name="_has_filter" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_has_filter" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] whether you want the blend tree editor to display filter editing on this node. </description> </method> - <method name="_process" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="void" /> + <method name="_process" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> <argument index="0" name="time" type="float" /> <argument index="1" name="seek" type="bool" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/Area3D.xml b/doc/classes/Area3D.xml index 2180196bb5..e91cfd79a1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Area3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Area3D.xml @@ -92,6 +92,15 @@ <member name="space_override" type="int" setter="set_space_override_mode" getter="get_space_override_mode" enum="Area3D.SpaceOverride" default="0"> Override mode for gravity and damping calculations within this area. See [enum SpaceOverride] for possible values. </member> + <member name="wind_attenuation_factor" type="float" setter="set_wind_attenuation_factor" getter="get_wind_attenuation_factor" default="0.0"> + The exponential rate at which wind force decreases with distance from its origin. + </member> + <member name="wind_force_magnitude" type="float" setter="set_wind_force_magnitude" getter="get_wind_force_magnitude" default="0.0"> + The magnitude of area-specific wind force. + </member> + <member name="wind_source_path" type="NodePath" setter="set_wind_source_path" getter="get_wind_source_path" default="NodePath("")"> + The [Node3D] which is used to specify the the direction and origin of an area-specific wind force. The direction is opposite to the z-axis of the [Node3D]'s local transform, and its origin is the origin of the [Node3D]'s local transform. + </member> </members> <signals> <signal name="area_entered"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Array.xml b/doc/classes/Array.xml index 7767a1028d..91450e50a4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Array.xml @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="insert"> - <return type="void" /> + <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="position" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="value" type="Variant" /> <description> @@ -393,6 +393,14 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="pop_at"> + <return type="Variant" /> + <argument index="0" name="position" type="int" /> + <description> + Removes and returns the element of the array at index [code]position[/code]. If negative, [code]position[/code] is considered relative to the end of the array. Leaves the array untouched and returns [code]null[/code] if the array is empty or if it's accessed out of bounds. An error message is printed when the array is accessed out of bounds, but not when the array is empty. + [b]Note:[/b] On large arrays, this method can be slower than [method pop_back] as it will reindex the array's elements that are located after the removed element. The larger the array and the lower the index of the removed element, the slower [method pop_at] will be. + </description> + </method> <method name="pop_back"> <return type="Variant" /> <description> @@ -487,7 +495,7 @@ <argument index="2" name="step" type="int" default="1" /> <argument index="3" name="deep" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Duplicates the subset described in the function and returns it in an array, deeply copying the array if [code]deep[/code] is [code]true[/code]. Lower and upper index are inclusive, with the [code]step[/code] describing the change between indices while slicing. + Duplicates the subset described in the function and returns it in an array, deeply copying the array if [code]deep[/code] is [code]true[/code]. Lower and upper index are inclusive, with the [code]step[/code] describing the change between indices while slicing. Wraps around if [code]begin[/code] or [code]end[/code] are out of bounds or negative. Returns an empty array for invalid parameters. </description> </method> <method name="sort"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml b/doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml index 637b9a9f16..670a25ab83 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName" /> <description> + Sets the name of the blend shape at this index. </description> </method> <method name="surface_find_by_name" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioListener2D.xml b/doc/classes/AudioListener2D.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..86dc870926 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/AudioListener2D.xml @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="AudioListener2D" inherits="Node2D" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Overrides the location sounds are heard from. + </brief_description> + <description> + Once added to the scene tree and enabled using [method make_current], this node will override the location sounds are heard from. Only one [AudioListener2D] can be current. Using [method make_current] will disable the previous [AudioListener2D]. + If there is no active [AudioListener2D] in the current [Viewport], center of the screen will be used as a hearing point for the audio. [AudioListener2D] needs to be inside [SceneTree] to function. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="clear_current"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + Disables the [AudioListener2D]. If it's not set as current, this method will have no effect. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_current" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if this [AudioListener2D] is currently active. + </description> + </method> + <method name="make_current"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + Makes the [AudioListener2D] active, setting it as the hearing point for the sounds. If there is already another active [AudioListener2D], it will be disabled. + This method will have no effect if the [AudioListener2D] is not added to [SceneTree]. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/Listener3D.xml b/doc/classes/AudioListener3D.xml index 9cc803f241..ed1f7fcc8f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Listener3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioListener3D.xml @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="Listener3D" inherits="Node3D" version="4.0"> +<class name="AudioListener3D" inherits="Node3D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> Overrides the location sounds are heard from. </brief_description> <description> Once added to the scene tree and enabled using [method make_current], this node will override the location sounds are heard from. This can be used to listen from a location different from the [Camera3D]. - [b]Note:[/b] There is no 2D equivalent for this node yet. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -26,7 +25,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if the listener was made current using [method make_current], [code]false[/code] otherwise. - [b]Note:[/b] There may be more than one Listener3D marked as "current" in the scene tree, but only the one that was made current last will be used. + [b]Note:[/b] There may be more than one AudioListener3D marked as "current" in the scene tree, but only the one that was made current last will be used. </description> </method> <method name="make_current"> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStream.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStream.xml index 8a58b178d8..32e51603ee 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStream.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStream.xml @@ -13,12 +13,38 @@ <link title="Audio Spectrum Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/528</link> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="_get_length" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_stream_name" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="String" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_instance_playback" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="AudioStreamPlayback" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_is_monophonic" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="get_length" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <description> Returns the length of the audio stream in seconds. </description> </method> + <method name="is_monophonic" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + Returns true if this audio stream only supports monophonic playback, or false if the audio stream supports polyphony. + </description> + </method> </methods> <constants> </constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayback.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayback.xml index cb01aa75e8..25f3e076b4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayback.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayback.xml @@ -10,6 +10,46 @@ <link title="Audio Generator Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/526</link> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="_get_loop_count" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_playback_position" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_is_playing" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_mix" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="buffer" type="AudioFrame*" /> + <argument index="1" name="rate_scale" type="float" /> + <argument index="2" name="frames" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_seek" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="position" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_start" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="from_pos" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_stop" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> </methods> <constants> </constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml index a6c437f875..b692ae858e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml @@ -56,6 +56,9 @@ <member name="bus" type="StringName" setter="set_bus" getter="get_bus" default="&"Master""> Bus on which this audio is playing. </member> + <member name="max_polyphony" type="int" setter="set_max_polyphony" getter="get_max_polyphony" default="1"> + The maximum number of sounds this node can play at the same time. Playing additional sounds after this value is reached will cut off the oldest sounds. + </member> <member name="mix_target" type="int" setter="set_mix_target" getter="get_mix_target" enum="AudioStreamPlayer.MixTarget" default="0"> If the audio configuration has more than two speakers, this sets the target channels. See [enum MixTarget] constants. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml index c40c223091..e36a428499 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml @@ -61,6 +61,9 @@ <member name="max_distance" type="float" setter="set_max_distance" getter="get_max_distance" default="2000.0"> Maximum distance from which audio is still hearable. </member> + <member name="max_polyphony" type="int" setter="set_max_polyphony" getter="get_max_polyphony" default="1"> + The maximum number of sounds this node can play at the same time. Playing additional sounds after this value is reached will cut off the oldest sounds. + </member> <member name="pitch_scale" type="float" setter="set_pitch_scale" getter="get_pitch_scale" default="1.0"> The pitch and the tempo of the audio, as a multiplier of the audio sample's sample rate. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml index 584f03399c..c848812011 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> Plays a sound effect with directed sound effects, dampens with distance if needed, generates effect of hearable position in space. For greater realism, a low-pass filter is automatically applied to distant sounds. This can be disabled by setting [member attenuation_filter_cutoff_hz] to [code]20500[/code]. - By default, audio is heard from the camera position. This can be changed by adding a [Listener3D] node to the scene and enabling it by calling [method Listener3D.make_current] on it. + By default, audio is heard from the camera position. This can be changed by adding a [AudioListener3D] node to the scene and enabling it by calling [method AudioListener3D.make_current] on it. See also [AudioStreamPlayer] to play a sound non-positionally. [b]Note:[/b] Hiding an [AudioStreamPlayer3D] node does not disable its audio output. To temporarily disable an [AudioStreamPlayer3D]'s audio output, set [member unit_db] to a very low value like [code]-100[/code] (which isn't audible to human hearing). </description> @@ -83,6 +83,9 @@ <member name="max_distance" type="float" setter="set_max_distance" getter="get_max_distance" default="0.0"> Sets the distance from which the [member out_of_range_mode] takes effect. Has no effect if set to 0. </member> + <member name="max_polyphony" type="int" setter="set_max_polyphony" getter="get_max_polyphony" default="1"> + The maximum number of sounds this node can play at the same time. Playing additional sounds after this value is reached will cut off the oldest sounds. + </member> <member name="out_of_range_mode" type="int" setter="set_out_of_range_mode" getter="get_out_of_range_mode" enum="AudioStreamPlayer3D.OutOfRangeMode" default="0"> Decides if audio should pause when source is outside of [member max_distance] range. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/BaseMaterial3D.xml b/doc/classes/BaseMaterial3D.xml index bbf7c5eb6d..a5516636aa 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BaseMaterial3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BaseMaterial3D.xml @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ </constant> <constant name="BILLBOARD_PARTICLES" value="3" enum="BillboardMode"> Used for particle systems when assigned to [GPUParticles3D] and [CPUParticles3D] nodes. Enables [code]particles_anim_*[/code] properties. - The [member ParticlesMaterial.anim_speed] or [member CPUParticles3D.anim_speed] should also be set to a positive value for the animation to play. + The [member ParticlesMaterial.anim_speed_min] or [member CPUParticles3D.anim_speed_min] should also be set to a value bigger than zero for the animation to play. </constant> <constant name="TEXTURE_CHANNEL_RED" value="0" enum="TextureChannel"> Used to read from the red channel of a texture. diff --git a/doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml b/doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml index ab6897ca1d..9226140c1a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml @@ -18,25 +18,23 @@ Sets this node's properties to match a given [GPUParticles2D] node with an assigned [ParticlesMaterial]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_param" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="float" /> + <method name="get_param_curve" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Curve" /> <argument index="0" name="param" type="int" enum="CPUParticles2D.Parameter" /> <description> - Returns the base value of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]. + Returns the [Curve] of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_param_curve" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Curve" /> + <method name="get_param_max" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float" /> <argument index="0" name="param" type="int" enum="CPUParticles2D.Parameter" /> <description> - Returns the [Curve] of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_param_randomness" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_param_min" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <argument index="0" name="param" type="int" enum="CPUParticles2D.Parameter" /> <description> - Returns the randomness factor of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]. </description> </method> <method name="get_particle_flag" qualifiers="const"> @@ -52,28 +50,26 @@ Restarts the particle emitter. </description> </method> - <method name="set_param"> + <method name="set_param_curve"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="param" type="int" enum="CPUParticles2D.Parameter" /> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="float" /> + <argument index="1" name="curve" type="Curve" /> <description> - Sets the base value of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]. + Sets the [Curve] of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]. </description> </method> - <method name="set_param_curve"> + <method name="set_param_max"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="param" type="int" enum="CPUParticles2D.Parameter" /> - <argument index="1" name="curve" type="Curve" /> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the [Curve] of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]. </description> </method> - <method name="set_param_randomness"> + <method name="set_param_min"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="param" type="int" enum="CPUParticles2D.Parameter" /> - <argument index="1" name="randomness" type="float" /> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the randomness factor of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]. </description> </method> <method name="set_particle_flag"> @@ -89,41 +85,33 @@ <member name="amount" type="int" setter="set_amount" getter="get_amount" default="8"> Number of particles emitted in one emission cycle. </member> - <member name="angle" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Initial rotation applied to each particle, in degrees. - </member> <member name="angle_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's rotation will be animated along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="angle_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Rotation randomness ratio. + <member name="angle_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> </member> - <member name="angular_velocity" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Initial angular velocity applied to each particle. Sets the speed of rotation of the particle. + <member name="angle_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> </member> <member name="angular_velocity_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's angular velocity will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="angular_velocity_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Angular velocity randomness ratio. + <member name="angular_velocity_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> </member> - <member name="anim_offset" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Particle animation offset. + <member name="angular_velocity_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> </member> <member name="anim_offset_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's animation offset will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="anim_offset_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Animation offset randomness ratio. + <member name="anim_offset_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> </member> - <member name="anim_speed" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Particle animation speed. + <member name="anim_offset_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> </member> <member name="anim_speed_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's animation speed will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="anim_speed_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Animation speed randomness ratio. + <member name="anim_speed_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + </member> + <member name="anim_speed_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> </member> <member name="color" type="Color" setter="set_color" getter="get_color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)"> Each particle's initial color. If [member texture] is defined, it will be multiplied by this color. @@ -131,14 +119,12 @@ <member name="color_ramp" type="Gradient" setter="set_color_ramp" getter="get_color_ramp"> Each particle's color will vary along this [Gradient] (multiplied with [member color]). </member> - <member name="damping" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - The rate at which particles lose velocity. - </member> <member name="damping_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Damping will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="damping_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Damping randomness ratio. + <member name="damping_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + </member> + <member name="damping_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> </member> <member name="direction" type="Vector2" setter="set_direction" getter="get_direction" default="Vector2(1, 0)"> Unit vector specifying the particles' emission direction. @@ -179,20 +165,16 @@ <member name="gravity" type="Vector2" setter="set_gravity" getter="get_gravity" default="Vector2(0, 980)"> Gravity applied to every particle. </member> - <member name="hue_variation" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Initial hue variation applied to each particle. - </member> <member name="hue_variation_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's hue will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="hue_variation_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Hue variation randomness ratio. + <member name="hue_variation_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + </member> + <member name="hue_variation_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> </member> - <member name="initial_velocity" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Initial velocity magnitude for each particle. Direction comes from [member spread] and the node's orientation. + <member name="initial_velocity_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> </member> - <member name="initial_velocity_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Initial velocity randomness ratio. + <member name="initial_velocity_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> </member> <member name="lifetime" type="float" setter="set_lifetime" getter="get_lifetime" default="1.0"> Amount of time each particle will exist. @@ -200,14 +182,12 @@ <member name="lifetime_randomness" type="float" setter="set_lifetime_randomness" getter="get_lifetime_randomness" default="0.0"> Particle lifetime randomness ratio. </member> - <member name="linear_accel" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Linear acceleration applied to each particle in the direction of motion. - </member> <member name="linear_accel_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's linear acceleration will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="linear_accel_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Linear acceleration randomness ratio. + <member name="linear_accel_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + </member> + <member name="linear_accel_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> </member> <member name="local_coords" type="bool" setter="set_use_local_coordinates" getter="get_use_local_coordinates" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], particles use the parent node's coordinate space. If [code]false[/code], they use global coordinates. @@ -215,14 +195,12 @@ <member name="one_shot" type="bool" setter="set_one_shot" getter="get_one_shot" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], only one emission cycle occurs. If set [code]true[/code] during a cycle, emission will stop at the cycle's end. </member> - <member name="orbit_velocity" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Orbital velocity applied to each particle. Makes the particles circle around origin. Specified in number of full rotations around origin per second. - </member> <member name="orbit_velocity_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's orbital velocity will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="orbit_velocity_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Orbital velocity randomness ratio. + <member name="orbit_velocity_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + </member> + <member name="orbit_velocity_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> </member> <member name="particle_flag_align_y" type="bool" setter="set_particle_flag" getter="get_particle_flag" default="false"> Align Y axis of particle with the direction of its velocity. @@ -230,41 +208,41 @@ <member name="preprocess" type="float" setter="set_pre_process_time" getter="get_pre_process_time" default="0.0"> Particle system starts as if it had already run for this many seconds. </member> - <member name="radial_accel" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Radial acceleration applied to each particle. Makes particle accelerate away from origin. - </member> <member name="radial_accel_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's radial acceleration will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="radial_accel_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Radial acceleration randomness ratio. + <member name="radial_accel_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + </member> + <member name="radial_accel_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> </member> <member name="randomness" type="float" setter="set_randomness_ratio" getter="get_randomness_ratio" default="0.0"> Emission lifetime randomness ratio. </member> - <member name="scale_amount" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="1.0"> - Initial scale applied to each particle. - </member> <member name="scale_amount_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's scale will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="scale_amount_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Scale randomness ratio. + <member name="scale_amount_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="1.0"> + </member> + <member name="scale_amount_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="1.0"> + </member> + <member name="scale_curve_x" type="Curve" setter="set_scale_curve_x" getter="get_scale_curve_x"> + </member> + <member name="scale_curve_y" type="Curve" setter="set_scale_curve_y" getter="get_scale_curve_y"> </member> <member name="speed_scale" type="float" setter="set_speed_scale" getter="get_speed_scale" default="1.0"> Particle system's running speed scaling ratio. A value of [code]0[/code] can be used to pause the particles. </member> + <member name="split_scale" type="bool" setter="set_split_scale" getter="get_split_scale" default="false"> + </member> <member name="spread" type="float" setter="set_spread" getter="get_spread" default="45.0"> Each particle's initial direction range from [code]+spread[/code] to [code]-spread[/code] degrees. </member> - <member name="tangential_accel" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Tangential acceleration applied to each particle. Tangential acceleration is perpendicular to the particle's velocity giving the particles a swirling motion. - </member> <member name="tangential_accel_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's tangential acceleration will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="tangential_accel_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Tangential acceleration randomness ratio. + <member name="tangential_accel_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + </member> + <member name="tangential_accel_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> </member> <member name="texture" type="Texture2D" setter="set_texture" getter="get_texture"> Particle texture. If [code]null[/code], particles will be squares. @@ -278,40 +256,40 @@ Particles are drawn in order of remaining lifetime. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_INITIAL_LINEAR_VELOCITY" value="0" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set initial velocity properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set initial velocity properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_ANGULAR_VELOCITY" value="1" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set angular velocity properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set angular velocity properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_ORBIT_VELOCITY" value="2" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set orbital velocity properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set orbital velocity properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_LINEAR_ACCEL" value="3" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set linear acceleration properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set linear acceleration properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_RADIAL_ACCEL" value="4" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set radial acceleration properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set radial acceleration properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_TANGENTIAL_ACCEL" value="5" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set tangential acceleration properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set tangential acceleration properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_DAMPING" value="6" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set damping properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set damping properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_ANGLE" value="7" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set angle properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set angle properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_SCALE" value="8" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set scale properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set scale properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_HUE_VARIATION" value="9" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set hue variation properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set hue variation properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_ANIM_SPEED" value="10" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set animation speed properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set animation speed properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_ANIM_OFFSET" value="11" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set animation offset properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set animation offset properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_MAX" value="12" enum="Parameter"> Represents the size of the [enum Parameter] enum. diff --git a/doc/classes/CPUParticles3D.xml b/doc/classes/CPUParticles3D.xml index 8aa3573996..fe8c354427 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CPUParticles3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CPUParticles3D.xml @@ -17,25 +17,23 @@ Sets this node's properties to match a given [GPUParticles3D] node with an assigned [ParticlesMaterial]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_param" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="float" /> + <method name="get_param_curve" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Curve" /> <argument index="0" name="param" type="int" enum="CPUParticles3D.Parameter" /> <description> - Returns the base value of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]. + Returns the [Curve] of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_param_curve" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Curve" /> + <method name="get_param_max" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float" /> <argument index="0" name="param" type="int" enum="CPUParticles3D.Parameter" /> <description> - Returns the [Curve] of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_param_randomness" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_param_min" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <argument index="0" name="param" type="int" enum="CPUParticles3D.Parameter" /> <description> - Returns the randomness factor of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]. </description> </method> <method name="get_particle_flag" qualifiers="const"> @@ -51,28 +49,28 @@ Restarts the particle emitter. </description> </method> - <method name="set_param"> + <method name="set_param_curve"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="param" type="int" enum="CPUParticles3D.Parameter" /> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="float" /> + <argument index="1" name="curve" type="Curve" /> <description> - Sets the base value of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]. + Sets the [Curve] of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]. </description> </method> - <method name="set_param_curve"> + <method name="set_param_max"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="param" type="int" enum="CPUParticles3D.Parameter" /> - <argument index="1" name="curve" type="Curve" /> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the [Curve] of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]. + Sets the maximum value for the given parameter </description> </method> - <method name="set_param_randomness"> + <method name="set_param_min"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="param" type="int" enum="CPUParticles3D.Parameter" /> - <argument index="1" name="randomness" type="float" /> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the randomness factor of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]. + Sets the minimum value for the given parameter </description> </method> <method name="set_particle_flag"> @@ -88,41 +86,41 @@ <member name="amount" type="int" setter="set_amount" getter="get_amount" default="8"> Number of particles emitted in one emission cycle. </member> - <member name="angle" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Initial rotation applied to each particle, in degrees. - </member> <member name="angle_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's rotation will be animated along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="angle_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Rotation randomness ratio. + <member name="angle_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum angle. </member> - <member name="angular_velocity" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Initial angular velocity applied to each particle. Sets the speed of rotation of the particle. + <member name="angle_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum angle. </member> <member name="angular_velocity_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's angular velocity will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="angular_velocity_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Angular velocity randomness ratio. + <member name="angular_velocity_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum angular velocity. </member> - <member name="anim_offset" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Particle animation offset. + <member name="angular_velocity_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum angular velocity. </member> <member name="anim_offset_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's animation offset will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="anim_offset_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Animation offset randomness ratio. + <member name="anim_offset_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum animation offset. </member> - <member name="anim_speed" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Particle animation speed. + <member name="anim_offset_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum animation offset. </member> <member name="anim_speed_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's animation speed will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="anim_speed_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Animation speed randomness ratio. + <member name="anim_speed_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum particle animation speed. + </member> + <member name="anim_speed_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum particle animation speed. </member> <member name="color" type="Color" setter="set_color" getter="get_color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)"> Each particle's initial color. To have particle display color in a [BaseMaterial3D] make sure to set [member BaseMaterial3D.vertex_color_use_as_albedo] to [code]true[/code]. @@ -130,14 +128,14 @@ <member name="color_ramp" type="Gradient" setter="set_color_ramp" getter="get_color_ramp"> Each particle's color will vary along this [GradientTexture] over its lifetime (multiplied with [member color]). </member> - <member name="damping" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - The rate at which particles lose velocity. - </member> <member name="damping_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Damping will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="damping_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Damping randomness ratio. + <member name="damping_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum damping. + </member> + <member name="damping_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum damping </member> <member name="direction" type="Vector3" setter="set_direction" getter="get_direction" default="Vector3(1, 0, 0)"> Unit vector specifying the particles' emission direction. @@ -193,20 +191,20 @@ <member name="gravity" type="Vector3" setter="set_gravity" getter="get_gravity" default="Vector3(0, -9.8, 0)"> Gravity applied to every particle. </member> - <member name="hue_variation" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Initial hue variation applied to each particle. - </member> <member name="hue_variation_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's hue will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="hue_variation_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Hue variation randomness ratio. + <member name="hue_variation_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum hue variation. </member> - <member name="initial_velocity" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Initial velocity magnitude for each particle. Direction comes from [member spread] and the node's orientation. + <member name="hue_variation_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum hue variation. </member> - <member name="initial_velocity_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Initial velocity randomness ratio. + <member name="initial_velocity_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum value of the initial velocity. + </member> + <member name="initial_velocity_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum value of the initial velocity. </member> <member name="lifetime" type="float" setter="set_lifetime" getter="get_lifetime" default="1.0"> Amount of time each particle will exist. @@ -214,14 +212,14 @@ <member name="lifetime_randomness" type="float" setter="set_lifetime_randomness" getter="get_lifetime_randomness" default="0.0"> Particle lifetime randomness ratio. </member> - <member name="linear_accel" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Linear acceleration applied to each particle in the direction of motion. - </member> <member name="linear_accel_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's linear acceleration will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="linear_accel_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Linear acceleration randomness ratio. + <member name="linear_accel_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum linear acceleration. + </member> + <member name="linear_accel_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum linear acceleration. </member> <member name="local_coords" type="bool" setter="set_use_local_coordinates" getter="get_use_local_coordinates" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], particles use the parent node's coordinate space. If [code]false[/code], they use global coordinates. @@ -232,15 +230,14 @@ <member name="one_shot" type="bool" setter="set_one_shot" getter="get_one_shot" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], only one emission cycle occurs. If set [code]true[/code] during a cycle, emission will stop at the cycle's end. </member> - <member name="orbit_velocity" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param"> - Orbital velocity applied to each particle. Makes the particles circle around origin in the local XY plane. Specified in number of full rotations around origin per second. - This property is only available when [member particle_flag_disable_z] is [code]true[/code]. - </member> <member name="orbit_velocity_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's orbital velocity will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="orbit_velocity_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness"> - Orbital velocity randomness ratio. + <member name="orbit_velocity_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max"> + Maximum orbit velocity. + </member> + <member name="orbit_velocity_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min"> + Minimum orbit velocity. </member> <member name="particle_flag_align_y" type="bool" setter="set_particle_flag" getter="get_particle_flag" default="false"> Align Y axis of particle with the direction of its velocity. @@ -249,46 +246,58 @@ If [code]true[/code], particles will not move on the Z axis. </member> <member name="particle_flag_rotate_y" type="bool" setter="set_particle_flag" getter="get_particle_flag" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], particles rotate around Y axis by [member angle]. + If [code]true[/code], particles rotate around Y axis by [member angle_min]. </member> <member name="preprocess" type="float" setter="set_pre_process_time" getter="get_pre_process_time" default="0.0"> Particle system starts as if it had already run for this many seconds. </member> - <member name="radial_accel" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Radial acceleration applied to each particle. Makes particle accelerate away from origin. - </member> <member name="radial_accel_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's radial acceleration will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="radial_accel_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Radial acceleration randomness ratio. + <member name="radial_accel_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum radial acceleration. + </member> + <member name="radial_accel_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum radial acceleration. </member> <member name="randomness" type="float" setter="set_randomness_ratio" getter="get_randomness_ratio" default="0.0"> Emission lifetime randomness ratio. </member> - <member name="scale_amount" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="1.0"> - Initial scale applied to each particle. - </member> <member name="scale_amount_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's scale will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="scale_amount_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Scale randomness ratio. + <member name="scale_amount_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="1.0"> + Maximum scale. + </member> + <member name="scale_amount_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="1.0"> + Minimum scale. + </member> + <member name="scale_curve_x" type="Curve" setter="set_scale_curve_x" getter="get_scale_curve_x"> + Curve for the scale over life, along the x axis. + </member> + <member name="scale_curve_y" type="Curve" setter="set_scale_curve_y" getter="get_scale_curve_y"> + Curve for the scale over life, along the y axis. + </member> + <member name="scale_curve_z" type="Curve" setter="set_scale_curve_z" getter="get_scale_curve_z"> + Curve for the scale over life, along the z axis. </member> <member name="speed_scale" type="float" setter="set_speed_scale" getter="get_speed_scale" default="1.0"> Particle system's running speed scaling ratio. A value of [code]0[/code] can be used to pause the particles. </member> + <member name="split_scale" type="bool" setter="set_split_scale" getter="get_split_scale" default="false"> + If set to true, three different scale curves can be specified, one per scale axis. + </member> <member name="spread" type="float" setter="set_spread" getter="get_spread" default="45.0"> Each particle's initial direction range from [code]+spread[/code] to [code]-spread[/code] degrees. Applied to X/Z plane and Y/Z planes. </member> - <member name="tangential_accel" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Tangential acceleration applied to each particle. Tangential acceleration is perpendicular to the particle's velocity giving the particles a swirling motion. - </member> <member name="tangential_accel_curve" type="Curve" setter="set_param_curve" getter="get_param_curve"> Each particle's tangential acceleration will vary along this [Curve]. </member> - <member name="tangential_accel_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Tangential acceleration randomness ratio. + <member name="tangential_accel_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum tangent acceleration. + </member> + <member name="tangential_accel_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum tangent acceleration. </member> </members> <constants> @@ -302,40 +311,40 @@ Particles are drawn in order of depth. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_INITIAL_LINEAR_VELOCITY" value="0" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set initial velocity properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set initial velocity properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_ANGULAR_VELOCITY" value="1" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set angular velocity properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set angular velocity properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_ORBIT_VELOCITY" value="2" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set orbital velocity properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set orbital velocity properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_LINEAR_ACCEL" value="3" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set linear acceleration properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set linear acceleration properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_RADIAL_ACCEL" value="4" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set radial acceleration properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set radial acceleration properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_TANGENTIAL_ACCEL" value="5" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set tangential acceleration properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set tangential acceleration properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_DAMPING" value="6" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set damping properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set damping properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_ANGLE" value="7" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set angle properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set angle properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_SCALE" value="8" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set scale properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set scale properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_HUE_VARIATION" value="9" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set hue variation properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set hue variation properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_ANIM_SPEED" value="10" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set animation speed properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set animation speed properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_ANIM_OFFSET" value="11" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_curve] to set animation offset properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_curve] to set animation offset properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_MAX" value="12" enum="Parameter"> Represents the size of the [enum Parameter] enum. diff --git a/doc/classes/Camera2D.xml b/doc/classes/Camera2D.xml index d0ff66ae06..a3a891cdcb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Camera2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Camera2D.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> Camera node for 2D scenes. It forces the screen (current layer) to scroll following this node. This makes it easier (and faster) to program scrollable scenes than manually changing the position of [CanvasItem]-based nodes. + Cameras register themselves in the nearest [Viewport] node (when ascending the tree). Only one camera can be active per viewport. If no viewport is available ascending the tree, the camera will register in the global viewport. This node is intended to be a simple helper to get things going quickly, but more functionality may be desired to change how the camera works. To make your own custom camera node, inherit it from [Node2D] and change the transform of the canvas by setting [member Viewport.canvas_transform] in [Viewport] (you can obtain the current [Viewport] by using [method Node.get_viewport]). Note that the [Camera2D] node's [code]position[/code] doesn't represent the actual position of the screen, which may differ due to applied smoothing or limits. You can use [method get_camera_screen_center] to get the real position. </description> @@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ The Camera2D's anchor point. See [enum AnchorMode] constants. </member> <member name="current" type="bool" setter="set_current" getter="is_current" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the camera is the active camera for the current scene. Only one camera can be current, so setting a different camera [code]current[/code] will disable this one. + If [code]true[/code], the camera acts as the active camera for its [Viewport] ancestor. Only one camera can be current in a given viewport, so setting a different camera in the same viewport [code]current[/code] will disable whatever camera was already active in that viewport. </member> <member name="custom_viewport" type="Node" setter="set_custom_viewport" getter="get_custom_viewport"> The custom [Viewport] node attached to the [Camera2D]. If [code]null[/code] or not a [Viewport], uses the default viewport instead. diff --git a/doc/classes/Camera3D.xml b/doc/classes/Camera3D.xml index 8a91a91b22..cd17a31e23 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Camera3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Camera3D.xml @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ <method name="get_camera_transform" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Transform3D" /> <description> - Gets the camera transform. Subclassed cameras such as [ClippedCamera3D] may provide different transforms than the [Node] transform. + Returns the transform of the camera plus the vertical ([member v_offset]) and horizontal ([member h_offset]) offsets; and any other adjustments made to the position and orientation of the camera by subclassed cameras such as [ClippedCamera3D] and [XRCamera3D]. </description> </method> <method name="get_cull_mask_value" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml b/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml index 2c92ce0185..501f89fa0d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml @@ -106,6 +106,20 @@ Draws a [Mesh] in 2D, using the provided texture. See [MeshInstance2D] for related documentation. </description> </method> + <method name="draw_msdf_texture_rect_region"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="texture" type="Texture2D" /> + <argument index="1" name="rect" type="Rect2" /> + <argument index="2" name="src_rect" type="Rect2" /> + <argument index="3" name="modulate" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> + <argument index="4" name="outline" type="float" default="0.0" /> + <argument index="5" name="pixel_range" type="float" default="4.0" /> + <description> + Draws a textured rectangle region of the multi-channel signed distance field texture at a given position, optionally modulated by a color. See [method FontData.set_multichannel_signed_distance_field] for more information and caveats about MSDF font rendering. + If [code]outline[/code] is positive, each alpha channel value of pixel in region is set to maximum value of true distance in the [code]outline[/code] radius. + Value of the [code]pixel_range[/code] should the same that was used during distance field texture generation. + </description> + </method> <method name="draw_multiline"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="points" type="PackedVector2Array" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml b/doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml index c2d44c1d17..780899bff7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ [b]Note:[/b] This property is only used and visible in the editor if [member particles_animation] is [code]true[/code]. </member> <member name="particles_animation" type="bool" setter="set_particles_animation" getter="get_particles_animation" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], enable spritesheet-based animation features when assigned to [GPUParticles2D] and [CPUParticles2D] nodes. The [member ParticlesMaterial.anim_speed] or [member CPUParticles2D.anim_speed] should also be set to a positive value for the animation to play. + If [code]true[/code], enable spritesheet-based animation features when assigned to [GPUParticles2D] and [CPUParticles2D] nodes. The [member ParticlesMaterial.anim_speed_max] or [member CPUParticles2D.anim_speed_max] should also be set to a positive value for the animation to play. This property (and other [code]particles_anim_*[/code] properties that depend on it) has no effect on other types of nodes. </member> </members> diff --git a/doc/classes/CharacterBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/CharacterBody2D.xml index e5f60541b9..7637356f63 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CharacterBody2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CharacterBody2D.xml @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="CharacterBody2D" inherits="PhysicsBody2D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Character body 2D node. + Specialized 2D physics body node for characters moved by script. </brief_description> <description> - Character bodies are special types of bodies that are meant to be user-controlled. They are not affected by physics at all; to other types of bodies, such as a rigid body, these are the same as a static body. However, they have two main uses: - [b]Kinematic characters:[/b] Character bodies have an API for moving objects with walls and slopes detection ([method move_and_slide] method), in addition to collision detection (also done with [method PhysicsBody3D.move_and_collide]). This makes them really useful to implement characters that move in specific ways and collide with the world, but don't require advanced physics. - [b]Kinematic motion:[/b] Character bodies can also be used for kinematic motion (same functionality as [member StaticBody3D.kinematic_motion] when enabled), which allows them to be moved by code and push other bodies on their path. + Character bodies are special types of bodies that are meant to be user-controlled. They are not affected by physics at all; to other types of bodies, such as a rigid body, these are the same as a [AnimatableBody2D]. However, they have two main uses: + [b]Kinematic characters:[/b] Character bodies have an API for moving objects with walls and slopes detection ([method move_and_slide] method), in addition to collision detection (also done with [method PhysicsBody2D.move_and_collide]). This makes them really useful to implement characters that move in specific ways and collide with the world, but don't require advanced physics. + [b]Kinematic motion:[/b] Character bodies can also be used for kinematic motion (same functionality as [AnimatableBody2D]), which allows them to be moved by code and push other bodies on their path. </description> <tutorials> <link title="Kinematic character (2D)">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/kinematic_character_2d.html</link> @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <method name="move_and_slide"> <return type="bool" /> <description> - Moves the body based on [member linear_velocity]. If the body collides with another, it will slide along the other body (by default only on floor) rather than stop immediately. If the other body is a [CharacterBody2D] or [RigidBody2D], it will also be affected by the motion of the other body. You can use this to make moving and rotating platforms, or to make nodes push other nodes. + Moves the body based on [member linear_velocity]. If the body collides with another, it will slide along the other body (by default only on floor) rather than stop immediately. If the other body is a [CharacterBody2D] or [RigidDynamicBody2D], it will also be affected by the motion of the other body. You can use this to make moving and rotating platforms, or to make nodes push other nodes. This method should be used in [method Node._physics_process] (or in a method called by [method Node._physics_process]), as it uses the physics step's [code]delta[/code] value automatically in calculations. Otherwise, the simulation will run at an incorrect speed. Modifies [member linear_velocity] if a slide collision occurred. To get the latest collision call [method get_last_slide_collision], for detailed information about collisions that occurred, use [method get_slide_collision]. When the body touches a moving platform, the platform's velocity is automatically added to the body motion. If a collision occurs due to the platform's motion, it will always be first in the slide collisions. @@ -152,8 +152,11 @@ <member name="motion_mode" type="int" setter="set_motion_mode" getter="get_motion_mode" enum="CharacterBody2D.MotionMode" default="0"> Sets the motion mode which defines the behaviour of [method move_and_slide]. See [enum MotionMode] constants for available modes. </member> - <member name="moving_platform_ignore_layers" type="int" setter="set_moving_platform_ignore_layers" getter="get_moving_platform_ignore_layers" default="0"> - Collision layers that will be excluded for detecting bodies that will act as moving platforms to be followed by the [CharacterBody2D]. By default, all touching bodies are detected and propagate their velocity. You can add excluded layers to ignore bodies that are contained in these layers. + <member name="moving_platform_floor_layers" type="int" setter="set_moving_platform_floor_layers" getter="get_moving_platform_floor_layers" default="4294967295"> + Collision layers that will be included for detecting floor bodies that will act as moving platforms to be followed by the [CharacterBody2D]. By default, all floor bodies are detected and propagate their velocity. + </member> + <member name="moving_platform_wall_layers" type="int" setter="set_moving_platform_wall_layers" getter="get_moving_platform_wall_layers" default="0"> + Collision layers that will be included for detecting wall bodies that will act as moving platforms to be followed by the [CharacterBody2D]. By default, all wall bodies are ignored. </member> <member name="slide_on_ceiling" type="bool" setter="set_slide_on_ceiling_enabled" getter="is_slide_on_ceiling_enabled" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], during a jump against the ceiling, the body will slide, if [code]false[/code] it will be stopped and will fall vertically. diff --git a/doc/classes/CharacterBody3D.xml b/doc/classes/CharacterBody3D.xml index 85135d5509..f08a2cafea 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CharacterBody3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CharacterBody3D.xml @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="CharacterBody3D" inherits="PhysicsBody3D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Character body 3D node. + Specialized 3D physics body node for characters moved by script. </brief_description> <description> - Character bodies are special types of bodies that are meant to be user-controlled. They are not affected by physics at all; to other types of bodies, such as a rigid body, these are the same as a static body. However, they have two main uses: + Character bodies are special types of bodies that are meant to be user-controlled. They are not affected by physics at all; to other types of bodies, such as a rigid body, these are the same as a [AnimatableBody3D]. However, they have two main uses: [b]Kinematic characters:[/b] Character bodies have an API for moving objects with walls and slopes detection ([method move_and_slide] method), in addition to collision detection (also done with [method PhysicsBody3D.move_and_collide]). This makes them really useful to implement characters that move in specific ways and collide with the world, but don't require advanced physics. - [b]Kinematic motion:[/b] Character bodies can also be used for kinematic motion (same functionality as [member StaticBody3D.kinematic_motion] when enabled), which allows them to be moved by code and push other bodies on their path. + [b]Kinematic motion:[/b] Character bodies can also be used for kinematic motion (same functionality as [AnimatableBody3D]), which allows them to be moved by code and push other bodies on their path. </description> <tutorials> <link title="Kinematic character (2D)">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/kinematic_character_2d.html</link> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ <method name="move_and_slide"> <return type="bool" /> <description> - Moves the body based on [member linear_velocity]. If the body collides with another, it will slide along the other body rather than stop immediately. If the other body is a [CharacterBody3D] or [RigidBody3D], it will also be affected by the motion of the other body. You can use this to make moving and rotating platforms, or to make nodes push other nodes. + Moves the body based on [member linear_velocity]. If the body collides with another, it will slide along the other body rather than stop immediately. If the other body is a [CharacterBody3D] or [RigidDynamicBody3D], it will also be affected by the motion of the other body. You can use this to make moving and rotating platforms, or to make nodes push other nodes. This method should be used in [method Node._physics_process] (or in a method called by [method Node._physics_process]), as it uses the physics step's [code]delta[/code] value automatically in calculations. Otherwise, the simulation will run at an incorrect speed. Modifies [member linear_velocity] if a slide collision occurred. To get the latest collision call [method get_last_slide_collision], for more detailed information about collisions that occurred, use [method get_slide_collision]. When the body touches a moving platform, the platform's velocity is automatically added to the body motion. If a collision occurs due to the platform's motion, it will always be first in the slide collisions. diff --git a/doc/classes/ClassDB.xml b/doc/classes/ClassDB.xml index 063233fe50..62165a5fce 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ClassDB.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ClassDB.xml @@ -30,6 +30,23 @@ Returns a category associated with the class for use in documentation and the Asset Library. Debug mode required. </description> </method> + <method name="class_get_enum_constants" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="PackedStringArray" /> + <argument index="0" name="class" type="StringName" /> + <argument index="1" name="enum" type="StringName" /> + <argument index="2" name="no_inheritance" type="bool" default="false" /> + <description> + Returns an array with all the keys in [code]enum[/code] of [code]class[/code] or its ancestry. + </description> + </method> + <method name="class_get_enum_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="PackedStringArray" /> + <argument index="0" name="class" type="StringName" /> + <argument index="1" name="no_inheritance" type="bool" default="false" /> + <description> + Returns an array with all the enums of [code]class[/code] or its ancestry. + </description> + </method> <method name="class_get_integer_constant" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="class" type="StringName" /> @@ -38,6 +55,15 @@ Returns the value of the integer constant [code]name[/code] of [code]class[/code] or its ancestry. Always returns 0 when the constant could not be found. </description> </method> + <method name="class_get_integer_constant_enum" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="StringName" /> + <argument index="0" name="class" type="StringName" /> + <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName" /> + <argument index="2" name="no_inheritance" type="bool" default="false" /> + <description> + Returns which enum the integer constant [code]name[/code] of [code]class[/code] or its ancestry belongs to. + </description> + </method> <method name="class_get_integer_constant_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <argument index="0" name="class" type="StringName" /> @@ -87,6 +113,15 @@ Returns an array with all the signals of [code]class[/code] or its ancestry if [code]no_inheritance[/code] is [code]false[/code]. Every element of the array is a [Dictionary] as described in [method class_get_signal]. </description> </method> + <method name="class_has_enum" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <argument index="0" name="class" type="StringName" /> + <argument index="1" name="name" type="StringName" /> + <argument index="2" name="no_inheritance" type="bool" default="false" /> + <description> + Returns whether [code]class[/code] or its ancestry has an enum called [code]name[/code] or not. + </description> + </method> <method name="class_has_integer_constant" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="class" type="StringName" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/CodeEdit.xml b/doc/classes/CodeEdit.xml index 47078330f3..93f72d45ae 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CodeEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CodeEdit.xml @@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ Override this method to define how the selected entry should be inserted. If [code]replace[/code] is true, any existing text should be replaced. </description> </method> - <method name="_filter_code_completion_candidates" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_filter_code_completion_candidates" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Array" /> - <argument index="0" name="candidates" type="Array" /> + <argument index="0" name="candidates" type="Dictionary[]" /> <description> Override this method to define what items in [code]candidates[/code] should be displayed. Both [code]candidates[/code] and the return is a [Array] of [Dictionary], see [method get_code_completion_option] for [Dictionary] content. diff --git a/doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml b/doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml index 7129c72e7c..ba1ee3909d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ <methods> <method name="_input_event" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="viewport" type="Object" /> + <argument index="0" name="viewport" type="Viewport" /> <argument index="1" name="event" type="InputEvent" /> <argument index="2" name="shape_idx" type="int" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/CollisionObject3D.xml b/doc/classes/CollisionObject3D.xml index f9151a2c2f..19bcdcbb27 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CollisionObject3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CollisionObject3D.xml @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ <methods> <method name="_input_event" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="camera" type="Object" /> + <argument index="0" name="camera" type="Camera3D" /> <argument index="1" name="event" type="InputEvent" /> <argument index="2" name="position" type="Vector3" /> <argument index="3" name="normal" type="Vector3" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml b/doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml index 99e121de75..571ffd592a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ </theme_item> <theme_item name="picker_cursor" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> </theme_item> - <theme_item name="preset_bg" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + <theme_item name="sample_bg" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> </theme_item> <theme_item name="screen_picker" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> The icon for the screen color picker button. diff --git a/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape2D.xml b/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape2D.xml index e6b2e1845d..50632cd2c8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape2D.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Concave polygon 2D shape resource for physics. </brief_description> <description> - Concave polygon 2D shape resource for physics. It is made out of segments and is optimal for complex polygonal concave collisions. However, it is not advised to use for [RigidBody2D] nodes. A CollisionPolygon2D in convex decomposition mode (solids) or several convex objects are advised for that instead. Otherwise, a concave polygon 2D shape is better for static collisions. + Concave polygon 2D shape resource for physics. It is made out of segments and is optimal for complex polygonal concave collisions. However, it is not advised to use for [RigidDynamicBody2D] nodes. A CollisionPolygon2D in convex decomposition mode (solids) or several convex objects are advised for that instead. Otherwise, a concave polygon 2D shape is better for static collisions. The main difference between a [ConvexPolygonShape2D] and a [ConcavePolygonShape2D] is that a concave polygon assumes it is concave and uses a more complex method of collision detection, and a convex one forces itself to be convex in order to speed up collision detection. </description> <tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape3D.xml b/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape3D.xml index 34fb06a476..907afa6367 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape3D.xml @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> Concave polygon shape resource, which can be set into a [PhysicsBody3D] or area. This shape is created by feeding a list of triangles. - Note: when used for collision, [ConcavePolygonShape3D] is intended to work with static [PhysicsBody3D] nodes like [StaticBody3D] and will not work with [CharacterBody3D] or [RigidBody3D] with a mode other than Static. + Note: when used for collision, [ConcavePolygonShape3D] is intended to work with static [PhysicsBody3D] nodes like [StaticBody3D] and will not work with [CharacterBody3D] or [RigidDynamicBody3D] with a mode other than Static. </description> <tutorials> <link title="3D Physics Tests Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/675</link> diff --git a/doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml b/doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml index f970be23a6..ce976e3d8b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml @@ -84,8 +84,10 @@ } [/csharp] [/codeblocks] + Any operation that mutates the ConfigFile such as [method set_value], [method clear], or [method erase_section], only changes what is loaded in memory. If you want to write the change to a file, you have to save the changes with [method save], [method save_encrypted], or [method save_encrypted_pass]. Keep in mind that section and property names can't contain spaces. Anything after a space will be ignored on save and on load. ConfigFiles can also contain manually written comment lines starting with a semicolon ([code];[/code]). Those lines will be ignored when parsing the file. Note that comments will be lost when saving the ConfigFile. This can still be useful for dedicated server configuration files, which are typically never overwritten without explicit user action. + [b]Note:[/b] The file extension given to a ConfigFile does not have any impact on its formatting or behavior. By convention, the [code].cfg[/code] extension is used here, but any other extension such as [code].ini[/code] is also valid. Since neither [code].cfg[/code] nor [code].ini[/code] are standardized, Godot's ConfigFile formatting may differ from files written by other programs. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -93,6 +95,7 @@ <method name="clear"> <return type="void" /> <description> + Removes the entire contents of the config. </description> </method> <method name="erase_section"> @@ -149,6 +152,8 @@ </method> <method name="load"> <return type="int" enum="Error" /> + <returns_error number="0"/> + <returns_error number="12"/> <argument index="0" name="path" type="String" /> <description> Loads the config file specified as a parameter. The file's contents are parsed and loaded in the [ConfigFile] object which the method was called on. diff --git a/doc/classes/Control.xml b/doc/classes/Control.xml index 0834521c91..6602764cd4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Control.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Control.xml @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ <link title="All GUI Demos">https://github.com/godotengine/godot-demo-projects/tree/master/gui</link> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_can_drop_data" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_can_drop_data" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="position" type="Vector2" /> + <argument index="0" name="at_position" type="Vector2" /> <argument index="1" name="data" type="Variant" /> <description> Godot calls this method to test if [code]data[/code] from a control's [method _get_drag_data] can be dropped at [code]position[/code]. [code]position[/code] is local to this control. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ </method> <method name="_drop_data" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="position" type="Vector2" /> + <argument index="0" name="at_position" type="Vector2" /> <argument index="1" name="data" type="Variant" /> <description> Godot calls this method to pass you the [code]data[/code] from a control's [method _get_drag_data] result. Godot first calls [method _can_drop_data] to test if [code]data[/code] is allowed to drop at [code]position[/code] where [code]position[/code] is local to this control. @@ -73,9 +73,9 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="_get_drag_data" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_drag_data" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Variant" /> - <argument index="0" name="position" type="Vector2" /> + <argument index="0" name="at_position" type="Vector2" /> <description> Godot calls this method to get data that can be dragged and dropped onto controls that expect drop data. Returns [code]null[/code] if there is no data to drag. Controls that want to receive drop data should implement [method _can_drop_data] and [method _drop_data]. [code]position[/code] is local to this control. Drag may be forced with [method force_drag]. A preview that will follow the mouse that should represent the data can be set with [method set_drag_preview]. A good time to set the preview is in this method. @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="_get_minimum_size" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_minimum_size" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Vector2" /> <description> Virtual method to be implemented by the user. Returns the minimum size for this control. Alternative to [member rect_min_size] for controlling minimum size via code. The actual minimum size will be the max value of these two (in each axis separately). @@ -141,15 +141,15 @@ </method> <method name="_has_point" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="" type="Vector2" /> + <argument index="0" name="position" type="Vector2" /> <description> Virtual method to be implemented by the user. Returns whether the given [code]point[/code] is inside this control. If not overridden, default behavior is checking if the point is within control's Rect. [b]Note:[/b] If you want to check if a point is inside the control, you can use [code]get_rect().has_point(point)[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="_make_custom_tooltip" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="Control" /> + <method name="_make_custom_tooltip" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Object" /> <argument index="0" name="for_text" type="String" /> <description> Virtual method to be implemented by the user. Returns a [Control] node that should be used as a tooltip instead of the default one. The [code]for_text[/code] includes the contents of the [member hint_tooltip] property. @@ -193,8 +193,8 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="_structured_text_parser" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="void" /> + <method name="_structured_text_parser" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="Array" /> <argument index="0" name="args" type="Array" /> <argument index="1" name="text" type="String" /> <description> @@ -921,7 +921,8 @@ Anchors the top edge of the node to the origin, the center or the end of its parent control. It changes how the top offset updates when the node moves or changes size. You can use one of the [enum Anchor] constants for convenience. </member> <member name="auto_translate" type="bool" setter="set_auto_translate" getter="is_auto_translating" default="true"> - Toggles if any text should automatically change to its translated version depending on the current locale. + Toggles if any text should automatically change to its translated version depending on the current locale. Note that this will not affect any internal nodes (e.g. the popup of a [MenuButton]). + Also decides if the node's strings should be parsed for POT generation. </member> <member name="focus_mode" type="int" setter="set_focus_mode" getter="get_focus_mode" enum="Control.FocusMode" default="0"> The focus access mode for the control (None, Click or All). Only one Control can be focused at the same time, and it will receive keyboard signals. diff --git a/doc/classes/Cubemap.xml b/doc/classes/Cubemap.xml index 61cb1d43f0..9e31ee8a92 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Cubemap.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Cubemap.xml @@ -1,8 +1,12 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="Cubemap" inherits="ImageTextureLayered" version="4.0"> <brief_description> + 6-sided texture typically used in 3D rendering. </brief_description> <description> + A cubemap is a 6-sided texture typically used for faking reflections in 3D rendering. It can be used to make an object look as if it's reflecting its surroundings. This usually delivers much better performance than other reflection methods. + This resource is typically used as a uniform in custom shaders. Few core Godot methods make use of Cubemap resources. + [b]Note:[/b] Godot doesn't support using cubemaps as a [PanoramaSkyMaterial]. You can use [url=https://danilw.github.io/GLSL-howto/cubemap_to_panorama_js/cubemap_to_panorama.html]this tool[/url] to convert a cube map to an equirectangular sky map. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/DisplayServer.xml b/doc/classes/DisplayServer.xml index abb715b34e..4f495eaec9 100644 --- a/doc/classes/DisplayServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/DisplayServer.xml @@ -649,6 +649,8 @@ <argument index="0" name="min_size" type="Vector2i" /> <argument index="1" name="window_id" type="int" default="0" /> <description> + Sets the minimum size for the given window to [code]min_size[/code] (in pixels). + [b]Note:[/b] By default, the main window has a minimum size of [code]Vector2i(64, 64)[/code]. This prevents issues that can arise when the window is resized to a near-zero size. </description> </method> <method name="window_set_mode"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorCommandPalette.xml b/doc/classes/EditorCommandPalette.xml index 743c59eec2..1d3b21255f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorCommandPalette.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorCommandPalette.xml @@ -1,8 +1,26 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="EditorCommandPalette" inherits="ConfirmationDialog" version="4.0"> <brief_description> + Godot editor's command palette. </brief_description> <description> + Object that holds all the available Commands and their shortcuts text. These Commands can be accessed through [b]Editor > Command Palette[/b] menu. + Command key names use slash delimiters to distinguish sections Example: [code]"example/command1"[/code] then [code]example[/code] will be the section name. + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + var command_palette = get_editor_interface().get_command_palette() + # external_command is a function that will be called with the command is executed. + var command_callable = Callable(self, "external_command").bind(arguments) + command_palette.add_command("command", "test/command",command_callable) + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + EditorCommandPalette commandPalette = GetEditorInterface().GetCommandPalette(); + // ExternalCommand is a function that will be called with the command is executed. + Callable commandCallable = new Callable(this, nameof(ExternalCommand)); + commandPalette.AddCommand("command", "test/command", commandCallable) + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] + [b]Note:[/b] This class shouldn't be instantiated directly. Instead, access the singleton using [method EditorInterface.get_command_palette]. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -14,12 +32,19 @@ <argument index="2" name="binded_callable" type="Callable" /> <argument index="3" name="shortcut_text" type="String" default=""None"" /> <description> + Adds a custom command to EditorCommandPalette. + - [code]command_name[/code]: [String] (Name of the [b]Command[/b]. This is displayed to the user.) + - [code]key_name[/code]: [String] (Name of the key for a particular [b]Command[/b]. This is used to uniquely identify the [b]Command[/b].) + - [code]binded_callable[/code]: [Callable] (Callable of the [b]Command[/b]. This will be executed when the [b]Command[/b] is selected.) + - [code]shortcut_text[/code]: [String] (Shortcut text of the [b]Command[/b] if available.) </description> </method> <method name="remove_command"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="key_name" type="String" /> <description> + Removes the custom command from EditorCommandPalette. + - [code]key_name[/code]: [String] (Name of the key for a particular [b]Command[/b].) </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml index b379ccc8c6..da6738d6b7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml @@ -113,28 +113,28 @@ <link title="Import plugins">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/plugins/editor/import_plugins.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_get_import_options" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_import_options" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Array" /> - <argument index="0" name="preset" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="preset_index" type="int" /> <description> Gets the options and default values for the preset at this index. Returns an Array of Dictionaries with the following keys: [code]name[/code], [code]default_value[/code], [code]property_hint[/code] (optional), [code]hint_string[/code] (optional), [code]usage[/code] (optional). </description> </method> - <method name="_get_import_order" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_import_order" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="int" /> <description> Gets the order of this importer to be run when importing resources. Importers with [i]lower[/i] import orders will be called first, and higher values will be called later. Use this to ensure the importer runs after the dependencies are already imported. The default import order is [code]0[/code] unless overridden by a specific importer. See [enum ResourceImporter.ImportOrder] for some predefined values. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_importer_name" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_importer_name" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> <description> Gets the unique name of the importer. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_option_visibility" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_option_visibility" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="option" type="String" /> + <argument index="0" name="option_name" type="StringName" /> <argument index="1" name="options" type="Dictionary" /> <description> This method can be overridden to hide specific import options if conditions are met. This is mainly useful for hiding options that depend on others if one of them is disabled. For example: @@ -163,50 +163,50 @@ Return [code]true[/code] to make all options always visible. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_preset_count" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_preset_count" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="int" /> <description> Gets the number of initial presets defined by the plugin. Use [method _get_import_options] to get the default options for the preset and [method _get_preset_name] to get the name of the preset. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_preset_name" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_preset_name" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> - <argument index="0" name="preset" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="preset_index" type="int" /> <description> Gets the name of the options preset at this index. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_priority" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_priority" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="float" /> <description> Gets the priority of this plugin for the recognized extension. Higher priority plugins will be preferred. The default priority is [code]1.0[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_recognized_extensions" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="Array" /> + <method name="_get_recognized_extensions" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <description> Gets the list of file extensions to associate with this loader (case-insensitive). e.g. [code]["obj"][/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_resource_type" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_resource_type" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> <description> Gets the Godot resource type associated with this loader. e.g. [code]"Mesh"[/code] or [code]"Animation"[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_save_extension" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_save_extension" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> <description> Gets the extension used to save this resource in the [code].godot/imported[/code] directory. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_visible_name" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_visible_name" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> <description> Gets the name to display in the import window. You should choose this name as a continuation to "Import as", e.g. "Import as Special Mesh". </description> </method> - <method name="_import" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_import" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="source_file" type="String" /> <argument index="1" name="save_path" type="String" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml index 62fd7a1d6e..ee93379210 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml @@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ <link title="Inspector plugins">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/plugins/editor/inspector_plugins.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_can_handle" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_can_handle" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="object" type="Object" /> + <argument index="0" name="object" type="Variant" /> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if this object can be handled by this plugin. </description> @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ </method> <method name="_parse_category" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="category" type="String" /> + <argument index="0" name="object" type="Object" /> + <argument index="1" name="category" type="String" /> <description> - Called to allow adding controls at the beginning of the category. </description> </method> <method name="_parse_end" qualifiers="virtual"> @@ -44,11 +44,13 @@ </method> <method name="_parse_property" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="type" type="int" /> - <argument index="1" name="path" type="String" /> - <argument index="2" name="hint" type="int" /> - <argument index="3" name="hint_text" type="String" /> - <argument index="4" name="usage" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="object" type="Object" /> + <argument index="1" name="type" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="name" type="String" /> + <argument index="3" name="hint_type" type="int" /> + <argument index="4" name="hint_string" type="String" /> + <argument index="5" name="usage_flags" type="int" /> + <argument index="6" name="wide" type="bool" /> <description> Called to allow adding property specific editors to the inspector. Usually these inherit [EditorProperty]. Returning [code]true[/code] removes the built-in editor for this property, otherwise allows to insert a custom editor before the built-in one. </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml b/doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml index 91e1dfbf57..8558f4b9f7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ <method name="get_command_palette" qualifiers="const"> <return type="EditorCommandPalette" /> <description> + Returns the editor's [EditorCommandPalette] instance. </description> </method> <method name="get_current_path" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorNode3DGizmo.xml b/doc/classes/EditorNode3DGizmo.xml index 39f6805254..91e024cc1c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorNode3DGizmo.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorNode3DGizmo.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="restore" type="Variant" /> - <argument index="2" name="cancel" type="bool" default="false" /> + <argument index="2" name="cancel" type="bool" /> <description> Override this method to commit a handle being edited (handles must have been previously added by [method add_handles]). This usually means creating an [UndoRedo] action for the change, using the current handle value as "do" and the [code]restore[/code] argument as "undo". If the [code]cancel[/code] argument is [code]true[/code], the [code]restore[/code] value should be directly set, without any [UndoRedo] action. @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ <method name="_commit_subgizmos" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="ids" type="PackedInt32Array" /> - <argument index="1" name="restore" type="Array" /> - <argument index="2" name="cancel" type="bool" default="false" /> + <argument index="1" name="restores" type="Transform3D[]" /> + <argument index="2" name="cancel" type="bool" /> <description> Override this method to commit a group of subgizmos being edited (see [method _subgizmos_intersect_ray] and [method _subgizmos_intersect_frustum]). This usually means creating an [UndoRedo] action for the change, using the current transforms as "do" and the [code]restore[/code] transforms as "undo". If the [code]cancel[/code] argument is [code]true[/code], the [code]restore[/code] transforms should be directly set, without any [UndoRedo] action. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_handle_name" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_handle_name" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <description> @@ -37,21 +37,21 @@ Handles can be named for reference to the user when editing. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_handle_value" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_handle_value" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Variant" /> <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <description> Override this method to return the current value of a handle. This value will be requested at the start of an edit and used as the [code]restore[/code] argument in [method _commit_handle]. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_subgizmo_transform" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_subgizmo_transform" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Transform3D" /> <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <description> Override this method to return the current transform of a subgizmo. This transform will be requested at the start of an edit and used as the [code]restore[/code] argument in [method _commit_subgizmos]. </description> </method> - <method name="_is_handle_highlighted" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_is_handle_highlighted" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <description> @@ -81,15 +81,15 @@ Override this method to update the node properties during subgizmo editing (see [method _subgizmos_intersect_ray] and [method _subgizmos_intersect_frustum]). The [code]transform[/code] is given in the Node3D's local coordinate system. </description> </method> - <method name="_subgizmos_intersect_frustum" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_subgizmos_intersect_frustum" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="PackedInt32Array" /> <argument index="0" name="camera" type="Camera3D" /> - <argument index="1" name="frustum" type="Array" /> + <argument index="1" name="frustum" type="Plane[]" /> <description> Override this method to allow selecting subgizmos using mouse drag box selection. Given a [code]camera[/code] and a [code]frustum[/code], this method should return which subgizmos are contained within the frustum. The [code]frustum[/code] argument consists of an [code]Array[/code] with all the [code]Plane[/code]s that make up the selection frustum. The returned value should contain a list of unique subgizmo identifiers, which can have any non-negative value and will be used in other virtual methods like [method _get_subgizmo_transform] or [method _commit_subgizmos]. </description> </method> - <method name="_subgizmos_intersect_ray" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_subgizmos_intersect_ray" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="camera" type="Camera3D" /> <argument index="1" name="point" type="Vector2" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorNode3DGizmoPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorNode3DGizmoPlugin.xml index fb72427a7a..4ba455a336 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorNode3DGizmoPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorNode3DGizmoPlugin.xml @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ <link title="Spatial gizmo plugins">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/plugins/editor/spatial_gizmos.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_can_be_hidden" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_can_be_hidden" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> Override this method to define whether the gizmos handled by this plugin can be hidden or not. Returns [code]true[/code] if not overridden. @@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ <method name="_commit_handle" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="gizmo" type="EditorNode3DGizmo" /> - <argument index="1" name="id" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="handle_id" type="int" /> <argument index="2" name="restore" type="Variant" /> - <argument index="3" name="cancel" type="bool" default="false" /> + <argument index="3" name="cancel" type="bool" /> <description> Override this method to commit a handle being edited (handles must have been previously added by [method EditorNode3DGizmo.add_handles] during [method _redraw]). This usually means creating an [UndoRedo] action for the change, using the current handle value as "do" and the [code]restore[/code] argument as "undo". If the [code]cancel[/code] argument is [code]true[/code], the [code]restore[/code] value should be directly set, without any [UndoRedo] action. Called for this plugin's active gizmos. @@ -31,73 +31,73 @@ <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="gizmo" type="EditorNode3DGizmo" /> <argument index="1" name="ids" type="PackedInt32Array" /> - <argument index="2" name="restore" type="Array" /> - <argument index="3" name="cancel" type="bool" default="false" /> + <argument index="2" name="restores" type="Transform3D[]" /> + <argument index="3" name="cancel" type="bool" /> <description> Override this method to commit a group of subgizmos being edited (see [method _subgizmos_intersect_ray] and [method _subgizmos_intersect_frustum]). This usually means creating an [UndoRedo] action for the change, using the current transforms as "do" and the [code]restore[/code] transforms as "undo". If the [code]cancel[/code] argument is [code]true[/code], the [code]restore[/code] transforms should be directly set, without any [UndoRedo] action. As with all subgizmo methods, transforms are given in local space respect to the gizmo's Node3D. Called for this plugin's active gizmos. </description> </method> - <method name="_create_gizmo" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_create_gizmo" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="EditorNode3DGizmo" /> - <argument index="0" name="spatial" type="Node3D" /> + <argument index="0" name="for_node_3d" type="Node3D" /> <description> Override this method to return a custom [EditorNode3DGizmo] for the spatial nodes of your choice, return [code]null[/code] for the rest of nodes. See also [method _has_gizmo]. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_gizmo_name" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_gizmo_name" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> <description> Override this method to provide the name that will appear in the gizmo visibility menu. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_handle_name" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_handle_name" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> <argument index="0" name="gizmo" type="EditorNode3DGizmo" /> - <argument index="1" name="id" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="handle_id" type="int" /> <description> Override this method to provide gizmo's handle names. Called for this plugin's active gizmos. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_handle_value" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_handle_value" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Variant" /> <argument index="0" name="gizmo" type="EditorNode3DGizmo" /> - <argument index="1" name="id" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="handle_id" type="int" /> <description> Override this method to return the current value of a handle. This value will be requested at the start of an edit and used as the [code]restore[/code] argument in [method _commit_handle]. Called for this plugin's active gizmos. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_priority" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_priority" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="int" /> <description> Override this method to set the gizmo's priority. Gizmos with higher priority will have precedence when processing inputs like handles or subgizmos selection. All built-in editor gizmos return a priority of [code]-1[/code]. If not overridden, this method will return [code]0[/code], which means custom gizmos will automatically get higher priority than built-in gizmos. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_subgizmo_transform" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_subgizmo_transform" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Transform3D" /> <argument index="0" name="gizmo" type="EditorNode3DGizmo" /> - <argument index="1" name="id" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="subgizmo_id" type="int" /> <description> Override this method to return the current transform of a subgizmo. As with all subgizmo methods, the transform should be in local space respect to the gizmo's Node3D. This transform will be requested at the start of an edit and used in the [code]restore[/code] argument in [method _commit_subgizmos]. Called for this plugin's active gizmos. </description> </method> - <method name="_has_gizmo" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_has_gizmo" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="spatial" type="Node3D" /> + <argument index="0" name="for_node_3d" type="Node3D" /> <description> Override this method to define which Node3D nodes have a gizmo from this plugin. Whenever a [Node3D] node is added to a scene this method is called, if it returns [code]true[/code] the node gets a generic [EditorNode3DGizmo] assigned and is added to this plugin's list of active gizmos. </description> </method> - <method name="_is_handle_highlighted" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_is_handle_highlighted" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="gizmo" type="EditorNode3DGizmo" /> - <argument index="1" name="id" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="handle_id" type="int" /> <description> Override this method to return [code]true[/code] whenever to given handle should be highlighted in the editor. Called for this plugin's active gizmos. </description> </method> - <method name="_is_selectable_when_hidden" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_is_selectable_when_hidden" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> Override this method to define whether Node3D with this gizmo should be selectable even when the gizmo is hidden. @@ -113,9 +113,9 @@ <method name="_set_handle" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="gizmo" type="EditorNode3DGizmo" /> - <argument index="1" name="id" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="handle_id" type="int" /> <argument index="2" name="camera" type="Camera3D" /> - <argument index="3" name="point" type="Vector2" /> + <argument index="3" name="screen_pos" type="Vector2" /> <description> Override this method to update the node's properties when the user drags a gizmo handle (previously added with [method EditorNode3DGizmo.add_handles]). The provided [code]point[/code] is the mouse position in screen coordinates and the [code]camera[/code] can be used to convert it to raycasts. Called for this plugin's active gizmos. </description> @@ -123,26 +123,26 @@ <method name="_set_subgizmo_transform" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="gizmo" type="EditorNode3DGizmo" /> - <argument index="1" name="id" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="subgizmo_id" type="int" /> <argument index="2" name="transform" type="Transform3D" /> <description> Override this method to update the node properties during subgizmo editing (see [method _subgizmos_intersect_ray] and [method _subgizmos_intersect_frustum]). The [code]transform[/code] is given in the Node3D's local coordinate system. Called for this plugin's active gizmos. </description> </method> - <method name="_subgizmos_intersect_frustum" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_subgizmos_intersect_frustum" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="PackedInt32Array" /> <argument index="0" name="gizmo" type="EditorNode3DGizmo" /> <argument index="1" name="camera" type="Camera3D" /> - <argument index="2" name="frustum" type="Array" /> + <argument index="2" name="frustum_planes" type="Plane[]" /> <description> Override this method to allow selecting subgizmos using mouse drag box selection. Given a [code]camera[/code] and a [code]frustum[/code], this method should return which subgizmos are contained within the frustum. The [code]frustum[/code] argument consists of an [code]Array[/code] with all the [code]Plane[/code]s that make up the selection frustum. The returned value should contain a list of unique subgizmo identifiers, these identifiers can have any non-negative value and will be used in other virtual methods like [method _get_subgizmo_transform] or [method _commit_subgizmos]. Called for this plugin's active gizmos. </description> </method> - <method name="_subgizmos_intersect_ray" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_subgizmos_intersect_ray" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="gizmo" type="EditorNode3DGizmo" /> <argument index="1" name="camera" type="Camera3D" /> - <argument index="2" name="point" type="Vector2" /> + <argument index="2" name="screen_pos" type="Vector2" /> <description> Override this method to allow selecting subgizmos using mouse clicks. Given a [code]camera[/code] and a [code]point[/code] in screen coordinates, this method should return which subgizmo should be selected. The returned value should be a unique subgizmo identifier, which can have any non-negative value and will be used in other virtual methods like [method _get_subgizmo_transform] or [method _commit_subgizmos]. Called for this plugin's active gizmos. </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml index 37efca7f48..b8436be76a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ </method> <method name="_edit" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="object" type="Object" /> + <argument index="0" name="object" type="Variant" /> <description> This function is used for plugins that edit specific object types (nodes or resources). It requests the editor to edit the given object. </description> @@ -49,18 +49,18 @@ Called by the engine when the user enables the [EditorPlugin] in the Plugin tab of the project settings window. </description> </method> - <method name="_forward_canvas_draw_over_viewport" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_forward_3d_draw_over_viewport" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="overlay" type="Control" /> + <argument index="0" name="viewport_control" type="Control" /> <description> - Called by the engine when the 2D editor's viewport is updated. Use the [code]overlay[/code] [Control] for drawing. You can update the viewport manually by calling [method update_overlays]. + Called by the engine when the 3D editor's viewport is updated. Use the [code]overlay[/code] [Control] for drawing. You can update the viewport manually by calling [method update_overlays]. [codeblocks] [gdscript] - func _forward_canvas_draw_over_viewport(overlay): + func _forward_3d_draw_over_viewport(overlay): # Draw a circle at cursor position. - overlay.draw_circle(overlay.get_local_mouse_position(), 64, Color.white) + overlay.draw_circle(overlay.get_local_mouse_position(), 64) - func _forward_canvas_gui_input(event): + func _forward_3d_gui_input(camera, event): if event is InputEventMouseMotion: # Redraw viewport when cursor is moved. update_overlays() @@ -68,13 +68,13 @@ return false [/gdscript] [csharp] - public override void ForwardCanvasDrawOverViewport(Godot.Control overlay) + public override void _Forward3dDrawOverViewport(Godot.Control overlay) { // Draw a circle at cursor position. overlay.DrawCircle(overlay.GetLocalMousePosition(), 64, Colors.White); } - public override bool ForwardCanvasGuiInput(InputEvent @event) + public override bool _Forward3dGuiInput(Godot.Camera3D camera, InputEvent @event) { if (@event is InputEventMouseMotion) { @@ -87,28 +87,29 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="_forward_canvas_force_draw_over_viewport" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_forward_3d_force_draw_over_viewport" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="overlay" type="Control" /> + <argument index="0" name="viewport_control" type="Control" /> <description> - This method is the same as [method _forward_canvas_draw_over_viewport], except it draws on top of everything. Useful when you need an extra layer that shows over anything else. + This method is the same as [method _forward_3d_draw_over_viewport], except it draws on top of everything. Useful when you need an extra layer that shows over anything else. You need to enable calling of this method by using [method set_force_draw_over_forwarding_enabled]. </description> </method> - <method name="_forward_canvas_gui_input" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_forward_3d_gui_input" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="event" type="InputEvent" /> + <argument index="0" name="viewport_camera" type="Camera3D" /> + <argument index="1" name="event" type="InputEvent" /> <description> - Called when there is a root node in the current edited scene, [method _handles] is implemented and an [InputEvent] happens in the 2D viewport. Intercepts the [InputEvent], if [code]return true[/code] [EditorPlugin] consumes the [code]event[/code], otherwise forwards [code]event[/code] to other Editor classes. Example: + Called when there is a root node in the current edited scene, [method _handles] is implemented and an [InputEvent] happens in the 3D viewport. Intercepts the [InputEvent], if [code]return true[/code] [EditorPlugin] consumes the [code]event[/code], otherwise forwards [code]event[/code] to other Editor classes. Example: [codeblocks] [gdscript] - # Prevents the InputEvent to reach other Editor classes - func _forward_canvas_gui_input(event): + # Prevents the InputEvent to reach other Editor classes. + func _forward_3d_gui_input(camera, event): return true [/gdscript] [csharp] - // Prevents the InputEvent to reach other Editor classes - public override bool ForwardCanvasGuiInput(InputEvent @event) + // Prevents the InputEvent to reach other Editor classes. + public override bool _Forward3dGuiInput(Camera3D camera, InputEvent @event) { return true; } @@ -118,12 +119,12 @@ [codeblocks] [gdscript] # Consumes InputEventMouseMotion and forwards other InputEvent types. - func _forward_canvas_gui_input(event): + func _forward_3d_gui_input(camera, event): return event is InputEventMouseMotion [/gdscript] [csharp] // Consumes InputEventMouseMotion and forwards other InputEvent types. - public override bool ForwardCanvasGuiInput(InputEvent @event) + public override bool _Forward3dGuiInput(Camera3D camera, InputEvent @event) { return @event is InputEventMouseMotion; } @@ -131,18 +132,18 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="_forward_spatial_draw_over_viewport" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_forward_canvas_draw_over_viewport" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="overlay" type="Control" /> + <argument index="0" name="viewport_control" type="Control" /> <description> - Called by the engine when the 3D editor's viewport is updated. Use the [code]overlay[/code] [Control] for drawing. You can update the viewport manually by calling [method update_overlays]. + Called by the engine when the 2D editor's viewport is updated. Use the [code]overlay[/code] [Control] for drawing. You can update the viewport manually by calling [method update_overlays]. [codeblocks] [gdscript] - func _forward_spatial_draw_over_viewport(overlay): + func _forward_canvas_draw_over_viewport(overlay): # Draw a circle at cursor position. - overlay.draw_circle(overlay.get_local_mouse_position(), 64) + overlay.draw_circle(overlay.get_local_mouse_position(), 64, Color.white) - func _forward_spatial_gui_input(camera, event): + func _forward_canvas_gui_input(event): if event is InputEventMouseMotion: # Redraw viewport when cursor is moved. update_overlays() @@ -150,13 +151,13 @@ return false [/gdscript] [csharp] - public override void ForwardSpatialDrawOverViewport(Godot.Control overlay) + public override void ForwardCanvasDrawOverViewport(Godot.Control overlay) { // Draw a circle at cursor position. overlay.DrawCircle(overlay.GetLocalMousePosition(), 64, Colors.White); } - public override bool ForwardSpatialGuiInput(Godot.Camera3D camera, InputEvent @event) + public override bool ForwardCanvasGuiInput(InputEvent @event) { if (@event is InputEventMouseMotion) { @@ -169,29 +170,28 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="_forward_spatial_force_draw_over_viewport" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_forward_canvas_force_draw_over_viewport" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="overlay" type="Control" /> + <argument index="0" name="viewport_control" type="Control" /> <description> - This method is the same as [method _forward_spatial_draw_over_viewport], except it draws on top of everything. Useful when you need an extra layer that shows over anything else. + This method is the same as [method _forward_canvas_draw_over_viewport], except it draws on top of everything. Useful when you need an extra layer that shows over anything else. You need to enable calling of this method by using [method set_force_draw_over_forwarding_enabled]. </description> </method> - <method name="_forward_spatial_gui_input" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_forward_canvas_gui_input" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="camera" type="Camera3D" /> - <argument index="1" name="event" type="InputEvent" /> + <argument index="0" name="event" type="InputEvent" /> <description> - Called when there is a root node in the current edited scene, [method _handles] is implemented and an [InputEvent] happens in the 3D viewport. Intercepts the [InputEvent], if [code]return true[/code] [EditorPlugin] consumes the [code]event[/code], otherwise forwards [code]event[/code] to other Editor classes. Example: + Called when there is a root node in the current edited scene, [method _handles] is implemented and an [InputEvent] happens in the 2D viewport. Intercepts the [InputEvent], if [code]return true[/code] [EditorPlugin] consumes the [code]event[/code], otherwise forwards [code]event[/code] to other Editor classes. Example: [codeblocks] [gdscript] - # Prevents the InputEvent to reach other Editor classes. - func _forward_spatial_gui_input(camera, event): + # Prevents the InputEvent to reach other Editor classes + func _forward_canvas_gui_input(event): return true [/gdscript] [csharp] - // Prevents the InputEvent to reach other Editor classes. - public override bool ForwardSpatialGuiInput(Camera3D camera, InputEvent @event) + // Prevents the InputEvent to reach other Editor classes + public override bool ForwardCanvasGuiInput(InputEvent @event) { return true; } @@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ [codeblocks] [gdscript] # Consumes InputEventMouseMotion and forwards other InputEvent types. - func _forward_spatial_gui_input(camera, event): + func _forward_canvas_gui_input(event): return event is InputEventMouseMotion [/gdscript] [csharp] // Consumes InputEventMouseMotion and forwards other InputEvent types. - public override bool ForwardSpatialGuiInput(Camera3D camera, InputEvent @event) + public override bool ForwardCanvasGuiInput(InputEvent @event) { return @event is InputEventMouseMotion; } @@ -214,13 +214,13 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="_get_breakpoints" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_breakpoints" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <description> This is for editors that edit script-based objects. You can return a list of breakpoints in the format ([code]script:line[/code]), for example: [code]res://path_to_script.gd:25[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_plugin_icon" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_plugin_icon" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Texture2D" /> <description> Override this method in your plugin to return a [Texture2D] in order to give it an icon. @@ -246,14 +246,14 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> - <method name="_get_plugin_name" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_plugin_name" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> <description> Override this method in your plugin to provide the name of the plugin when displayed in the Godot editor. For main screen plugins, this appears at the top of the screen, to the right of the "2D", "3D", "Script", and "AssetLib" buttons. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_state" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_state" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Dictionary" /> <description> Gets the state of your plugin editor. This is used when saving the scene (so state is kept when opening it again) and for switching tabs (so state can be restored when the tab returns). @@ -261,19 +261,19 @@ </method> <method name="_get_window_layout" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="layout" type="ConfigFile" /> + <argument index="0" name="configuration" type="ConfigFile" /> <description> Gets the GUI layout of the plugin. This is used to save the project's editor layout when [method queue_save_layout] is called or the editor layout was changed(For example changing the position of a dock). </description> </method> - <method name="_handles" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_handles" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="object" type="Object" /> + <argument index="0" name="object" type="Variant" /> <description> - Implement this function if your plugin edits a specific type of object (Resource or Node). If you return [code]true[/code], then you will get the functions [method _edit] and [method _make_visible] called when the editor requests them. If you have declared the methods [method _forward_canvas_gui_input] and [method _forward_spatial_gui_input] these will be called too. + Implement this function if your plugin edits a specific type of object (Resource or Node). If you return [code]true[/code], then you will get the functions [method _edit] and [method _make_visible] called when the editor requests them. If you have declared the methods [method _forward_canvas_gui_input] and [method _forward_3d_gui_input] these will be called too. </description> </method> - <method name="_has_main_screen" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_has_main_screen" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if this is a main screen editor plugin (it goes in the workspace selector together with [b]2D[/b], [b]3D[/b], [b]Script[/b] and [b]AssetLib[/b]). @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ </method> <method name="_set_window_layout" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="layout" type="ConfigFile" /> + <argument index="0" name="configuration" type="ConfigFile" /> <description> Restore the plugin GUI layout saved by [method _get_window_layout]. </description> @@ -586,19 +586,19 @@ <method name="set_force_draw_over_forwarding_enabled"> <return type="void" /> <description> - Enables calling of [method _forward_canvas_force_draw_over_viewport] for the 2D editor and [method _forward_spatial_force_draw_over_viewport] for the 3D editor when their viewports are updated. You need to call this method only once and it will work permanently for this plugin. + Enables calling of [method _forward_canvas_force_draw_over_viewport] for the 2D editor and [method _forward_3d_force_draw_over_viewport] for the 3D editor when their viewports are updated. You need to call this method only once and it will work permanently for this plugin. </description> </method> <method name="set_input_event_forwarding_always_enabled"> <return type="void" /> <description> - Use this method if you always want to receive inputs from 3D view screen inside [method _forward_spatial_gui_input]. It might be especially usable if your plugin will want to use raycast in the scene. + Use this method if you always want to receive inputs from 3D view screen inside [method _forward_3d_gui_input]. It might be especially usable if your plugin will want to use raycast in the scene. </description> </method> <method name="update_overlays" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> - Updates the overlays of the 2D and 3D editor viewport. Causes methods [method _forward_canvas_draw_over_viewport], [method _forward_canvas_force_draw_over_viewport], [method _forward_spatial_draw_over_viewport] and [method _forward_spatial_force_draw_over_viewport] to be called. + Updates the overlays of the 2D and 3D editor viewport. Causes methods [method _forward_canvas_draw_over_viewport], [method _forward_canvas_force_draw_over_viewport], [method _forward_3d_draw_over_viewport] and [method _forward_3d_force_draw_over_viewport] to be called. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml b/doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml index 725b0ba8ff..822bcfd255 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml @@ -57,6 +57,11 @@ Puts the [code]editor[/code] control below the property label. The control must be previously added using [method Node.add_child]. </description> </method> + <method name="update_property"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> <member name="checkable" type="bool" setter="set_checkable" getter="is_checkable" default="false"> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorResourceConversionPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorResourceConversionPlugin.xml index 3de508c88d..8543afa4ae 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorResourceConversionPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorResourceConversionPlugin.xml @@ -7,17 +7,23 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_convert" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_convert" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Resource" /> <argument index="0" name="resource" type="Resource" /> <description> </description> </method> - <method name="_converts_to" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_converts_to" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> <description> </description> </method> + <method name="_handles" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <argument index="0" name="resource" type="Resource" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> </methods> <constants> </constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml b/doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml index 7054b1f4d0..033e03c5b5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml @@ -9,41 +9,41 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_can_generate_small_preview" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_can_generate_small_preview" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> If this function returns [code]true[/code], the generator will call [method _generate] or [method _generate_from_path] for small previews as well. By default, it returns [code]false[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="_generate" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_generate" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Texture2D" /> - <argument index="0" name="from" type="Resource" /> - <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2" /> + <argument index="0" name="resource" type="Resource" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> <description> Generate a preview from a given resource with the specified size. This must always be implemented. Returning an empty texture is an OK way to fail and let another generator take care. Care must be taken because this function is always called from a thread (not the main thread). </description> </method> - <method name="_generate_from_path" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_generate_from_path" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Texture2D" /> <argument index="0" name="path" type="String" /> - <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> <description> Generate a preview directly from a path with the specified size. Implementing this is optional, as default code will load and call [method _generate]. Returning an empty texture is an OK way to fail and let another generator take care. Care must be taken because this function is always called from a thread (not the main thread). </description> </method> - <method name="_generate_small_preview_automatically" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_generate_small_preview_automatically" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> If this function returns [code]true[/code], the generator will automatically generate the small previews from the normal preview texture generated by the methods [method _generate] or [method _generate_from_path]. By default, it returns [code]false[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="_handles" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_handles" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="type" type="String" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporter.xml b/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporter.xml index 2e9d6a43d8..a400db551f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporter.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporter.xml @@ -8,12 +8,12 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_get_extensions" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="Array" /> + <method name="_get_extensions" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <description> </description> </method> - <method name="_get_import_flags" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_import_flags" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="int" /> <description> </description> @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="_import_scene" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="Node" /> + <return type="Object" /> <argument index="0" name="path" type="String" /> <argument index="1" name="flags" type="int" /> <argument index="2" name="bake_fps" type="int" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporterMesh.xml b/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporterMesh.xml index 3a9eea87bb..c0c53ff255 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporterMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorSceneImporterMesh.xml @@ -1,8 +1,12 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="EditorSceneImporterMesh" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> <brief_description> + A [Resource] that contains vertex array-based geometry during the import process. </brief_description> <description> + EditorSceneImporterMesh is a type of [Resource] analogous to [ArrayMesh]. It contains vertex array-based geometry, divided in [i]surfaces[/i]. Each surface contains a completely separate array and a material used to draw it. Design wise, a mesh with multiple surfaces is preferred to a single surface, because objects created in 3D editing software commonly contain multiple materials. + + Unlike its runtime counterpart, [EditorSceneImporterMesh] contains mesh data before various import steps, such as lod and shadow mesh generation, have taken place. Modify surface data by calling [method clear], followed by [method add_surface] for each surface. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -11,6 +15,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="name" type="String" /> <description> + Adds name for a blend shape that will be added with [method add_surface]. Must be called before surface is added. </description> </method> <method name="add_surface"> @@ -22,45 +27,58 @@ }" /> <argument index="4" name="material" type="Material" default="null" /> <argument index="5" name="name" type="String" default="""" /> + <argument index="6" name="flags" type="int" default="0" /> <description> + Creates a new surface, analogous to [method ArrayMesh.add_surface_from_arrays]. + Surfaces are created to be rendered using a [code]primitive[/code], which may be any of the types defined in [enum Mesh.PrimitiveType]. (As a note, when using indices, it is recommended to only use points, lines, or triangles.) [method Mesh.get_surface_count] will become the [code]surf_idx[/code] for this new surface. + The [code]arrays[/code] argument is an array of arrays. See [enum Mesh.ArrayType] for the values used in this array. For example, [code]arrays[0][/code] is the array of vertices. That first vertex sub-array is always required; the others are optional. Adding an index array puts this function into "index mode" where the vertex and other arrays become the sources of data and the index array defines the vertex order. All sub-arrays must have the same length as the vertex array or be empty, except for [constant Mesh.ARRAY_INDEX] if it is used. </description> </method> <method name="clear"> <return type="void" /> <description> + Removes all surfaces and blend shapes from this [EditorSceneImporterMesh]. </description> </method> <method name="get_blend_shape_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> + Returns the number of blend shapes that the mesh holds. </description> </method> <method name="get_blend_shape_mode" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" enum="Mesh.BlendShapeMode" /> <description> + Returns the blend shape mode for this Mesh. </description> </method> <method name="get_blend_shape_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <argument index="0" name="blend_shape_idx" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the name of the blend shape at this index. </description> </method> <method name="get_lightmap_size_hint" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Returns the size hint of this mesh for lightmap-unwrapping in UV-space. </description> </method> <method name="get_mesh"> <return type="ArrayMesh" /> - <argument index="0" name="arg0" type="Mesh" /> + <argument index="0" name="base_mesh" type="ArrayMesh" default="null" /> <description> + Returns the mesh data represented by this [EditorSceneImporterMesh] as a usable [ArrayMesh]. + This method caches the returned mesh, and subsequent calls will return the cached data until [method clear] is called. + If not yet cached and [code]base_mesh[/code] is provided, [code]base_mesh[/code] will be used and mutated. </description> </method> <method name="get_surface_arrays" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Array" /> <argument index="0" name="surface_idx" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the arrays for the vertices, normals, uvs, etc. that make up the requested surface. See [method add_surface]. </description> </method> <method name="get_surface_blend_shape_arrays" qualifiers="const"> @@ -68,17 +86,27 @@ <argument index="0" name="surface_idx" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="blend_shape_idx" type="int" /> <description> + Returns a single set of blend shape arrays for the requested blend shape index for a surface. </description> </method> <method name="get_surface_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> + Returns the amount of surfaces that the mesh holds. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_surface_format" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="surface_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns the format of the surface that the mesh holds. </description> </method> <method name="get_surface_lod_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="surface_idx" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the amount of lods that the mesh holds on a given surface. </description> </method> <method name="get_surface_lod_indices" qualifiers="const"> @@ -86,6 +114,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="surface_idx" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="lod_idx" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the index buffer of a lod for a surface. </description> </method> <method name="get_surface_lod_size" qualifiers="const"> @@ -93,36 +122,58 @@ <argument index="0" name="surface_idx" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="lod_idx" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the screen ratio which activates a lod for a surface. </description> </method> <method name="get_surface_material" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Material" /> <argument index="0" name="surface_idx" type="int" /> <description> + Returns a [Material] in a given surface. Surface is rendered using this material. </description> </method> <method name="get_surface_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <argument index="0" name="surface_idx" type="int" /> <description> + Gets the name assigned to this surface. </description> </method> <method name="get_surface_primitive_type"> <return type="int" enum="Mesh.PrimitiveType" /> <argument index="0" name="surface_idx" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the primitive type of the requested surface (see [method add_surface]). </description> </method> <method name="set_blend_shape_mode"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="mode" type="int" enum="Mesh.BlendShapeMode" /> <description> + Sets the blend shape mode to one of [enum Mesh.BlendShapeMode]. </description> </method> <method name="set_lightmap_size_hint"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Sets the size hint of this mesh for lightmap-unwrapping in UV-space. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_surface_material"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="surface_idx" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="material" type="Material" /> + <description> + Sets a [Material] for a given surface. Surface will be rendered using this material. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_surface_name"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="surface_idx" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="name" type="String" /> + <description> + Sets a name for a given surface. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml b/doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml index 95b0b42d9f..43ca3db5fa 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ <methods> <method name="_post_import" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="Object" /> - <argument index="0" name="scene" type="Object" /> + <argument index="0" name="scene" type="Node" /> <description> Called after the scene was imported. This method must return the modified version of the scene. </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorSyntaxHighlighter.xml b/doc/classes/EditorSyntaxHighlighter.xml index 37644a8595..394a4ada46 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorSyntaxHighlighter.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorSyntaxHighlighter.xml @@ -5,24 +5,18 @@ </brief_description> <description> Base syntax highlighter resource all editor syntax highlighters extend from, it is used in the [ScriptEditor]. - Add a syntax highlighter to an individual script by calling [method ScriptEditorBase._add_syntax_highlighter]. To apply to all scripts on open, call [method ScriptEditor.register_syntax_highlighter] + Add a syntax highlighter to an individual script by calling ScriptEditorBase._add_syntax_highlighter (currently not working). To apply to all scripts on open, call [method ScriptEditor.register_syntax_highlighter] </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_get_name" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_name" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> <description> Virtual method which can be overridden to return the syntax highlighter name. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_supported_extentions" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="Array" /> - <description> - Virtual method which can be overridden to return the supported file extensions. - </description> - </method> - <method name="_get_supported_languages" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_supported_languages" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Array" /> <description> Virtual method which can be overridden to return the supported language names. diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorTranslationParserPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorTranslationParserPlugin.xml index 47da8ec37b..94e96e985f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorTranslationParserPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorTranslationParserPlugin.xml @@ -102,8 +102,8 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_get_recognized_extensions" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="Array" /> + <method name="_get_recognized_extensions" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <description> Gets the list of file extensions to associate with this parser, e.g. [code]["csv"][/code]. </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/Engine.xml b/doc/classes/Engine.xml index 886a18900e..36590093bd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Engine.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Engine.xml @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ <method name="get_frames_drawn"> <return type="int" /> <description> - Returns the total number of frames drawn. If the render loop is disabled with [code]--disable-render-loop[/code] via command line, this returns [code]0[/code]. See also [method get_process_frames]. + Returns the total number of frames drawn. On headless platforms, or if the render loop is disabled with [code]--disable-render-loop[/code] via command line, [method get_frames_drawn] always returns [code]0[/code]. See [method get_process_frames]. </description> </method> <method name="get_frames_per_second" qualifiers="const"> @@ -67,7 +67,13 @@ <method name="get_physics_frames" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> - Returns the total number of frames passed since engine initialization which is advanced on each [b]physics frame[/b]. + Returns the total number of frames passed since engine initialization which is advanced on each [b]physics frame[/b]. See also [method get_process_frames]. + [method get_physics_frames] can be used to run expensive logic less often without relying on a [Timer]: + [codeblock] + func _physics_process(_delta): + if Engine.get_physics_frames() % 2 == 0: + pass # Run expensive logic only once every 2 physics frames here. + [/codeblock] </description> </method> <method name="get_physics_interpolation_fraction" qualifiers="const"> @@ -79,16 +85,27 @@ <method name="get_process_frames" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> - Returns the total number of frames passed since engine initialization which is advanced on each [b]process frame[/b], regardless of whether the render loop is enabled. See also [method get_frames_drawn]. + Returns the total number of frames passed since engine initialization which is advanced on each [b]process frame[/b], regardless of whether the render loop is enabled. See also [method get_frames_drawn] and [method get_physics_frames]. + [method get_process_frames] can be used to run expensive logic less often without relying on a [Timer]: + [codeblock] + func _process(_delta): + if Engine.get_process_frames() % 2 == 0: + pass # Run expensive logic only once every 2 process (render) frames here. + [/codeblock] </description> </method> <method name="get_singleton" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Object" /> - <argument index="0" name="name" type="String" /> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <description> Returns a global singleton with given [code]name[/code]. Often used for plugins, e.g. GodotPayments. </description> </method> + <method name="get_singleton_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="PackedStringArray" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="get_version_info" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Dictionary" /> <description> @@ -125,7 +142,7 @@ </method> <method name="has_singleton" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="name" type="String" /> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if a singleton with given [code]name[/code] exists in global scope. </description> @@ -136,6 +153,19 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the game is inside the fixed process and physics phase of the game loop. </description> </method> + <method name="register_singleton"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> + <argument index="1" name="instance" type="Object" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="unregister_singleton"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> <member name="editor_hint" type="bool" setter="set_editor_hint" getter="is_editor_hint" default="true"> diff --git a/doc/classes/File.xml b/doc/classes/File.xml index 6622619fb3..cf08029c72 100644 --- a/doc/classes/File.xml +++ b/doc/classes/File.xml @@ -58,8 +58,20 @@ <method name="eof_reached" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the file cursor has read past the end of the file. - [b]Note:[/b] This function will still return [code]false[/code] while at the end of the file and only activates when reading past it. This can be confusing but it conforms to how low-level file access works in all operating systems. There is always [method get_length] and [method get_position] to implement a custom logic. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the file cursor has already read past the end of the file. + [b]Note:[/b] [code]eof_reached() == false[/code] cannot be used to check whether there is more data available. To loop while there is more data available, use: + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + while file.get_position() < file.get_length(): + # Read data + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + while (file.GetPosition() < file.GetLength()) + { + // Read data + } + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="file_exists" qualifiers="const"> @@ -438,7 +450,7 @@ Opens the file for read and write operations. The file is created if it does not exist, and truncated if it does. The cursor is positioned at the beginning of the file. </constant> <constant name="COMPRESSION_FASTLZ" value="0" enum="CompressionMode"> - Uses the [url=http://fastlz.org/]FastLZ[/url] compression method. + Uses the [url=https://fastlz.org/]FastLZ[/url] compression method. </constant> <constant name="COMPRESSION_DEFLATE" value="1" enum="CompressionMode"> Uses the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DEFLATE]DEFLATE[/url] compression method. diff --git a/doc/classes/Font.xml b/doc/classes/Font.xml index 06dcaca846..aa70856e32 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Font.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Font.xml @@ -70,6 +70,12 @@ Add font data source to the set. </description> </method> + <method name="clear_data"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + Removes all font data sourcers for the set. + </description> + </method> <method name="draw_char" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <argument index="0" name="canvas_item" type="RID" /> @@ -151,6 +157,13 @@ Returns the number of font data sources. </description> </method> + <method name="get_data_rid" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns TextServer RID of the font data resources. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_descent" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <argument index="0" name="size" type="int" default="-1" /> @@ -180,15 +193,18 @@ </method> <method name="get_spacing" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> - <argument index="0" name="type" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="spacing" type="int" enum="TextServer.SpacingType" /> <description> - Returns the spacing for the given [code]type[/code] (see [enum SpacingType]). + Returns the spacing for the given [code]type[/code] (see [enum TextServer.SpacingType]). </description> </method> <method name="get_string_size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2" /> <argument index="0" name="text" type="String" /> <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" default="-1" /> + <argument index="2" name="align" type="int" enum="HAlign" default="0" /> + <argument index="3" name="width" type="float" default="-1" /> + <argument index="4" name="flags" type="int" default="3" /> <description> Returns the size of a bounding box of a string, taking kerning and advance into account. [b]Note:[/b] Real height of the string is context-dependent and can be significantly different from the value returned by [method get_height]. @@ -242,10 +258,10 @@ </method> <method name="set_spacing"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="type" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="spacing" type="int" enum="TextServer.SpacingType" /> <argument index="1" name="value" type="int" /> <description> - Sets the spacing for [code]type[/code] (see [enum SpacingType]) to [code]value[/code] in pixels (not relative to the font size). + Sets the spacing for [code]type[/code] (see [enum TextServer.SpacingType]) to [code]value[/code] in pixels (not relative to the font size). </description> </method> <method name="update_changes"> @@ -256,19 +272,19 @@ </method> </methods> <members> - <member name="extra_spacing_bottom" type="int" setter="set_spacing" getter="get_spacing" default="0"> + <member name="base_size" type="int" setter="set_base_size" getter="get_base_size" default="16"> + Default font size. + </member> + <member name="spacing_bottom" type="int" setter="set_spacing" getter="get_spacing" default="0"> Extra spacing at the bottom of the line in pixels. </member> - <member name="extra_spacing_top" type="int" setter="set_spacing" getter="get_spacing" default="0"> + <member name="spacing_top" type="int" setter="set_spacing" getter="get_spacing" default="0"> Extra spacing at the top of the line in pixels. </member> + <member name="variation_coordinates" type="Dictionary" setter="set_variation_coordinates" getter="get_variation_coordinates" default="{}"> + Default font [url=https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/dvaraxisreg]variation coordinates[/url]. + </member> </members> <constants> - <constant name="SPACING_TOP" value="0" enum="SpacingType"> - Spacing at the top of the line. - </constant> - <constant name="SPACING_BOTTOM" value="1" enum="SpacingType"> - Spacing at the bottom of the line. - </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/FontData.xml b/doc/classes/FontData.xml index 7a845a698f..384d7c81f4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/FontData.xml +++ b/doc/classes/FontData.xml @@ -1,122 +1,179 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="FontData" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Font data source, file or memory buffer. + Font source data and prerendered glyph cache, imported from dynamic or bitmap font. + Supported font formats: + - Dynamic font importer: TrueType (.ttf), OpenType (.otf), WOFF (.woff), Type 1 (.pfb, .pfm). + - Bitmap font importer: AngelCode BMFont (.fnt, .font), text and binary (version 3) format variants. + - Monospace image font importer: All supported image formats. </brief_description> <description> - Built-in text servers support font data sources of the following formats: - - Bitmap fonts in the [url=https://www.angelcode.com/products/bmfont/]BMFont[/url] format. Handles [code].fnt, *.font[/code] fonts containing texture atlases. Non-scalable. Supports distance fields. Complex text shaping support is limited. - - Dynamic fonts using the [url=https://www.freetype.org/]FreeType[/url] and [url=https://github.com/silnrsi/graphite/]Graphite[/url] library for rasterization. Handles [code]*.ttf, *.otf[/code] fonts. Scalable. Doesn't support distance fields. Supports complex text shaping and OpenType features. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="bitmap_add_char"> + <method name="clear_cache"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="char" type="int" /> - <argument index="1" name="texture_idx" type="int" /> - <argument index="2" name="rect" type="Rect2" /> - <argument index="3" name="align" type="Vector2" /> - <argument index="4" name="advance" type="float" /> <description> - Adds a character to the font, where [code]character[/code] is the Unicode value, [code]texture[/code] is the texture index, [code]rect[/code] is the region in the texture (in pixels!), [code]align[/code] is the (optional) alignment for the character and [code]advance[/code] is the (optional) advance. + Removes all font cache entries. </description> </method> - <method name="bitmap_add_kerning_pair"> + <method name="clear_glyphs"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="A" type="int" /> - <argument index="1" name="B" type="int" /> - <argument index="2" name="kerning" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Adds a kerning pair to the bitmap font as a difference. Kerning pairs are special cases where a typeface advance is determined by the next character. + Removes all rendered glyphs information from the cache entry. Note: This function will not remove textures associated with the glyphs, use [method remove_texture] to remove them manually. </description> </method> - <method name="bitmap_add_texture"> + <method name="clear_kerning_map"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="texture" type="Texture" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> <description> - Adds a texture to the bitmap font. + Removes all kerning overrides. </description> </method> - <method name="draw_glyph" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2" /> - <argument index="0" name="canvas" type="RID" /> - <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> - <argument index="2" name="pos" type="Vector2" /> - <argument index="3" name="index" type="int" /> - <argument index="4" name="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> + <method name="clear_size_cache"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> <description> - Draws single glyph into a canvas item at the position, using [code]font[/code] at the size [code]size[/code]. - Returns advance of the glyph for horizontal and vertical layouts. - Note: Glyph index is bound to the font data, use only glyphs indices returned by [method TextServer.shaped_text_get_glyphs] or [method get_glyph_index] for this font data. + Removes all font sizes from the cache entry </description> </method> - <method name="draw_glyph_outline" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2" /> - <argument index="0" name="canvas" type="RID" /> - <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> - <argument index="2" name="outline_size" type="int" /> - <argument index="3" name="pos" type="Vector2" /> - <argument index="4" name="index" type="int" /> - <argument index="5" name="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> + <method name="clear_textures"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <description> + Removes all textures from font cache entry. Note: This function will not remove glyphs associated with the texture, use [method remove_glyph] to remove them manually. + </description> + </method> + <method name="find_cache" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="variation_coordinates" type="Dictionary" /> <description> - Draws single glyph outline of size [code]outline_size[/code] into a canvas item at the position, using [code]font[/code] at the size [code]size[/code]. If outline drawing is not supported, nothing is drawn. - Returns advance of the glyph for horizontal and vertical layouts (regardless of outline drawing support). - Note: Glyph index is bound to the font data, use only glyphs indices returned by [method TextServer.shaped_text_get_glyphs] or [method get_glyph_index] for this font data. + Returns existing or creates a new font cache entry for the specified variation coordinates. </description> </method> <method name="get_ascent" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> - <argument index="0" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> <description> Returns the font ascent (number of pixels above the baseline). </description> </method> - <method name="get_base_size" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="float" /> + <method name="get_cache_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> <description> - Returns the base size of the font (the only size supported for non-scalable fonts, meaningless for scalable fonts). + Returns number of the font cache entries. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_cache_rid" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns text server font cache entry resource id. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_data" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="PackedByteArray" /> + <description> + Returns contents of the dynamic font source file. </description> </method> <method name="get_descent" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> - <argument index="0" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the font descent (number of pixels below the baseline). + Returns font descent (number of pixels below the baseline). </description> </method> <method name="get_glyph_advance" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2" /> - <argument index="0" name="index" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> <description> - Returns advance of the glyph for horizontal and vertical layouts. - Note: Glyph index is bound to the font data, use only glyphs indices returned by [method TextServer.shaped_text_get_glyphs] or [method get_glyph_index] for this font data. + Returns glyph advance (offset of the next glyph). Note: advance for glyphs outlines is the same as the base glyph advance and is not saved. </description> </method> <method name="get_glyph_index" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="char" type="int" /> - <argument index="1" name="variation_selector" type="int" default="0" /> + <argument index="1" name="variation_selector" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="arg2" type="int" /> <description> - Return the glyph index of a [code]char[/code], optionally modified by the [code]variation_selector[/code]. + Returns the glyph index of a [code]char[/code], optionally modified by the [code]variation_selector[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_glyph_kerning" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_glyph_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <description> + Returns list of rendered glyphs in the cache entry. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_glyph_offset" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2" /> - <argument index="0" name="index_a" type="int" /> - <argument index="1" name="index_b" type="int" /> - <argument index="2" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a kerning of the pair of glyphs for horizontal and vertical layouts. - Note: Glyph index is bound to the font data, use only glyphs indices returned by [method TextServer.shaped_text_get_glyphs] or [method get_glyph_index] for this font data. + Returns glyph offset from the baseline. </description> </method> - <method name="get_height" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="float" /> - <argument index="0" name="size" type="int" /> + <method name="get_glyph_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the total font height (ascent plus descent) in pixels. + Returns glyph size. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_glyph_texture_idx" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns index of the cache texture containing the glyph. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_glyph_uv_rect" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Rect2" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns rectangle in the cache texture containing the glyph. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_hinting" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" enum="TextServer.Hinting" /> + <description> + Returns the font hinting mode. Used by dynamic fonts only. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_kerning" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph_pair" type="Vector2i" /> + <description> + Returns kerning for the pair of glyphs. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_kerning_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns list of the kerning overrides. </description> </method> <method name="get_language_support_override" qualifiers="const"> @@ -132,6 +189,32 @@ Returns list of language support overrides. </description> </method> + <method name="get_msdf_pixel_range" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <description> + Returns the width of the range around the shape between the minimum and maximum representable signed distance. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_msdf_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <description> + Returns source font size used to generate MSDF textures. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_oversampling" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float" /> + <description> + Returns font oversampling factor, if set to [code]0.0[/code] global oversampling factor is used instead. Used by dynamic fonts only. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_scale" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns scaling factor of the color bitmap font. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_script_support_override" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="script" type="String" /> @@ -145,11 +228,20 @@ Returns list of script support overrides. </description> </method> + <method name="get_size_cache_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <description> + Return list of the font sizes in the cache. Each size is [code]Vector2i[/code] with font size and outline size. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_spacing" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> - <argument index="0" name="type" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="arg2" type="int" enum="TextServer.SpacingType" /> <description> - Returns the spacing for the given [code]type[/code] (see [enum SpacingType]). + Returns extra spacing added between glyphs in pixels. </description> </method> <method name="get_supported_chars" qualifiers="const"> @@ -158,32 +250,66 @@ Returns a string containing all the characters available in the font. </description> </method> - <method name="get_underline_position" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="float" /> - <argument index="0" name="size" type="int" /> + <method name="get_supported_feature_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Dictionary" /> <description> - Returns underline offset (number of pixels below the baseline). + Returns list of OpenType features supported by font. </description> </method> - <method name="get_underline_thickness" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_supported_variation_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Dictionary" /> + <description> + Returns list of supported [url=https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/dvaraxisreg]variation coordinates[/url], each coordinate is returned as [code]tag: Vector3i(min_value,max_value,default_value)[/code]. + Font variations allow for continuous change of glyph characteristics along some given design axis, such as weight, width or slant. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_texture_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <description> + Returns number of textures used by font cache entry. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_texture_image" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Image" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="texture_index" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns a copy of the font cache texture image. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_texture_offsets" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="PackedInt32Array" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="texture_index" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns a copy of the array containing the first free pixel in the each column of texture. Should be the same size as texture width or empty. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_underline_position" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> - <argument index="0" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> <description> - Returns underline thickness in pixels. + Returns pixel offset of the underline below the baseline. </description> </method> - <method name="get_variation" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_underline_thickness" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> - <argument index="0" name="tag" type="String" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> <description> - Returns variation coordinate [code]tag[/code]. + Returns thickness of the underline in pixels. </description> </method> - <method name="get_variation_list" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_variation_coordinates" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Dictionary" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns list of supported [url=https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/dvaraxisreg]variation coordinates[/url], each coordinate is returned as [code]tag: Vector3i(min_value,max_value,default_value)[/code]. - Font variations allow for continuous change of glyph characteristics along some given design axis, such as weight, width or slant. + Returns variation coordinates for the specified font cache entry. See [method get_supported_variation_list] for more info. </description> </method> <method name="has_char" qualifiers="const"> @@ -193,10 +319,16 @@ Return [code]true[/code] if a Unicode [code]char[/code] is available in the font. </description> </method> - <method name="has_outline" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="is_antialiased" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if font 8-bit anitialiased glyph rendering is supported and enabled. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_force_autohinter" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code], if font supports drawing glyph outlines. + Returns [code]true[/code] if auto-hinting is supported and preffered over font built-in hinting. Used by dynamic fonts only. </description> </method> <method name="is_language_supported" qualifiers="const"> @@ -206,6 +338,12 @@ Returns [code]true[/code], if font supports given language ([url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_639-1]ISO 639[/url] code). </description> </method> + <method name="is_multichannel_signed_distance_field" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if glyphs of all sizes are rendered using single multichannel signed distance field generated from the dynamic font vector data. + </description> + </method> <method name="is_script_supported" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="script" type="String" /> @@ -213,32 +351,29 @@ Returns [code]true[/code], if font supports given script ([url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_15924]ISO 15924[/url] code). </description> </method> - <method name="load_memory"> + <method name="remove_cache"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="data" type="PackedByteArray" /> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="String" /> - <argument index="2" name="base_size" type="int" default="16" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> <description> - Creates new font from the data in memory. - Note: For non-scalable fonts [code]base_size[/code] is ignored, use [method get_base_size] to check actual font size. + Removes specified font cache entry. </description> </method> - <method name="load_resource"> + <method name="remove_glyph"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="filename" type="String" /> - <argument index="1" name="base_size" type="int" default="16" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> <description> - Creates new font from the file. - Note: For non-scalable fonts [code]base_size[/code] is ignored, use [method get_base_size] to check actual font size. + Removes specified rendered glyph information from the cache entry. Note: This function will not remove textures associated with the glyphs, use [method remove_texture] to remove them manually. </description> </method> - <method name="new_bitmap"> + <method name="remove_kerning"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="height" type="float" /> - <argument index="1" name="ascent" type="float" /> - <argument index="2" name="base_size" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph_pair" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Creates new, empty bitmap font. + Removes kerning override for the pair of glyphs. </description> </method> <method name="remove_language_support_override"> @@ -255,6 +390,148 @@ Removes script support override. </description> </method> + <method name="remove_size_cache"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <description> + Removes specified font size from the cache entry. + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_texture"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="texture_index" type="int" /> + <description> + Removes specified texture from font cache entry. Note: This function will not remove glyphs associated with the texture, remove them manually, using [method remove_glyph]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="render_glyph"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="index" type="int" /> + <description> + Renders specified glyph the the font cache texture. + </description> + </method> + <method name="render_range"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="start" type="int" /> + <argument index="3" name="end" type="int" /> + <description> + Renders the range of characters to the font cache texture. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_antialiased"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="antialiased" type="bool" /> + <description> + If set to [code]true[/code], 8-bit antialiased glyph rendering is used, otherwise 1-bit rendering is used. Used by dynamic fonts only. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_ascent"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="ascent" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets the font ascent (number of pixels above the baseline). + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_data"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="data" type="PackedByteArray" /> + <description> + Sets font source data, e.g contents of the dynamic font source file. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_descent"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="descent" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets the font descent (number of pixels below the baseline). + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_force_autohinter"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="force_autohinter" type="bool" /> + <description> + If set to [code]true[/code] auto-hinting is preffered over font built-in hinting. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_glyph_advance"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> + <argument index="3" name="advance" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + Sets glyph advance (offset of the next glyph). Note: advance for glyphs outlines is the same as the base glyph advance and is not saved. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_glyph_offset"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> + <argument index="3" name="offset" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + Sets glyph offset from the baseline. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_glyph_size"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> + <argument index="3" name="gl_size" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + Sets glyph size. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_glyph_texture_idx"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> + <argument index="3" name="texture_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + Sets index of the cache texture containing the glyph. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_glyph_uv_rect"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> + <argument index="3" name="uv_rect" type="Rect2" /> + <description> + Sets rectangle in the cache texture containing the glyph. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_hinting"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="hinting" type="int" enum="TextServer.Hinting" /> + <description> + Sets font hinting mode. Used by dynamic fonts only. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_kerning"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph_pair" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="3" name="kerning" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + Sets kerning for the pair of glyphs. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_language_support_override"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="language" type="String" /> @@ -263,6 +540,44 @@ Adds override for [method is_language_supported]. </description> </method> + <method name="set_msdf_pixel_range"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="msdf_pixel_range" type="int" /> + <description> + Sets the width of the range around the shape between the minimum and maximum representable signed distance. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_msdf_size"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="msdf_size" type="int" /> + <description> + Sets source font size used to generate MSDF textures. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_multichannel_signed_distance_field"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="msdf" type="bool" /> + <description> + If set to [code]true[/code], glyphs of all sizes are rendered using single multichannel signed distance field (MSDF) generated from the dynamic font vector data. MSDF rendering allows displaying the font at any scaling factor without blurriness, and without incurring a CPU cost when the font size changes (since the font no longer needs to be rasterized on the CPU). As a downside, font hinting is not available with MSDF. The lack of font hinting may result in less crisp and less readable fonts at small sizes. + [b]Note:[/b] MSDF font rendering does not render glyphs with overlapping shapes correctly. Overlapping shapes are not valid per the OpenType standard, but are still commonly found in many font files, especially those converted by Google Fonts. To avoid issues with overlapping glyphs, consider downloading the font file directly from the type foundry instead of relying on Google Fonts. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_oversampling"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="oversampling" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets font oversampling factor, if set to [code]0.0[/code] global oversampling factor is used instead. Used by dynamic fonts only. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_scale"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="scale" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets scaling factor of the color bitmap font. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_script_support_override"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="script" type="String" /> @@ -273,52 +588,61 @@ </method> <method name="set_spacing"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="type" type="int" /> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="spacing" type="int" enum="TextServer.SpacingType" /> + <argument index="3" name="arg3" type="int" /> + <description> + Sets extra spacing added between glyphs in pixels. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_texture_image"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="texture_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="3" name="image" type="Image" /> + <description> + Sets font cache texture image. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_texture_offsets"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="texture_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="3" name="offset" type="PackedInt32Array" /> + <description> + Sets array containing the first free pixel in the each column of texture. Should be the same size as texture width or empty (for the fonts without dynamic glyph generation support). + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_underline_position"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="underline_position" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets pixel offset of the underline below the baseline. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_underline_thickness"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="underline_thickness" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the spacing for [code]type[/code] (see [enum SpacingType]) to [code]value[/code] in pixels (not relative to the font size). + Sets thickness of the underline in pixels. </description> </method> - <method name="set_variation"> + <method name="set_variation_coordinates"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="tag" type="String" /> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="float" /> + <argument index="0" name="cache_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="variation_coordinates" type="Dictionary" /> <description> - Sets variation coordinate [code]tag[/code]. + Sets variation coordinates for the specified font cache entry. See [method get_supported_variation_list] for more info. </description> </method> </methods> - <members> - <member name="antialiased" type="bool" setter="set_antialiased" getter="get_antialiased" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the font is rendered with anti-aliasing. - </member> - <member name="data_path" type="String" setter="set_data_path" getter="get_data_path" default=""""> - The path to the font data file. If font data was loaded from memory location is set to [code]"(Memory)"[/code]. - </member> - <member name="distance_field_hint" type="bool" setter="set_distance_field_hint" getter="get_distance_field_hint" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], distance field hint is enabled. - </member> - <member name="extra_spacing_glyph" type="int" setter="set_spacing" getter="get_spacing" default="0"> - Extra spacing for each glyph in pixels. - This can be a negative number to make the distance between glyphs smaller. - </member> - <member name="extra_spacing_space" type="int" setter="set_spacing" getter="get_spacing" default="0"> - Extra spacing for the space character in pixels. - This can be a negative number to make the distance between words smaller. - </member> - <member name="force_autohinter" type="bool" setter="set_force_autohinter" getter="get_force_autohinter" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], default autohinter is used for font hinting. - </member> - <member name="hinting" type="int" setter="set_hinting" getter="get_hinting" enum="TextServer.Hinting" default="0"> - The font hinting mode used by FreeType. See [enum TextServer.Hinting] for options. - </member> - </members> <constants> - <constant name="SPACING_GLYPH" value="0" enum="SpacingType"> - Spacing for each glyph. - </constant> - <constant name="SPACING_SPACE" value="1" enum="SpacingType"> - Spacing for the space character. - </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/GradientTexture.xml b/doc/classes/GradientTexture.xml index 242a78b2e4..44da042dd4 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GradientTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GradientTexture.xml @@ -14,6 +14,9 @@ <member name="gradient" type="Gradient" setter="set_gradient" getter="get_gradient"> The [Gradient] that will be used to fill the texture. </member> + <member name="use_hdr" type="bool" setter="set_use_hdr" getter="is_using_hdr" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format). + </member> <member name="width" type="int" setter="set_width" getter="get_width" default="2048"> The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml b/doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml index 907cf8587d..c870026d58 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml @@ -10,6 +10,14 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="_get_connection_line" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="PackedVector2Array" /> + <argument index="0" name="from" type="Vector2" /> + <argument index="1" name="to" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + Virtual method which can be overridden to customize how connections are drawn. + </description> + </method> <method name="add_valid_connection_type"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="from_type" type="int" /> @@ -64,6 +72,14 @@ Removes the connection between the [code]from_port[/code] slot of the [code]from[/code] GraphNode and the [code]to_port[/code] slot of the [code]to[/code] GraphNode. If the connection does not exist, no connection is removed. </description> </method> + <method name="get_connection_line"> + <return type="PackedVector2Array" /> + <argument index="0" name="from" type="Vector2" /> + <argument index="1" name="to" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + Returns the points which would make up a connection between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_connection_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Array" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml b/doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml index 3bdd739cdf..36ff070a37 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml @@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ <theme_item name="decrement_highlight" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> Displayed when the mouse cursor hovers over the decrement button. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="decrement_pressed" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + Displayed when the decrement button is being pressed. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="grabber" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> Used as texture for the grabber, the draggable element representing current scroll. </theme_item> @@ -34,6 +37,9 @@ <theme_item name="increment_highlight" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> Displayed when the mouse cursor hovers over the increment button. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="increment_pressed" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + Displayed when the increment button is being pressed. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="scroll" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> Used as background of this [ScrollBar]. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml b/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml index 22398cc3ce..29aaf3c756 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ [b]Note:[/b] This client only needs to connect to a host once (see [method connect_to_host]) to send multiple requests. Because of this, methods that take URLs usually take just the part after the host instead of the full URL, as the client is already connected to a host. See [method request] for a full example and to get started. A [HTTPClient] should be reused between multiple requests or to connect to different hosts instead of creating one client per request. Supports SSL and SSL server certificate verification. HTTP status codes in the 2xx range indicate success, 3xx redirection (i.e. "try again, but over here"), 4xx something was wrong with the request, and 5xx something went wrong on the server's side. For more information on HTTP, see https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP (or read RFC 2616 to get it straight from the source: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616). + [b]Note:[/b] It's recommended to use transport encryption (SSL/TLS) and to avoid sending sensitive information (such as login credentials) in HTTP GET URL parameters. Consider using HTTP POST requests or HTTP headers for such information instead. [b]Note:[/b] When performing HTTP requests from a project exported to HTML5, keep in mind the remote server may not allow requests from foreign origins due to [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/CORS]CORS[/url]. If you host the server in question, you should modify its backend to allow requests from foreign origins by adding the [code]Access-Control-Allow-Origin: *[/code] HTTP header. [b]Note:[/b] SSL/TLS support is currently limited to TLS 1.0, TLS 1.1, and TLS 1.2. Attempting to connect to a TLS 1.3-only server will return an error. [b]Warning:[/b] SSL/TLS certificate revocation and certificate pinning are currently not supported. Revoked certificates are accepted as long as they are otherwise valid. If this is a concern, you may want to use automatically managed certificates with a short validity period. @@ -138,7 +139,7 @@ <argument index="3" name="body" type="String" default="""" /> <description> Sends a request to the connected host. - The URL parameter is usually just the part after the host, so for [code]http://somehost.com/index.php[/code], it is [code]/index.php[/code]. When sending requests to an HTTP proxy server, it should be an absolute URL. For [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_OPTIONS] requests, [code]*[/code] is also allowed. For [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_CONNECT] requests, it should be the authority component ([code]host:port[/code]). + The URL parameter is usually just the part after the host, so for [code]https://somehost.com/index.php[/code], it is [code]/index.php[/code]. When sending requests to an HTTP proxy server, it should be an absolute URL. For [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_OPTIONS] requests, [code]*[/code] is also allowed. For [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_CONNECT] requests, it should be the authority component ([code]host:port[/code]). Headers are HTTP request headers. For available HTTP methods, see [enum Method]. To create a POST request with query strings to push to the server, do: [codeblocks] @@ -166,7 +167,7 @@ <argument index="3" name="body" type="PackedByteArray" /> <description> Sends a raw request to the connected host. - The URL parameter is usually just the part after the host, so for [code]http://somehost.com/index.php[/code], it is [code]/index.php[/code]. When sending requests to an HTTP proxy server, it should be an absolute URL. For [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_OPTIONS] requests, [code]*[/code] is also allowed. For [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_CONNECT] requests, it should be the authority component ([code]host:port[/code]). + The URL parameter is usually just the part after the host, so for [code]https://somehost.com/index.php[/code], it is [code]/index.php[/code]. When sending requests to an HTTP proxy server, it should be an absolute URL. For [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_OPTIONS] requests, [code]*[/code] is also allowed. For [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_CONNECT] requests, it should be the authority component ([code]host:port[/code]). Headers are HTTP request headers. For available HTTP methods, see [enum Method]. Sends the body data raw, as a byte array and does not encode it in any way. </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml b/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml index f45ddd0abb..00927b98c5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml @@ -192,7 +192,8 @@ <description> Creates request on the underlying [HTTPClient]. If there is no configuration errors, it tries to connect using [method HTTPClient.connect_to_host] and passes parameters onto [method HTTPClient.request]. Returns [constant OK] if request is successfully created. (Does not imply that the server has responded), [constant ERR_UNCONFIGURED] if not in the tree, [constant ERR_BUSY] if still processing previous request, [constant ERR_INVALID_PARAMETER] if given string is not a valid URL format, or [constant ERR_CANT_CONNECT] if not using thread and the [HTTPClient] cannot connect to host. - [b]Note:[/b] The [code]request_data[/code] parameter is ignored if [code]method[/code] is [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_GET]. This is because GET methods can't contain request data. As a workaround, you can pass request data as a query string in the URL. See [method String.uri_encode] for an example. + [b]Note:[/b] When [code]method[/code] is [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_GET], the payload sent via [code]request_data[/code] might be ignored by the server or even cause the server to reject the request (check [url=https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7231#section-4.3.1]RFC 7231 section 4.3.1[/url] for more details). As a workaround, you can send data as a query string in the URL (see [method String.uri_encode] for an example). + [b]Note:[/b] It's recommended to use transport encryption (SSL/TLS) and to avoid sending sensitive information (such as login credentials) in HTTP GET URL parameters. Consider using HTTP POST requests or HTTP headers for such information instead. </description> </method> <method name="request_raw"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Image.xml b/doc/classes/Image.xml index 34c5fb582e..5d79e22c49 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Image.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Image.xml @@ -180,6 +180,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="renormalize" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Generates mipmaps for the image. Mipmaps are precalculated lower-resolution copies of the image that are automatically used if the image needs to be scaled down when rendered. They help improve image quality and performance when rendering. This method returns an error if the image is compressed, in a custom format, or if the image's width/height is [code]0[/code]. + [b]Note:[/b] Mipmap generation is done on the CPU, is single-threaded and is [i]always[/i] done on the main thread. This means generating mipmaps will result in noticeable stuttering during gameplay, even if [method generate_mipmaps] is called from a [Thread]. </description> </method> <method name="get_data" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventShortcut.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventShortcut.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..35cca02cf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventShortcut.xml @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="InputEventShortcut" inherits="InputEvent" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="shortcut" type="Shortcut" setter="set_shortcut" getter="get_shortcut"> + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/ItemList.xml b/doc/classes/ItemList.xml index 06e98f7e57..e3e4a9fa7d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ItemList.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ItemList.xml @@ -403,6 +403,9 @@ <member name="select_mode" type="int" setter="set_select_mode" getter="get_select_mode" enum="ItemList.SelectMode" default="0"> Allows single or multiple item selection. See the [enum SelectMode] constants. </member> + <member name="text_overrun_behavior" type="int" setter="set_text_overrun_behavior" getter="get_text_overrun_behavior" enum="TextParagraph.OverrunBehavior" default="0"> + Sets the clipping behavior when the text exceeds an item's bounding rectangle. See [enum TextParagraph.OverrunBehavior] for a description of all modes. + </member> </members> <signals> <signal name="item_activated"> diff --git a/doc/classes/JNISingleton.xml b/doc/classes/JNISingleton.xml index 84ab1a49c1..fbf18ddc03 100644 --- a/doc/classes/JNISingleton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/JNISingleton.xml @@ -1,10 +1,13 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="JNISingleton" inherits="Object" version="4.0"> <brief_description> + Singleton that connects the engine with Android plugins to interface with native Android code. </brief_description> <description> + The JNISingleton is implemented only in the Android export. It's used to call methods and connect signals from an Android plugin written in Java or Kotlin. Methods and signals can be called and connected to the JNISingleton as if it is a Node. See [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Java_Native_Interface]Java Native Interface - Wikipedia[/url] for more information. </description> <tutorials> + <link title="Creating Android plugins">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/platform/android/android_plugin.html#doc-android-plugin</link> </tutorials> <methods> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/Light3D.xml b/doc/classes/Light3D.xml index cd2f4eca18..52359b0ede 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Light3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Light3D.xml @@ -47,7 +47,8 @@ The light's strength multiplier (this is not a physical unit). For [OmniLight3D] and [SpotLight3D], changing this value will only change the light color's intensity, not the light's radius. </member> <member name="light_indirect_energy" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="1.0"> - Secondary multiplier used with indirect light (light bounces). Used with [VoxelGI]. + Secondary multiplier used with indirect light (light bounces). Used with [VoxelGI] and SDFGI (see [member Environment.sdfgi_enabled]). + [b]Note:[/b] This property is ignored if [member light_energy] is equal to [code]0.0[/code], as the light won't be present at all in the GI shader. </member> <member name="light_negative" type="bool" setter="set_negative" getter="is_negative" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the light's effect is reversed, darkening areas and casting bright shadows. diff --git a/doc/classes/Line2D.xml b/doc/classes/Line2D.xml index 093ba51755..4d9abbbb19 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Line2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Line2D.xml @@ -58,6 +58,7 @@ <members> <member name="antialiased" type="bool" setter="set_antialiased" getter="get_antialiased" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the line's border will be anti-aliased. + [b]Note:[/b] Line2D is not accelerated by batching when being anti-aliased. </member> <member name="begin_cap_mode" type="int" setter="set_begin_cap_mode" getter="get_begin_cap_mode" enum="Line2D.LineCapMode" default="0"> Controls the style of the line's first point. Use [enum LineCapMode] constants. diff --git a/doc/classes/MainLoop.xml b/doc/classes/MainLoop.xml index 11124a1436..1df00f556a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MainLoop.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MainLoop.xml @@ -5,15 +5,14 @@ </brief_description> <description> [MainLoop] is the abstract base class for a Godot project's game loop. It is inherited by [SceneTree], which is the default game loop implementation used in Godot projects, though it is also possible to write and use one's own [MainLoop] subclass instead of the scene tree. - Upon the application start, a [MainLoop] implementation must be provided to the OS; otherwise, the application will exit. This happens automatically (and a [SceneTree] is created) unless a main [Script] is provided from the command line (with e.g. [code]godot -s my_loop.gd[/code], which should then be a [MainLoop] implementation. + Upon the application start, a [MainLoop] implementation must be provided to the OS; otherwise, the application will exit. This happens automatically (and a [SceneTree] is created) unless a [MainLoop] [Script] is provided from the command line (with e.g. [code]godot -s my_loop.gd[/code] or the "Main Loop Type" project setting is overwritten. Here is an example script implementing a simple [MainLoop]: - [b]FIXME:[/b] No longer valid after DisplayServer split and Input refactoring. - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + class_name CustomMainLoop extends MainLoop var time_elapsed = 0 - var keys_typed = [] - var quit = false func _initialize(): print("Initialized:") @@ -22,24 +21,41 @@ func _process(delta): time_elapsed += delta # Return true to end the main loop. - return quit - - func _input_event(event): - # Record keys. - if event is InputEventKey and event.pressed and !event.echo: - keys_typed.append(OS.get_keycode_string(event.keycode)) - # Quit on Escape press. - if event.keycode == KEY_ESCAPE: - quit = true - # Quit on any mouse click. - if event is InputEventMouseButton: - quit = true + return Input.get_mouse_button_mask() != 0 || Input.is_key_pressed(KEY_ESCAPE) func _finalize(): print("Finalized:") print(" End time: %s" % str(time_elapsed)) - print(" Keys typed: %s" % var2str(keys_typed)) - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + using Godot; + using System; + + public class CustomMainLoop : MainLoop + { + public float TimeElapsed = 0; + + public override void _Initialize() + { + GD.Print("Initialized:"); + GD.Print($" Starting Time: {TimeElapsed}"); + } + + public override bool _Process(float delta) + { + TimeElapsed += delta; + // Return true to end the main loop. + return Input.GetMouseButtonMask() != 0 || Input.IsKeyPressed((int)KeyList.Escape); + } + + private void _Finalize() + { + GD.Print("Finalized:"); + GD.Print($" End Time: {TimeElapsed}"); + } + } + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/Mesh.xml b/doc/classes/Mesh.xml index bfa55c2d35..c774528a39 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Mesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Mesh.xml @@ -210,6 +210,8 @@ </constant> <constant name="ARRAY_FORMAT_CUSTOM_BASE" value="13" enum="ArrayFormat"> </constant> + <constant name="ARRAY_FORMAT_CUSTOM_BITS" value="3" enum="ArrayFormat"> + </constant> <constant name="ARRAY_FORMAT_CUSTOM0_SHIFT" value="13" enum="ArrayFormat"> </constant> <constant name="ARRAY_FORMAT_CUSTOM1_SHIFT" value="16" enum="ArrayFormat"> diff --git a/doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml b/doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml index 9e0292f946..1d07647ea7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml @@ -45,6 +45,13 @@ Returns the item's mesh. </description> </method> + <method name="get_item_mesh_transform" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Transform3D" /> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns the transform applied to the item's mesh. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_item_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> @@ -102,6 +109,14 @@ Sets the item's mesh. </description> </method> + <method name="set_item_mesh_transform"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="mesh_transform" type="Transform3D" /> + <description> + Sets the transform to apply to the item's mesh. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_item_name"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml b/doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml index 610b00efe9..647233f679 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ High-level multiplayer API. </brief_description> <description> - This class implements most of the logic behind the high-level multiplayer API. See also [MultiplayerPeer]. - By default, [SceneTree] has a reference to this class that is used to provide multiplayer capabilities (i.e. RPC/RSET) across the whole scene. + This class implements the high-level multiplayer API. See also [MultiplayerPeer]. + By default, [SceneTree] has a reference to this class that is used to provide multiplayer capabilities (i.e. RPCs) across the whole scene. It is possible to override the MultiplayerAPI instance used by specific Nodes by setting the [member Node.custom_multiplayer] property, effectively allowing to run both client and server in the same scene. [b]Note:[/b] The high-level multiplayer API protocol is an implementation detail and isn't meant to be used by non-Godot servers. It may change without notice. </description> @@ -18,49 +18,49 @@ Clears the current MultiplayerAPI network state (you shouldn't call this unless you know what you are doing). </description> </method> - <method name="get_network_connected_peers" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_peers" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedInt32Array" /> <description> - Returns the peer IDs of all connected peers of this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer]. + Returns the peer IDs of all connected peers of this MultiplayerAPI's [member multiplayer_peer]. </description> </method> - <method name="get_network_unique_id" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_remote_sender_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> - Returns the unique peer ID of this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer]. + Returns the sender's peer ID for the RPC currently being executed. + [b]Note:[/b] If not inside an RPC this method will return 0. </description> </method> - <method name="get_rpc_sender_id" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_unique_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> - Returns the sender's peer ID for the RPC currently being executed. - [b]Note:[/b] If not inside an RPC this method will return 0. + Returns the unique peer ID of this MultiplayerAPI's [member multiplayer_peer]. </description> </method> - <method name="has_network_peer" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="has_multiplayer_peer" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a [member network_peer] set. + Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a [member multiplayer_peer] set. </description> </method> - <method name="is_network_server" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="is_server" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] is in server mode (listening for connections). + Returns [code]true[/code] if this MultiplayerAPI's [member multiplayer_peer] is valid and in server mode (listening for connections). </description> </method> <method name="poll"> <return type="void" /> <description> Method used for polling the MultiplayerAPI. You only need to worry about this if you are using [member Node.custom_multiplayer] override or you set [member SceneTree.multiplayer_poll] to [code]false[/code]. By default, [SceneTree] will poll its MultiplayerAPI for you. - [b]Note:[/b] This method results in RPCs and RSETs being called, so they will be executed in the same context of this function (e.g. [code]_process[/code], [code]physics[/code], [Thread]). + [b]Note:[/b] This method results in RPCs being called, so they will be executed in the same context of this function (e.g. [code]_process[/code], [code]physics[/code], [Thread]). </description> </method> <method name="send_bytes"> <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <argument index="0" name="bytes" type="PackedByteArray" /> <argument index="1" name="id" type="int" default="0" /> - <argument index="2" name="mode" type="int" enum="MultiplayerPeer.TransferMode" default="2" /> + <argument index="2" name="mode" type="int" enum="TransferMode" default="2" /> <argument index="3" name="channel" type="int" default="0" /> <description> Sends the given raw [code]bytes[/code] to a specific peer identified by [code]id[/code] (see [method MultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer]). Default ID is [code]0[/code], i.e. broadcast to all peers. @@ -69,14 +69,14 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="allow_object_decoding" type="bool" setter="set_allow_object_decoding" getter="is_object_decoding_allowed" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the MultiplayerAPI will allow encoding and decoding of object during RPCs/RSETs. + If [code]true[/code], the MultiplayerAPI will allow encoding and decoding of object during RPCs. [b]Warning:[/b] Deserialized objects can contain code which gets executed. Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources to avoid potential security threats such as remote code execution. </member> - <member name="network_peer" type="MultiplayerPeer" setter="set_network_peer" getter="get_network_peer"> - The peer object to handle the RPC system (effectively enabling networking when set). Depending on the peer itself, the MultiplayerAPI will become a network server (check with [method is_network_server]) and will set root node's network mode to master, or it will become a regular peer with root node set to puppet. All child nodes are set to inherit the network mode by default. Handling of networking-related events (connection, disconnection, new clients) is done by connecting to MultiplayerAPI's signals. + <member name="multiplayer_peer" type="MultiplayerPeer" setter="set_multiplayer_peer" getter="get_multiplayer_peer"> + The peer object to handle the RPC system (effectively enabling networking when set). Depending on the peer itself, the MultiplayerAPI will become a network server (check with [method is_server]) and will set root node's network mode to authority, or it will become a regular client peer. All child nodes are set to inherit the network mode by default. Handling of networking-related events (connection, disconnection, new clients) is done by connecting to MultiplayerAPI's signals. </member> - <member name="refuse_new_network_connections" type="bool" setter="set_refuse_new_network_connections" getter="is_refusing_new_network_connections" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] refuses new incoming connections. + <member name="refuse_new_connections" type="bool" setter="set_refuse_new_connections" getter="is_refusing_new_connections" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the MultiplayerAPI's [member multiplayer_peer] refuses new incoming connections. </member> <member name="replicator" type="MultiplayerReplicator" setter="" getter="get_replicator"> </member> @@ -88,51 +88,39 @@ <signals> <signal name="connected_to_server"> <description> - Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] successfully connected to a server. Only emitted on clients. + Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member multiplayer_peer] successfully connected to a server. Only emitted on clients. </description> </signal> <signal name="connection_failed"> <description> - Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] fails to establish a connection to a server. Only emitted on clients. + Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member multiplayer_peer] fails to establish a connection to a server. Only emitted on clients. </description> </signal> - <signal name="network_peer_connected"> + <signal name="peer_connected"> <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <description> - Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] connects with a new peer. ID is the peer ID of the new peer. Clients get notified when other clients connect to the same server. Upon connecting to a server, a client also receives this signal for the server (with ID being 1). + Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member multiplayer_peer] connects with a new peer. ID is the peer ID of the new peer. Clients get notified when other clients connect to the same server. Upon connecting to a server, a client also receives this signal for the server (with ID being 1). </description> </signal> - <signal name="network_peer_disconnected"> + <signal name="peer_disconnected"> <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <description> - Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] disconnects from a peer. Clients get notified when other clients disconnect from the same server. + Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member multiplayer_peer] disconnects from a peer. Clients get notified when other clients disconnect from the same server. </description> </signal> - <signal name="network_peer_packet"> + <signal name="peer_packet"> <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="packet" type="PackedByteArray" /> <description> - Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] receive a [code]packet[/code] with custom data (see [method send_bytes]). ID is the peer ID of the peer that sent the packet. + Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member multiplayer_peer] receives a [code]packet[/code] with custom data (see [method send_bytes]). ID is the peer ID of the peer that sent the packet. </description> </signal> <signal name="server_disconnected"> <description> - Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] disconnects from server. Only emitted on clients. + Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member multiplayer_peer] disconnects from server. Only emitted on clients. </description> </signal> </signals> <constants> - <constant name="RPC_MODE_DISABLED" value="0" enum="RPCMode"> - Used with [method Node.rpc_config] to disable a method or property for all RPC calls, making it unavailable. Default for all methods. - </constant> - <constant name="RPC_MODE_REMOTE" value="1" enum="RPCMode"> - Used with [method Node.rpc_config] to set a method to be called or a property to be changed only on the remote end, not locally. Analogous to the [code]remote[/code] keyword. Calls and property changes are accepted from all remote peers, no matter if they are node's master or puppets. - </constant> - <constant name="RPC_MODE_MASTER" value="2" enum="RPCMode"> - Used with [method Node.rpc_config] to set a method to be called or a property to be changed only on the network master for this node. Analogous to the [code]master[/code] keyword. Only accepts calls or property changes from the node's network puppets, see [method Node.set_network_master]. - </constant> - <constant name="RPC_MODE_PUPPET" value="3" enum="RPCMode"> - Used with [method Node.rpc_config] to set a method to be called or a property to be changed only on puppets for this node. Analogous to the [code]puppet[/code] keyword. Only accepts calls or property changes from the node's network master, see [method Node.set_network_master]. - </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/MultiplayerPeer.xml b/doc/classes/MultiplayerPeer.xml index adaa359168..411317cdc8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MultiplayerPeer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MultiplayerPeer.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ A high-level network interface to simplify multiplayer interactions. </brief_description> <description> - Manages the connection to network peers. Assigns unique IDs to each client connected to the server. See also [MultiplayerAPI]. + Manages the connection to multiplayer peers. Assigns unique IDs to each client connected to the server. See also [MultiplayerAPI]. [b]Note:[/b] The high-level multiplayer API protocol is an implementation detail and isn't meant to be used by non-Godot servers. It may change without notice. </description> <tutorials> @@ -57,9 +57,9 @@ </member> <member name="transfer_channel" type="int" setter="set_transfer_channel" getter="get_transfer_channel" default="0"> The channel to use to send packets. Many network APIs such as ENet and WebRTC allow the creation of multiple independent channels which behaves, in a way, like separate connections. This means that reliable data will only block delivery of other packets on that channel, and ordering will only be in respect to the channel the packet is being sent on. Using different channels to send [b]different and independent[/b] state updates is a common way to optimize network usage and decrease latency in fast-paced games. - [b]Note:[/b] The default channel ([code]0[/code]) actually works as 3 separate channels (one for each [enum TransferMode]) so that [constant TRANSFER_MODE_RELIABLE] and [constant TRANSFER_MODE_UNRELIABLE_ORDERED] does not interact with each other by default. Refer to the specific network API documentation (e.g. ENet or WebRTC) to learn how to set up channels correctly. + [b]Note:[/b] The default channel ([code]0[/code]) actually works as 3 separate channels (one for each [enum TransferMode]) so that [constant TRANSFER_MODE_RELIABLE] and [constant TRANSFER_MODE_ORDERED] does not interact with each other by default. Refer to the specific network API documentation (e.g. ENet or WebRTC) to learn how to set up channels correctly. </member> - <member name="transfer_mode" type="int" setter="set_transfer_mode" getter="get_transfer_mode" enum="MultiplayerPeer.TransferMode" default="0"> + <member name="transfer_mode" type="int" setter="set_transfer_mode" getter="get_transfer_mode" enum="TransferMode" default="0"> The manner in which to send packets to the [code]target_peer[/code]. See [enum TransferMode]. </member> </members> @@ -93,15 +93,6 @@ </signal> </signals> <constants> - <constant name="TRANSFER_MODE_UNRELIABLE" value="0" enum="TransferMode"> - Packets are not acknowledged, no resend attempts are made for lost packets. Packets may arrive in any order. Potentially faster than [constant TRANSFER_MODE_UNRELIABLE_ORDERED]. Use for non-critical data, and always consider whether the order matters. - </constant> - <constant name="TRANSFER_MODE_UNRELIABLE_ORDERED" value="1" enum="TransferMode"> - Packets are not acknowledged, no resend attempts are made for lost packets. Packets are received in the order they were sent in. Potentially faster than [constant TRANSFER_MODE_RELIABLE]. Use for non-critical data or data that would be outdated if received late due to resend attempt(s) anyway, for example movement and positional data. - </constant> - <constant name="TRANSFER_MODE_RELIABLE" value="2" enum="TransferMode"> - Packets must be received and resend attempts should be made until the packets are acknowledged. Packets must be received in the order they were sent in. Most reliable transfer mode, but potentially the slowest due to the overhead. Use for critical data that must be transmitted and arrive in order, for example an ability being triggered or a chat message. Consider carefully if the information really is critical, and use sparingly. - </constant> <constant name="CONNECTION_DISCONNECTED" value="0" enum="ConnectionStatus"> The ongoing connection disconnected. </constant> diff --git a/doc/classes/MultiplayerReplicator.xml b/doc/classes/MultiplayerReplicator.xml index 15029e181f..e0c309ef39 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MultiplayerReplicator.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MultiplayerReplicator.xml @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="scene_id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="object" type="Object" /> <argument index="2" name="data" type="PackedByteArray" /> + <argument index="3" name="initial" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> Decode the given [code]data[/code] representing a spawnable state into [code]object[/code] using the configuration associated with the provided [code]scene_id[/code]. This function is called automatically when a client receives a server spawn for a scene with [constant REPLICATION_MODE_SERVER]. See [method spawn_config]. Tip: You may find this function useful in servers when parsing spawn requests from clients, or when implementing your own logic with [constant REPLICATION_MODE_CUSTOM]. @@ -23,12 +24,14 @@ <argument index="1" name="object" type="Object" /> <argument index="2" name="peer_id" type="int" default="0" /> <description> + Request a despawn for the scene identified by [code]scene_id[/code] to the given [code]peer_id[/code]. This will either trigger the default behaviour, or invoke the custom spawn/despawn callables specified in [method spawn_config]. See [method send_despawn] for the default behavior. </description> </method> <method name="encode_state"> <return type="PackedByteArray" /> <argument index="0" name="scene_id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="object" type="Object" /> + <argument index="2" name="initial" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> Encode the given [code]object[/code] using the configuration associated with the provided [code]scene_id[/code]. This function is called automatically when the server spawns scenes with [constant REPLICATION_MODE_SERVER]. See [method spawn_config]. Tip: You may find this function useful when requesting spawns from clients to server, or when implementing your own logic with [constant REPLICATION_MODE_CUSTOM]. @@ -41,7 +44,7 @@ <argument index="2" name="data" type="Variant" default="null" /> <argument index="3" name="path" type="NodePath" default="NodePath("")" /> <description> - Sends a despawn request for the scene identified by [code]scene_id[/code] to the given [code]peer_id[/code] (see [method MultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer]). If the scene is configured as [constant REPLICATION_MODE_SERVER] (see [method spawn_config]) and the request is sent by the server (see [method MultiplayerAPI.is_network_server]), the receiving peer(s) will automatically queue for deletion the node at [code]path[/code] and emit the signal [signal despawned]. In all other cases no deletion happens, and the signal [signal despawn_requested] is emitted instead. + Sends a despawn request for the scene identified by [code]scene_id[/code] to the given [code]peer_id[/code] (see [method MultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer]). If the scene is configured as [constant REPLICATION_MODE_SERVER] (see [method spawn_config]) and the request is sent by the server (see [method MultiplayerAPI.is_server]), the receiving peer(s) will automatically queue for deletion the node at [code]path[/code] and emit the signal [signal despawned]. In all other cases no deletion happens, and the signal [signal despawn_requested] is emitted instead. </description> </method> <method name="send_spawn"> @@ -51,7 +54,18 @@ <argument index="2" name="data" type="Variant" default="null" /> <argument index="3" name="path" type="NodePath" default="NodePath("")" /> <description> - Sends a spawn request for the scene identified by [code]scene_id[/code] to the given [code]peer_id[/code] (see [method MultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer]). If the scene is configured as [constant REPLICATION_MODE_SERVER] (see [method spawn_config]) and the request is sent by the server (see [method MultiplayerAPI.is_network_server]), the receiving peer(s) will automatically instantiate that scene, add it to the [SceneTree] at the given [code]path[/code] and emit the signal [signal spawned]. In all other cases no instantiation happens, and the signal [signal spawn_requested] is emitted instead. + Sends a spawn request for the scene identified by [code]scene_id[/code] to the given [code]peer_id[/code] (see [method MultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer]). If the scene is configured as [constant REPLICATION_MODE_SERVER] (see [method spawn_config]) and the request is sent by the server (see [method MultiplayerAPI.is_server]), the receiving peer(s) will automatically instantiate that scene, add it to the [SceneTree] at the given [code]path[/code] and emit the signal [signal spawned]. In all other cases no instantiation happens, and the signal [signal spawn_requested] is emitted instead. + </description> + </method> + <method name="send_sync"> + <return type="int" enum="Error" /> + <argument index="0" name="peer_id" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="scene_id" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="data" type="PackedByteArray" /> + <argument index="3" name="transfer_mode" type="int" enum="TransferMode" default="2" /> + <argument index="4" name="channel" type="int" default="0" /> + <description> + Sends a sync request for the instances of the scene identified by [code]scene_id[/code] to the given [code]peer_id[/code] (see [method MultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer]). This function can only be called manually when overriding the send and receive sync functions (see [method sync_config]). </description> </method> <method name="spawn"> @@ -60,6 +74,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="object" type="Object" /> <argument index="2" name="peer_id" type="int" default="0" /> <description> + Request a spawn for the scene identified by [code]scene_id[/code] to the given [code]peer_id[/code]. This will either trigger the default behaviour, or invoke the custom spawn/despawn callables specified in [method spawn_config]. See [method send_spawn] for the default behavior. </description> </method> <method name="spawn_config"> @@ -70,10 +85,47 @@ <argument index="3" name="custom_send" type="Callable" /> <argument index="4" name="custom_receive" type="Callable" /> <description> - Configures the MultiplayerAPI to track instances of the [PackedScene] identified by [code]scene_id[/code] (see [method ResourceLoader.get_resource_uid]) for the purpose of network replication. When [code]mode[/code] is [constant REPLICATION_MODE_SERVER], the specified [code]properties[/code] will also be replicated to clients during the initial spawn. + Configures the MultiplayerReplicator to track instances of the [PackedScene] identified by [code]scene_id[/code] (see [method ResourceLoader.get_resource_uid]) for the purpose of network replication. When [code]mode[/code] is [constant REPLICATION_MODE_SERVER], the specified [code]properties[/code] will also be replicated to clients during the initial spawn. You can optionally specify a [code]custom_send[/code] and a [code]custom_receive[/code] to override the default behaviour and customize the spawn/despawn proecess. Tip: You can use a custom property in the scene main script to return a customly optimized state representation. </description> </method> + <method name="sync_all"> + <return type="int" enum="Error" /> + <argument index="0" name="scene_id" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="peer_id" type="int" default="0" /> + <description> + Manually request a sync for all the instances of the scene identified by [code]scene_id[/code]. This function will trigger the default sync behaviour, or call your send custom send callable if specified in [method sync_config]. + Note: The default implementation only allow syncing from server to clients. + </description> + </method> + <method name="sync_config"> + <return type="int" enum="Error" /> + <argument index="0" name="scene_id" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="interval" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="properties" type="StringName[]" default="[]" /> + <argument index="3" name="custom_send" type="Callable" /> + <argument index="4" name="custom_receive" type="Callable" /> + <description> + Configures the MultiplayerReplicator to sync instances of the [PackedScene] identified by [code]scene_id[/code] (see [method ResourceLoader.get_resource_uid]) for the purpose of network replication at the desired [code]interval[/code] (in milliseconds). The specified [code]properties[/code] will be part of the state sync. You can optionally specify a [code]custom_send[/code] and a [code]custom_receive[/code] to override the default behaviour and customize the syncronization proecess. + Tip: You can use a custom property in the scene main script to return a customly optimized state representation (having a single property that returns a PackedByteArray is higly recommended when dealing with many instances). + </description> + </method> + <method name="track"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="scene_id" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="object" type="Object" /> + <description> + Track the given [code]object[/code] as an instance of the scene identified by [code]scene_id[/code]. This object will be passed to your custom sync callables (see [method sync_config]). Tracking and untracking is automatic in [constant REPLICATION_MODE_SERVER]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="untrack"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="scene_id" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="object" type="Object" /> + <description> + Untrack the given [code]object[/code]. This object will no longer be passed to your custom sync callables (see [method sync_config]). Tracking and untracking is automatic in [constant REPLICATION_MODE_SERVER]. + </description> + </method> </methods> <signals> <signal name="despawn_requested"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Mutex.xml b/doc/classes/Mutex.xml index f97b2344a5..0e6b1e3e44 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Mutex.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Mutex.xml @@ -14,18 +14,21 @@ <return type="void" /> <description> Locks this [Mutex], blocks until it is unlocked by the current owner. + [b]Note:[/b] This function returns without blocking if the thread already has ownership of the mutex. </description> </method> <method name="try_lock"> <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <description> Tries locking this [Mutex], but does not block. Returns [constant OK] on success, [constant ERR_BUSY] otherwise. + [b]Note:[/b] This function returns [constant OK] if the thread already has ownership of the mutex. </description> </method> <method name="unlock"> <return type="void" /> <description> Unlocks this [Mutex], leaving it to other threads. + [b]Note:[/b] If a thread called [method lock] or [method try_lock] multiple times while already having ownership of the mutex, it must also call [method unlock] the same number of times in order to unlock it correctly. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/NativeExtensionManager.xml b/doc/classes/NativeExtensionManager.xml index c14ce94aff..42246619f6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NativeExtensionManager.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NativeExtensionManager.xml @@ -18,6 +18,12 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="is_extension_loaded" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <argument index="0" name="path" type="String" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="load_extension"> <return type="int" enum="NativeExtensionManager.LoadStatus" /> <argument index="0" name="path" type="String" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/Node.xml b/doc/classes/Node.xml index 096fbbf2c0..608d76cd9f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Node.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Node.xml @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ Corresponds to the [constant NOTIFICATION_EXIT_TREE] notification in [method Object._notification] and signal [signal tree_exiting]. To get notified when the node has already left the active tree, connect to the [signal tree_exited]. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_configuration_warnings" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="String[]" /> + <method name="_get_configuration_warnings" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <description> The elements in the array returned from this method are displayed as warnings in the Scene Dock if the script that overrides it is a [code]tool[/code] script. Returning an empty array produces no warnings. @@ -96,9 +96,9 @@ </method> <method name="_unhandled_key_input" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="event" type="InputEventKey" /> + <argument index="0" name="event" type="InputEvent" /> <description> - Called when an [InputEventKey] hasn't been consumed by [method _input] or any GUI. The input event propagates up through the node tree until a node consumes it. + Called when an [InputEventKey] or [InputEventShortcut] hasn't been consumed by [method _input] or any GUI. The input event propagates up through the node tree until a node consumes it. It is only called if unhandled key input processing is enabled, which is done automatically if this method is overridden, and can be toggled with [method set_process_unhandled_key_input]. To consume the input event and stop it propagating further to other nodes, [method Viewport.set_input_as_handled] can be called. For gameplay input, this and [method _unhandled_input] are usually a better fit than [method _input] as they allow the GUI to intercept the events first. @@ -109,9 +109,11 @@ <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="node" type="Node" /> <argument index="1" name="legible_unique_name" type="bool" default="false" /> + <argument index="2" name="internal" type="int" enum="Node.InternalMode" default="0" /> <description> Adds a child node. Nodes can have any number of children, but every child must have a unique name. Child nodes are automatically deleted when the parent node is deleted, so an entire scene can be removed by deleting its topmost node. If [code]legible_unique_name[/code] is [code]true[/code], the child node will have a human-readable name based on the name of the node being instantiated instead of its type. + If [code]internal[/code] is different than [constant INTERNAL_MODE_DISABLED], the child will be added as internal node. Such nodes are ignored by methods like [method get_children], unless their parameter [code]include_internal[/code] is [code]true[/code].The intended usage is to hide the internal nodes from the user, so the user won't accidentally delete or modify them. Used by some GUI nodes, e.g. [ColorPicker]. See [enum InternalMode] for available modes. [b]Note:[/b] If the child node already has a parent, the function will fail. Use [method remove_child] first to remove the node from its current parent. For example: [codeblocks] [gdscript] @@ -141,6 +143,7 @@ Adds a [code]sibling[/code] node to current's node parent, at the same level as that node, right below it. If [code]legible_unique_name[/code] is [code]true[/code], the child node will have a human-readable name based on the name of the node being instantiated instead of its type. Use [method add_child] instead of this method if you don't need the child node to be added below a specific node in the list of children. + [b]Note:[/b] If this node is internal, the new sibling will be internal too (see [code]internal[/code] parameter in [method add_child]). </description> </method> <method name="add_to_group"> @@ -150,6 +153,7 @@ <description> Adds the node to a group. Groups are helpers to name and organize a subset of nodes, for example "enemies" or "collectables". A node can be in any number of groups. Nodes can be assigned a group at any time, but will not be added until they are inside the scene tree (see [method is_inside_tree]). See notes in the description, and the group methods in [SceneTree]. The [code]persistent[/code] option is used when packing node to [PackedScene] and saving to file. Non-persistent groups aren't stored. + [b]Note:[/b] For performance reasons, the order of node groups is [i]not[/i] guaranteed. The order of node groups should not be relied upon as it can vary across project runs. </description> </method> <method name="can_process" qualifiers="const"> @@ -200,22 +204,28 @@ <method name="get_child" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Node" /> <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="include_internal" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Returns a child node by its index (see [method get_child_count]). This method is often used for iterating all children of a node. Negative indices access the children from the last one. + If [code]include_internal[/code] is [code]true[/code], internal children are skipped (see [code]internal[/code] parameter in [method add_child]). To access a child node via its name, use [method get_node]. </description> </method> <method name="get_child_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="include_internal" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Returns the number of child nodes. + If [code]include_internal[/code] is [code]false[/code], internal children aren't counted (see [code]internal[/code] parameter in [method add_child]). </description> </method> <method name="get_children" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Node[]" /> + <argument index="0" name="include_internal" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Returns an array of references to node's children. + If [code]include_internal[/code] is [code]false[/code], the returned array won't include internal children (see [code]internal[/code] parameter in [method add_child]). </description> </method> <method name="get_editor_description" qualifiers="const"> @@ -227,18 +237,21 @@ <return type="Array" /> <description> Returns an array listing the groups that the node is a member of. + [b]Note:[/b] For performance reasons, the order of node groups is [i]not[/i] guaranteed. The order of node groups should not be relied upon as it can vary across project runs. </description> </method> <method name="get_index" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="include_internal" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> Returns the node's order in the scene tree branch. For example, if called on the first child node the position is [code]0[/code]. + If [code]include_internal[/code] is [code]false[/code], the index won't take internal children into account, i.e. first non-internal child will have index of 0 (see [code]internal[/code] parameter in [method add_child]). </description> </method> - <method name="get_network_master" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_multiplayer_authority" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> - Returns the peer ID of the network master for this node. See [method set_network_master]. + Returns the peer ID of the multiplayer authority for this node. See [method set_multiplayer_authority]. </description> </method> <method name="get_node" qualifiers="const"> @@ -376,7 +389,14 @@ <method name="is_displayed_folded" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the node is folded (collapsed) in the Scene dock. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the node is folded (collapsed) in the Scene dock. This method is only intended for use with editor tooling. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_editable_instance" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <argument index="0" name="node" type="Node" /> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]node[/code] has editable children enabled relative to this node. This method is only intended for use with editor tooling. </description> </method> <method name="is_greater_than" qualifiers="const"> @@ -399,10 +419,10 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if this node is currently inside a [SceneTree]. </description> </method> - <method name="is_network_master" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="is_multiplayer_authority" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the local system is the master of this node. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the local system is the multiplayer authority of this node. </description> </method> <method name="is_physics_processing" qualifiers="const"> @@ -453,6 +473,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="to_position" type="int" /> <description> Moves a child node to a different position (order) among the other children. Since calls, signals, etc are performed by tree order, changing the order of children nodes may be useful. + [b]Note:[/b] Internal children can only be moved within their expected "internal range" (see [code]internal[/code] parameter in [method add_child]). </description> </method> <method name="print_stray_nodes"> @@ -559,17 +580,17 @@ <argument index="0" name="method" type="StringName" /> <description> Sends a remote procedure call request for the given [code]method[/code] to peers on the network (and locally), optionally sending all additional arguments as arguments to the method called by the RPC. The call request will only be received by nodes with the same [NodePath], including the exact same node name. Behaviour depends on the RPC configuration for the given method, see [method rpc_config]. Methods are not exposed to RPCs by default. Returns an empty [Variant]. - [b]Note:[/b] You can only safely use RPCs on clients after you received the [code]connected_to_server[/code] signal from the [MultiplayerAPI]. You also need to keep track of the connection state, either by the [MultiplayerAPI] signals like [code]server_disconnected[/code] or by checking [code]get_multiplayer().network_peer.get_connection_status() == CONNECTION_CONNECTED[/code]. + [b]Note:[/b] You can only safely use RPCs on clients after you received the [code]connected_to_server[/code] signal from the [MultiplayerAPI]. You also need to keep track of the connection state, either by the [MultiplayerAPI] signals like [code]server_disconnected[/code] or by checking [code]get_multiplayer().peer.get_connection_status() == CONNECTION_CONNECTED[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="rpc_config"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="method" type="StringName" /> - <argument index="1" name="rpc_mode" type="int" enum="MultiplayerAPI.RPCMode" /> - <argument index="2" name="transfer_mode" type="int" enum="MultiplayerPeer.TransferMode" default="2" /> + <argument index="1" name="rpc_mode" type="int" enum="RPCMode" /> + <argument index="2" name="transfer_mode" type="int" enum="TransferMode" default="2" /> <argument index="3" name="channel" type="int" default="0" /> <description> - Changes the RPC mode for the given [code]method[/code] to the given [code]rpc_mode[/code], optionally specifying the [code]transfer_mode[/code] and [code]channel[/code] (on supported peers). See [enum MultiplayerAPI.RPCMode] and [enum MultiplayerPeer.TransferMode]. An alternative is annotating methods and properties with the corresponding keywords ([code]remote[/code], [code]master[/code], [code]puppet[/code], [code]remotesync[/code], [code]mastersync[/code], [code]puppetsync[/code]). By default, methods are not exposed to networking (and RPCs). + Changes the RPC mode for the given [code]method[/code] to the given [code]rpc_mode[/code], optionally specifying the [code]transfer_mode[/code] and [code]channel[/code] (on supported peers). See [enum RPCMode] and [enum TransferMode]. An alternative is annotating methods and properties with the corresponding annotation ([code]@rpc(any)[/code], [code]@rpc(auth)[/code]). By default, methods are not exposed to networking (and RPCs). </description> </method> <method name="rpc_id" qualifiers="vararg"> @@ -584,7 +605,15 @@ <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="fold" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets the folded state of the node in the Scene dock. + Sets the folded state of the node in the Scene dock. This method is only intended for use with editor tooling. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_editable_instance"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="node" type="Node" /> + <argument index="1" name="is_editable" type="bool" /> + <description> + Sets the editable children state of [code]node[/code] relative to this node. This method is only intended for use with editor tooling. </description> </method> <method name="set_editor_description"> @@ -593,12 +622,12 @@ <description> </description> </method> - <method name="set_network_master"> + <method name="set_multiplayer_authority"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="recursive" type="bool" default="true" /> <description> - Sets the node's network master to the peer with the given peer ID. The network master is the peer that has authority over the node on the network. Useful in conjunction with the [code]master[/code] and [code]puppet[/code] keywords. Inherited from the parent node by default, which ultimately defaults to peer ID 1 (the server). If [code]recursive[/code], the given peer is recursively set as the master for all children of this node. + Sets the node's multiplayer authority to the peer with the given peer ID. The multiplayer authority is the peer that has authority over the node on the network. Useful in conjunction with [method rpc_config] and the [MultiplayerAPI]. Inherited from the parent node by default, which ultimately defaults to peer ID 1 (the server). If [code]recursive[/code], the given peer is recursively set as the authority for all children of this node. </description> </method> <method name="set_physics_process"> @@ -873,5 +902,14 @@ Duplicate using instancing. An instance stays linked to the original so when the original changes, the instance changes too. </constant> + <constant name="INTERNAL_MODE_DISABLED" value="0" enum="InternalMode"> + Node will not be internal. + </constant> + <constant name="INTERNAL_MODE_FRONT" value="1" enum="InternalMode"> + Node will be placed at the front of parent's node list, before any non-internal sibling. + </constant> + <constant name="INTERNAL_MODE_BACK" value="2" enum="InternalMode"> + Node will be placed at the back of parent's node list, after any non-internal sibling. + </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/Node2D.xml b/doc/classes/Node2D.xml index cc790b7c28..4f5c2bbd6e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Node2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Node2D.xml @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="point" type="Vector2" /> <description> Returns the angle between the node and the [code]point[/code] in radians. + [url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/node2d_get_angle_to.png]Illustration of the returned angle.[/url] </description> </method> <method name="get_relative_transform_to_parent" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/OS.xml b/doc/classes/OS.xml index 757730f6c8..305258c8c5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/OS.xml +++ b/doc/classes/OS.xml @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ <method name="get_locale" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <description> - Returns the host OS locale as a string of the form [code]language_Script_COUNTRY_VARIANT@extra[/code]. + Returns the host OS locale as a string of the form [code]language_Script_COUNTRY_VARIANT@extra[/code]. If you want only the language code and not the fully specified locale from the OS, you can use [method get_locale_language]. [code]language[/code] - 2 or 3-letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes]language code[/url], in lower case. [code]Script[/code] - optional, 4-letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_15924]script code[/url], in title case. [code]COUNTRY[/code] - optional, 2 or 3-letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1]country code[/url], in upper case. @@ -223,6 +223,13 @@ [code]extra[/code] - optional, semicolon separated list of additional key words. Currency, calendar, sort order and numbering system information. </description> </method> + <method name="get_locale_language" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String" /> + <description> + Returns the host OS locale's 2 or 3-letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes]language code[/url] as a string which should be consistent on all platforms. This is equivalent to extracting the [code]language[/code] part of the [method get_locale] string. + This can be used to narrow down fully specified locale strings to only the "common" language code, when you don't need the additional information about country code or variants. For example, for a French Canadian user with [code]fr_CA[/code] locale, this would return [code]fr[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_model_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/Object.xml b/doc/classes/Object.xml index 9ad79dc17a..ed045f8390 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Object.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Object.xml @@ -13,15 +13,15 @@ [codeblocks] [gdscript] var n = Node2D.new() - print("position" in n) # Prints "True". - print("other_property" in n) # Prints "False". + print("position" in n) # Prints "true". + print("other_property" in n) # Prints "false". [/gdscript] [csharp] var node = new Node2D(); // C# has no direct equivalent to GDScript's `in` operator here, but we // can achieve the same behavior by performing `Get` with a null check. - GD.Print(node.Get("position") != null); // Prints "True". - GD.Print(node.Get("other_property") != null); // Prints "False". + GD.Print(node.Get("position") != null); // Prints "true". + GD.Print(node.Get("other_property") != null); // Prints "false". [/csharp] [/codeblocks] The [code]in[/code] operator will evaluate to [code]true[/code] as long as the key exists, even if the value is [code]null[/code]. @@ -92,12 +92,12 @@ Calls the [code]method[/code] on the object and returns the result. This method supports a variable number of arguments, so parameters are passed as a comma separated list. Example: [codeblocks] [gdscript] - var node = Node2D.new() - node.call("set", "position", Vector2(42, 0)) + var node = Node3D.new() + node.call("rotate", Vector3(1.0, 0.0, 0.0), 1.571) [/gdscript] [csharp] - var node = new Node2D(); - node.Call("set", "position", new Vector2(42, 0)); + var node = new Node3D(); + node.Call("rotate", new Vector3(1f, 0f, 0f), 1.571f); [/csharp] [/codeblocks] [b]Note:[/b] In C#, the method name must be specified as snake_case if it is defined by a built-in Godot node. This doesn't apply to user-defined methods where you should use the same convention as in the C# source (typically PascalCase). @@ -110,12 +110,12 @@ Calls the [code]method[/code] on the object during idle time. This method supports a variable number of arguments, so parameters are passed as a comma separated list. Example: [codeblocks] [gdscript] - var node = Node2D.new() - node.call_deferred("set", "position", Vector2(42, 0)) + var node = Node3D.new() + node.call_deferred("rotate", Vector3(1.0, 0.0, 0.0), 1.571) [/gdscript] [csharp] - var node = new Node2D(); - node.CallDeferred("set", "position", new Vector2(42, 0)); + var node = new Node3D(); + node.CallDeferred("rotate", new Vector3(1f, 0f, 0f), 1.571f); [/csharp] [/codeblocks] [b]Note:[/b] In C#, the method name must be specified as snake_case if it is defined by a built-in Godot node. This doesn't apply to user-defined methods where you should use the same convention as in the C# source (typically PascalCase). @@ -129,12 +129,12 @@ Calls the [code]method[/code] on the object and returns the result. Contrarily to [method call], this method does not support a variable number of arguments but expects all parameters to be via a single [Array]. [codeblocks] [gdscript] - var node = Node2D.new() - node.callv("set", ["position", Vector2(42, 0)]) + var node = Node3D.new() + node.callv("rotate", [Vector3(1.0, 0.0, 0.0), 1.571]) [/gdscript] [csharp] - var node = new Node2D(); - node.Callv("set", new Godot.Collections.Array { "position", new Vector2(42, 0) }); + var node = new Node3D(); + node.Callv("rotate", new Godot.Collections.Array { new Vector3(1f, 0f, 0f), 1.571f }); [/csharp] [/codeblocks] </description> @@ -331,7 +331,8 @@ <method name="get_class" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <description> - Returns the object's class as a [String]. + Returns the object's class as a [String]. See also [method is_class]. + [b]Note:[/b] [method get_class] does not take [code]class_name[/code] declarations into account. If the object has a [code]class_name[/code] defined, the base class name will be returned instead. </description> </method> <method name="get_incoming_connections" qualifiers="const"> @@ -441,7 +442,8 @@ <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="class" type="String" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the object inherits from the given [code]class[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the object inherits from the given [code]class[/code]. See also [method get_class]. + [b]Note:[/b] [method is_class] does not take [code]class_name[/code] declarations into account. If the object has a [code]class_name[/code] defined, [method is_class] will return [code]false[/code] for that name. </description> </method> <method name="is_connected" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml b/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml index af92590da3..72f134e9e9 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Converts UTF-8 encoded array to [String]. Slower than [method get_string_from_ascii] but supports UTF-8 encoded data. Use this function if you are unsure about the source of the data. For user input this function should always be preferred. Returns empty string if source array is not valid UTF-8 string. </description> </method> - <method name="has"> + <method name="has" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="value" type="int" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedColorArray.xml b/doc/classes/PackedColorArray.xml index a5a5703bfa..2dfaefca23 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedColorArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedColorArray.xml @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements. </description> </method> - <method name="has"> + <method name="has" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="value" type="Color" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedFloat32Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedFloat32Array.xml index 9e7dd8f99e..5c05dd9fa7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedFloat32Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedFloat32Array.xml @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements. </description> </method> - <method name="has"> + <method name="has" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="value" type="float" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedFloat64Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedFloat64Array.xml index ff4cf0edf8..921ca23859 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedFloat64Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedFloat64Array.xml @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements. </description> </method> - <method name="has"> + <method name="has" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="value" type="float" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedInt32Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedInt32Array.xml index 2e9716b665..dfc9cbf939 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedInt32Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedInt32Array.xml @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements. </description> </method> - <method name="has"> + <method name="has" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="value" type="int" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedInt64Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedInt64Array.xml index 1e7fff3bc6..dd38a4f5c2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedInt64Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedInt64Array.xml @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements. </description> </method> - <method name="has"> + <method name="has" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="value" type="int" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedScene.xml b/doc/classes/PackedScene.xml index 1374496b52..618123855f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedScene.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedScene.xml @@ -22,23 +22,23 @@ AddChild(scene); [/csharp] [/codeblocks] - [b]Example of saving a node with different owners:[/b] The following example creates 3 objects: [code]Node2D[/code] ([code]node[/code]), [code]RigidBody2D[/code] ([code]rigid[/code]) and [code]CollisionObject2D[/code] ([code]collision[/code]). [code]collision[/code] is a child of [code]rigid[/code] which is a child of [code]node[/code]. Only [code]rigid[/code] is owned by [code]node[/code] and [code]pack[/code] will therefore only save those two nodes, but not [code]collision[/code]. + [b]Example of saving a node with different owners:[/b] The following example creates 3 objects: [code]Node2D[/code] ([code]node[/code]), [code]RigidDynamicBody2D[/code] ([code]body[/code]) and [code]CollisionObject2D[/code] ([code]collision[/code]). [code]collision[/code] is a child of [code]body[/code] which is a child of [code]node[/code]. Only [code]body[/code] is owned by [code]node[/code] and [code]pack[/code] will therefore only save those two nodes, but not [code]collision[/code]. [codeblocks] [gdscript] # Create the objects. var node = Node2D.new() - var rigid = RigidBody2D.new() + var body = RigidDynamicBody2D.new() var collision = CollisionShape2D.new() # Create the object hierarchy. - rigid.add_child(collision) - node.add_child(rigid) + body.add_child(collision) + node.add_child(body) - # Change owner of `rigid`, but not of `collision`. - rigid.owner = node + # Change owner of `body`, but not of `collision`. + body.owner = node var scene = PackedScene.new() - # Only `node` and `rigid` are now packed. + # Only `node` and `body` are now packed. var result = scene.pack(node) if result == OK: var error = ResourceSaver.save("res://path/name.tscn", scene) # Or "user://..." @@ -48,18 +48,18 @@ [csharp] // Create the objects. var node = new Node2D(); - var rigid = new RigidBody2D(); + var body = new RigidDynamicBody2D(); var collision = new CollisionShape2D(); // Create the object hierarchy. - rigid.AddChild(collision); - node.AddChild(rigid); + body.AddChild(collision); + node.AddChild(body); - // Change owner of `rigid`, but not of `collision`. - rigid.Owner = node; + // Change owner of `body`, but not of `collision`. + body.Owner = node; var scene = new PackedScene(); - // Only `node` and `rigid` are now packed. + // Only `node` and `body` are now packed. Error result = scene.Pack(node); if (result == Error.Ok) { diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedStringArray.xml b/doc/classes/PackedStringArray.xml index 04113d4a2e..c2055531a5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedStringArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedStringArray.xml @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements. </description> </method> - <method name="has"> + <method name="has" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="value" type="String" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedVector2Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedVector2Array.xml index 76d3aff20e..51b7c951da 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedVector2Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedVector2Array.xml @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements. </description> </method> - <method name="has"> + <method name="has" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="value" type="Vector2" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedVector3Array.xml b/doc/classes/PackedVector3Array.xml index 1a35f71619..04a5e3d42e 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedVector3Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedVector3Array.xml @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Assigns the given value to all elements in the array. This can typically be used together with [method resize] to create an array with a given size and initialized elements. </description> </method> - <method name="has"> + <method name="has" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="value" type="Vector3" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml b/doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml index 3520d3b966..3b583f5c89 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml @@ -11,18 +11,18 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="get_param" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_param_max" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <argument index="0" name="param" type="int" enum="ParticlesMaterial.Parameter" /> <description> - Returns the value of the specified parameter. + Return the maximum value range for the given prameter. </description> </method> - <method name="get_param_randomness" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_param_min" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> <argument index="0" name="param" type="int" enum="ParticlesMaterial.Parameter" /> <description> - Returns the randomness ratio associated with the specified parameter. + Return the minimum value range for the given parameter. </description> </method> <method name="get_param_texture" qualifiers="const"> @@ -39,20 +39,20 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified particle flag is enabled. See [enum ParticleFlags] for options. </description> </method> - <method name="set_param"> + <method name="set_param_max"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="param" type="int" enum="ParticlesMaterial.Parameter" /> <argument index="1" name="value" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the specified [enum Parameter]. + Sets the maximum value range for the given parameter. </description> </method> - <method name="set_param_randomness"> + <method name="set_param_min"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="param" type="int" enum="ParticlesMaterial.Parameter" /> - <argument index="1" name="randomness" type="float" /> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="float" /> <description> - Sets the randomness ratio for the specified [enum Parameter]. + Sets the minimum value range for the given parameter. </description> </method> <method name="set_param_texture"> @@ -73,53 +73,56 @@ </method> </methods> <members> - <member name="angle" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Initial rotation applied to each particle, in degrees. - Only applied when [member particle_flag_disable_z] or [member particle_flag_rotate_y] are [code]true[/code] or the [BaseMaterial3D] being used to draw the particle is using [constant BaseMaterial3D.BILLBOARD_PARTICLES]. - </member> <member name="angle_curve" type="Texture2D" setter="set_param_texture" getter="get_param_texture"> Each particle's rotation will be animated along this [CurveTexture]. </member> - <member name="angle_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Rotation randomness ratio. + <member name="angle_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum angle. </member> - <member name="angular_velocity" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Initial angular velocity applied to each particle. Sets the speed of rotation of the particle. - Only applied when [member particle_flag_disable_z] or [member particle_flag_rotate_y] are [code]true[/code] or the [BaseMaterial3D] being used to draw the particle is using [constant BaseMaterial3D.BILLBOARD_PARTICLES]. + <member name="angle_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum angle. </member> <member name="angular_velocity_curve" type="Texture2D" setter="set_param_texture" getter="get_param_texture"> Each particle's angular velocity will vary along this [CurveTexture]. </member> - <member name="angular_velocity_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Angular velocity randomness ratio. + <member name="angular_velocity_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum angular velocity. </member> - <member name="anim_offset" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Particle animation offset. + <member name="angular_velocity_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum angular velocity. </member> <member name="anim_offset_curve" type="Texture2D" setter="set_param_texture" getter="get_param_texture"> Each particle's animation offset will vary along this [CurveTexture]. </member> - <member name="anim_offset_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Animation offset randomness ratio. + <member name="anim_offset_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum animation offset. </member> - <member name="anim_speed" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Particle animation speed. + <member name="anim_offset_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum animation offset. </member> <member name="anim_speed_curve" type="Texture2D" setter="set_param_texture" getter="get_param_texture"> Each particle's animation speed will vary along this [CurveTexture]. </member> - <member name="anim_speed_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Animation speed randomness ratio. + <member name="anim_speed_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum particle animation speed. + </member> + <member name="anim_speed_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum particle animation speed. </member> <member name="attractor_interaction_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_attractor_interaction_enabled" getter="is_attractor_interaction_enabled" default="true"> + True if the interaction with particle attractors is enabled. </member> <member name="collision_bounce" type="float" setter="set_collision_bounce" getter="get_collision_bounce" default="0.0"> + Collision bouncyness. </member> <member name="collision_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_collision_enabled" getter="is_collision_enabled" default="false"> + True if collisions are enabled for this particle system. </member> <member name="collision_friction" type="float" setter="set_collision_friction" getter="get_collision_friction" default="0.0"> + Collision friction. </member> <member name="collision_use_scale" type="bool" setter="set_collision_use_scale" getter="is_collision_using_scale" default="false"> + Should collision take scale into account. </member> <member name="color" type="Color" setter="set_color" getter="get_color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)"> Each particle's initial color. If the [GPUParticles2D]'s [code]texture[/code] is defined, it will be multiplied by this color. To have particle display color in a [BaseMaterial3D] make sure to set [member BaseMaterial3D.vertex_color_use_as_albedo] to [code]true[/code]. @@ -127,14 +130,12 @@ <member name="color_ramp" type="Texture2D" setter="set_color_ramp" getter="get_color_ramp"> Each particle's color will vary along this [GradientTexture] over its lifetime (multiplied with [member color]). </member> - <member name="damping" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - The rate at which particles lose velocity. - </member> <member name="damping_curve" type="Texture2D" setter="set_param_texture" getter="get_param_texture"> Damping will vary along this [CurveTexture]. </member> - <member name="damping_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Damping randomness ratio. + <member name="damping_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + </member> + <member name="damping_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> </member> <member name="direction" type="Vector3" setter="set_direction" getter="get_direction" default="Vector3(1, 0, 0)"> Unit vector specifying the particles' emission direction. @@ -178,42 +179,41 @@ <member name="gravity" type="Vector3" setter="set_gravity" getter="get_gravity" default="Vector3(0, -9.8, 0)"> Gravity applied to every particle. </member> - <member name="hue_variation" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Initial hue variation applied to each particle. - </member> <member name="hue_variation_curve" type="Texture2D" setter="set_param_texture" getter="get_param_texture"> Each particle's hue will vary along this [CurveTexture]. </member> - <member name="hue_variation_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Hue variation randomness ratio. + <member name="hue_variation_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum hue variation. + </member> + <member name="hue_variation_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum hue variation. </member> - <member name="initial_velocity" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Initial velocity magnitude for each particle. Direction comes from [member spread] and the node's orientation. + <member name="initial_velocity_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum initial velocity. </member> - <member name="initial_velocity_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Initial velocity randomness ratio. + <member name="initial_velocity_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum initial velocity. </member> <member name="lifetime_randomness" type="float" setter="set_lifetime_randomness" getter="get_lifetime_randomness" default="0.0"> Particle lifetime randomness ratio. </member> - <member name="linear_accel" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Linear acceleration applied to each particle in the direction of motion. - </member> <member name="linear_accel_curve" type="Texture2D" setter="set_param_texture" getter="get_param_texture"> Each particle's linear acceleration will vary along this [CurveTexture]. </member> - <member name="linear_accel_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Linear acceleration randomness ratio. + <member name="linear_accel_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum linear acceleration. </member> - <member name="orbit_velocity" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param"> - Orbital velocity applied to each particle. Makes the particles circle around origin. Specified in number of full rotations around origin per second. - Only available when [member particle_flag_disable_z] is [code]true[/code]. + <member name="linear_accel_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum linear acceleration. </member> <member name="orbit_velocity_curve" type="Texture2D" setter="set_param_texture" getter="get_param_texture"> Each particle's orbital velocity will vary along this [CurveTexture]. </member> - <member name="orbit_velocity_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness"> - Orbital velocity randomness ratio. + <member name="orbit_velocity_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max"> + Maximum orbit velocity. + </member> + <member name="orbit_velocity_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min"> + Minimum orbit velocity. </member> <member name="particle_flag_align_y" type="bool" setter="set_particle_flag" getter="get_particle_flag" default="false"> Align Y axis of particle with the direction of its velocity. @@ -222,25 +222,25 @@ If [code]true[/code], particles will not move on the z axis. </member> <member name="particle_flag_rotate_y" type="bool" setter="set_particle_flag" getter="get_particle_flag" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], particles rotate around Y axis by [member angle]. - </member> - <member name="radial_accel" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Radial acceleration applied to each particle. Makes particle accelerate away from origin. + If [code]true[/code], particles rotate around Y axis by [member angle_min]. </member> <member name="radial_accel_curve" type="Texture2D" setter="set_param_texture" getter="get_param_texture"> Each particle's radial acceleration will vary along this [CurveTexture]. </member> - <member name="radial_accel_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Radial acceleration randomness ratio. + <member name="radial_accel_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum radial acceleration. </member> - <member name="scale" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="1.0"> - Initial scale applied to each particle. + <member name="radial_accel_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum radial acceleration. </member> <member name="scale_curve" type="Texture2D" setter="set_param_texture" getter="get_param_texture"> - Each particle's scale will vary along this [CurveTexture]. + Each particle's scale will vary along this [CurveTexture]. If a [CurveXYZTexture] is supplied instead, the scale will be separated per-axis. </member> - <member name="scale_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Scale randomness ratio. + <member name="scale_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="1.0"> + Maximum scale. + </member> + <member name="scale_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="1.0"> + Minimum scale. </member> <member name="spread" type="float" setter="set_spread" getter="get_spread" default="45.0"> Each particle's initial direction range from [code]+spread[/code] to [code]-spread[/code] degrees. @@ -253,52 +253,52 @@ </member> <member name="sub_emitter_mode" type="int" setter="set_sub_emitter_mode" getter="get_sub_emitter_mode" enum="ParticlesMaterial.SubEmitterMode" default="0"> </member> - <member name="tangential_accel" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" default="0.0"> - Tangential acceleration applied to each particle. Tangential acceleration is perpendicular to the particle's velocity giving the particles a swirling motion. - </member> <member name="tangential_accel_curve" type="Texture2D" setter="set_param_texture" getter="get_param_texture"> Each particle's tangential acceleration will vary along this [CurveTexture]. </member> - <member name="tangential_accel_random" type="float" setter="set_param_randomness" getter="get_param_randomness" default="0.0"> - Tangential acceleration randomness ratio. + <member name="tangential_accel_max" type="float" setter="set_param_max" getter="get_param_max" default="0.0"> + Maximum tangential acceleration. + </member> + <member name="tangential_accel_min" type="float" setter="set_param_min" getter="get_param_min" default="0.0"> + Minimum tangential acceleration. </member> </members> <constants> <constant name="PARAM_INITIAL_LINEAR_VELOCITY" value="0" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_texture] to set initial velocity properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_texture] to set initial velocity properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_ANGULAR_VELOCITY" value="1" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_texture] to set angular velocity properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_texture] to set angular velocity properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_ORBIT_VELOCITY" value="2" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_texture] to set orbital velocity properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_texture] to set orbital velocity properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_LINEAR_ACCEL" value="3" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_texture] to set linear acceleration properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_texture] to set linear acceleration properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_RADIAL_ACCEL" value="4" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_texture] to set radial acceleration properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_texture] to set radial acceleration properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_TANGENTIAL_ACCEL" value="5" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_texture] to set tangential acceleration properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_texture] to set tangential acceleration properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_DAMPING" value="6" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_texture] to set damping properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_texture] to set damping properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_ANGLE" value="7" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_texture] to set angle properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_texture] to set angle properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_SCALE" value="8" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_texture] to set scale properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_texture] to set scale properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_HUE_VARIATION" value="9" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_texture] to set hue variation properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_texture] to set hue variation properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_ANIM_SPEED" value="10" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_texture] to set animation speed properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_texture] to set animation speed properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_ANIM_OFFSET" value="11" enum="Parameter"> - Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method set_param_texture] to set animation offset properties. + Use with [method set_param_min], [method set_param_max], and [method set_param_texture] to set animation offset properties. </constant> <constant name="PARAM_MAX" value="12" enum="Parameter"> Represents the size of the [enum Parameter] enum. diff --git a/doc/classes/Performance.xml b/doc/classes/Performance.xml index 335c3d254b..6e905eace6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Performance.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Performance.xml @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ <constant name="RENDER_BUFFER_MEM_USED" value="15" enum="Monitor"> </constant> <constant name="PHYSICS_2D_ACTIVE_OBJECTS" value="16" enum="Monitor"> - Number of active [RigidBody2D] nodes in the game. + Number of active [RigidDynamicBody2D] nodes in the game. </constant> <constant name="PHYSICS_2D_COLLISION_PAIRS" value="17" enum="Monitor"> Number of collision pairs in the 2D physics engine. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Number of islands in the 2D physics engine. </constant> <constant name="PHYSICS_3D_ACTIVE_OBJECTS" value="19" enum="Monitor"> - Number of active [RigidBody3D] and [VehicleBody3D] nodes in the game. + Number of active [RigidDynamicBody3D] and [VehicleBody3D] nodes in the game. </constant> <constant name="PHYSICS_3D_COLLISION_PAIRS" value="20" enum="Monitor"> Number of collision pairs in the 3D physics engine. diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicalBone2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicalBone2D.xml index b4d92475a1..8fa42a9596 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicalBone2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicalBone2D.xml @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="PhysicalBone2D" inherits="RigidBody2D" version="4.0"> +<class name="PhysicalBone2D" inherits="RigidDynamicBody2D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> A 2D node that can be used for physically aware bones in 2D. </brief_description> <description> - The [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] node is a [RigidBody2D]-based node that can be used to make [Bone2D] nodes in a [Skeleton2D] react to physics. This node is very similar to the [PhysicalBone3D] node, just for 2D instead of 3D. + The [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] node is a [RigidDynamicBody2D]-based node that can be used to make [Bone2D] nodes in a [Skeleton2D] react to physics. This node is very similar to the [PhysicalBone3D] node, just for 2D instead of 3D. [b]Note:[/b] To have the Bone2D nodes visually follow the [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] node, use a [SkeletonModification2DPhysicalBones] modification on the [Skeleton2D] node with the [Bone2D] nodes. [b]Note:[/b] The PhysicalBone2D node does not automatically create a [Joint2D] node to keep [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] nodes together. You will need to create these manually. For most cases, you want to use a [PinJoint2D] node. The [code]PhysicalBone2D[/code] node can automatically configure the [Joint2D] node once it's been created as a child node. </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState2D.xml index 4c6adfca32..56c34615ce 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState2D.xml @@ -4,9 +4,10 @@ Direct access object to a physics body in the [PhysicsServer2D]. </brief_description> <description> - Provides direct access to a physics body in the [PhysicsServer2D], allowing safe changes to physics properties. This object is passed via the direct state callback of dynamic bodies, and is intended for changing the direct state of that body. See [method RigidBody2D._integrate_forces]. + Provides direct access to a physics body in the [PhysicsServer2D], allowing safe changes to physics properties. This object is passed via the direct state callback of dynamic bodies, and is intended for changing the direct state of that body. See [method RigidDynamicBody2D._integrate_forces]. </description> <tutorials> + <link title="Physics introduction">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html</link> <link title="Ray-casting">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/ray-casting.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> @@ -107,7 +108,7 @@ <return type="int" /> <description> Returns the number of contacts this body has with other bodies. - [b]Note:[/b] By default, this returns 0 unless bodies are configured to monitor contacts. See [member RigidBody2D.contact_monitor]. + [b]Note:[/b] By default, this returns 0 unless bodies are configured to monitor contacts. See [member RigidDynamicBody2D.contact_monitor]. </description> </method> <method name="get_contact_local_normal" qualifiers="const"> @@ -155,6 +156,9 @@ <member name="angular_velocity" type="float" setter="set_angular_velocity" getter="get_angular_velocity"> The body's rotational velocity. </member> + <member name="center_of_mass" type="Vector2" setter="" getter="get_center_of_mass"> + The body's center of mass. + </member> <member name="inverse_inertia" type="float" setter="" getter="get_inverse_inertia"> The inverse of the inertia of the body. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState3D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState3D.xml index 271668e339..a7458ff495 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState3D.xml @@ -4,9 +4,11 @@ Direct access object to a physics body in the [PhysicsServer3D]. </brief_description> <description> - Provides direct access to a physics body in the [PhysicsServer3D], allowing safe changes to physics properties. This object is passed via the direct state callback of dynamic bodies, and is intended for changing the direct state of that body. See [method RigidBody3D._integrate_forces]. + Provides direct access to a physics body in the [PhysicsServer3D], allowing safe changes to physics properties. This object is passed via the direct state callback of dynamic bodies, and is intended for changing the direct state of that body. See [method RigidDynamicBody3D._integrate_forces]. </description> <tutorials> + <link title="Physics introduction">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html</link> + <link title="Ray-casting">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/ray-casting.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> <method name="add_central_force"> @@ -101,7 +103,7 @@ <return type="int" /> <description> Returns the number of contacts this body has with other bodies. - [b]Note:[/b] By default, this returns 0 unless bodies are configured to monitor contacts. See [member RigidBody3D.contact_monitor]. + [b]Note:[/b] By default, this returns 0 unless bodies are configured to monitor contacts. See [member RigidDynamicBody3D.contact_monitor]. </description> </method> <method name="get_contact_impulse" qualifiers="const"> @@ -157,6 +159,7 @@ The body's rotational velocity. </member> <member name="center_of_mass" type="Vector3" setter="" getter="get_center_of_mass"> + The body's center of mass. </member> <member name="inverse_inertia" type="Vector3" setter="" getter="get_inverse_inertia"> The inverse of the inertia of the body. diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState2D.xml index e84b3e0e49..536c7e4e04 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState2D.xml @@ -7,7 +7,8 @@ Direct access object to a space in the [PhysicsServer2D]. It's used mainly to do queries against objects and areas residing in a given space. </description> <tutorials> - <link title="Ray-Casting">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/ray-casting.html</link> + <link title="Physics introduction">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html</link> + <link title="Ray-casting">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/ray-casting.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> <method name="cast_motion"> @@ -47,7 +48,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="point" type="Vector2" /> <argument index="1" name="max_results" type="int" default="32" /> <argument index="2" name="exclude" type="Array" default="[]" /> - <argument index="3" name="collision_mask" type="int" default="2147483647" /> + <argument index="3" name="collision_mask" type="int" default="4294967295" /> <argument index="4" name="collide_with_bodies" type="bool" default="true" /> <argument index="5" name="collide_with_areas" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> @@ -57,7 +58,7 @@ [code]metadata[/code]: The intersecting shape's metadata. This metadata is different from [method Object.get_meta], and is set with [method PhysicsServer2D.shape_set_data]. [code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID]. [code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape. - Additionally, the method can take an [code]exclude[/code] array of objects or [RID]s that are to be excluded from collisions, a [code]collision_mask[/code] bitmask representing the physics layers to detect, or booleans to determine if the ray should collide with [PhysicsBody2D]s or [Area2D]s, respectively. + Additionally, the method can take an [code]exclude[/code] array of objects or [RID]s that are to be excluded from collisions, a [code]collision_mask[/code] bitmask representing the physics layers to detect (all layers by default), or booleans to determine if the ray should collide with [PhysicsBody2D]s or [Area2D]s, respectively. [b]Note:[/b] [ConcavePolygonShape2D]s and [CollisionPolygon2D]s in [code]Segments[/code] build mode are not solid shapes. Therefore, they will not be detected. </description> </method> @@ -67,10 +68,18 @@ <argument index="1" name="canvas_instance_id" type="int" /> <argument index="2" name="max_results" type="int" default="32" /> <argument index="3" name="exclude" type="Array" default="[]" /> - <argument index="4" name="collision_mask" type="int" default="2147483647" /> + <argument index="4" name="collision_mask" type="int" default="4294967295" /> <argument index="5" name="collide_with_bodies" type="bool" default="true" /> <argument index="6" name="collide_with_areas" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> + Checks whether a point is inside any solid shape, in a specific canvas layer given by [code]canvas_instance_id[/code]. The shapes the point is inside of are returned in an array containing dictionaries with the following fields: + [code]collider[/code]: The colliding object. + [code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID. + [code]metadata[/code]: The intersecting shape's metadata. This metadata is different from [method Object.get_meta], and is set with [method PhysicsServer2D.shape_set_data]. + [code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID]. + [code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape. + Additionally, the method can take an [code]exclude[/code] array of objects or [RID]s that are to be excluded from collisions, a [code]collision_mask[/code] bitmask representing the physics layers to detect (all layers by default), or booleans to determine if the ray should collide with [PhysicsBody2D]s or [Area2D]s, respectively. + [b]Note:[/b] [ConcavePolygonShape2D]s and [CollisionPolygon2D]s in [code]Segments[/code] build mode are not solid shapes. Therefore, they will not be detected. </description> </method> <method name="intersect_ray"> @@ -78,7 +87,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="from" type="Vector2" /> <argument index="1" name="to" type="Vector2" /> <argument index="2" name="exclude" type="Array" default="[]" /> - <argument index="3" name="collision_mask" type="int" default="2147483647" /> + <argument index="3" name="collision_mask" type="int" default="4294967295" /> <argument index="4" name="collide_with_bodies" type="bool" default="true" /> <argument index="5" name="collide_with_areas" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> @@ -91,7 +100,7 @@ [code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID]. [code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape. If the ray did not intersect anything, then an empty dictionary is returned instead. - Additionally, the method can take an [code]exclude[/code] array of objects or [RID]s that are to be excluded from collisions, a [code]collision_mask[/code] bitmask representing the physics layers to detect, or booleans to determine if the ray should collide with [PhysicsBody2D]s or [Area2D]s, respectively. + Additionally, the method can take an [code]exclude[/code] array of objects or [RID]s that are to be excluded from collisions, a [code]collision_mask[/code] bitmask representing the physics layers to detect (all layers by default), or booleans to determine if the ray should collide with [PhysicsBody2D]s or [Area2D]s, respectively. </description> </method> <method name="intersect_shape"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState3D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState3D.xml index 13db50a2c7..4e6bd8456f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState3D.xml @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Direct access object to a space in the [PhysicsServer3D]. It's used mainly to do queries against objects and areas residing in a given space. </description> <tutorials> + <link title="Physics introduction">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html</link> <link title="Ray-casting">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/ray-casting.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> @@ -47,7 +48,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="from" type="Vector3" /> <argument index="1" name="to" type="Vector3" /> <argument index="2" name="exclude" type="Array" default="[]" /> - <argument index="3" name="collision_mask" type="int" default="2147483647" /> + <argument index="3" name="collision_mask" type="int" default="4294967295" /> <argument index="4" name="collide_with_bodies" type="bool" default="true" /> <argument index="5" name="collide_with_areas" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> @@ -59,7 +60,7 @@ [code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID]. [code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape. If the ray did not intersect anything, then an empty dictionary is returned instead. - Additionally, the method can take an [code]exclude[/code] array of objects or [RID]s that are to be excluded from collisions, a [code]collision_mask[/code] bitmask representing the physics layers to detect, or booleans to determine if the ray should collide with [PhysicsBody3D]s or [Area3D]s, respectively. + Additionally, the method can take an [code]exclude[/code] array of objects or [RID]s that are to be excluded from collisions, a [code]collision_mask[/code] bitmask representing the physics layers to detect (all layers by default), or booleans to determine if the ray should collide with [PhysicsBody3D]s or [Area3D]s, respectively. </description> </method> <method name="intersect_shape"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2D.xml index 1df2fd0158..7e5d7ca704 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer2D.xml @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="body_get_param" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="float" /> + <return type="Variant" /> <argument index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="param" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.BodyParameter" /> <description> @@ -449,6 +449,13 @@ Removes a shape from a body. The shape is not deleted, so it can be reused afterwards. </description> </method> + <method name="body_reset_mass_properties"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + Restores the default inertia and center of mass based on shapes to cancel any custom values previously set using [method body_set_param]. + </description> + </method> <method name="body_set_axis_velocity"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> @@ -489,6 +496,9 @@ <argument index="2" name="userdata" type="Variant" default="null" /> <description> Sets the function used to calculate physics for an object, if that object allows it (see [method body_set_omit_force_integration]). + The force integration function takes 2 arguments: + [code]state:[/code] [PhysicsDirectBodyState2D] used to retrieve and modify the body's state. + [code]userdata:[/code] Optional user data, if it was passed when calling [code]body_set_force_integration_callback[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="body_set_max_contacts_reported"> @@ -519,7 +529,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="param" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer2D.BodyParameter" /> - <argument index="2" name="value" type="float" /> + <argument index="2" name="value" type="Variant" /> <description> Sets a body parameter. See [enum BodyParameter] for a list of available parameters. </description> @@ -595,7 +605,8 @@ <argument index="2" name="motion" type="Vector2" /> <argument index="3" name="margin" type="float" default="0.08" /> <argument index="4" name="result" type="PhysicsTestMotionResult2D" default="null" /> - <argument index="5" name="exclude" type="Array" default="[]" /> + <argument index="5" name="collide_separation_ray" type="bool" default="false" /> + <argument index="6" name="exclude" type="Array" default="[]" /> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if a collision would result from moving in the given direction from a given point in space. Margin increases the size of the shapes involved in the collision detection. [PhysicsTestMotionResult2D] can be passed to return additional information in. </description> @@ -726,6 +737,11 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="separation_ray_shape_create"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="set_active"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="active" type="bool" /> @@ -807,7 +823,7 @@ Sets the value for a space parameter. See [enum SpaceParameter] for a list of available parameters. </description> </method> - <method name="world_margin_shape_create"> + <method name="world_boundary_shape_create"> <return type="RID" /> <description> </description> @@ -837,28 +853,31 @@ </constant> <constant name="SPACE_PARAM_TEST_MOTION_MIN_CONTACT_DEPTH" value="7" enum="SpaceParameter"> </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_WORLD_MARGIN" value="0" enum="ShapeType"> - This is the constant for creating world margin shapes. A world margin shape is an [i]infinite[/i] line with an origin point, and a normal. Thus, it can be used for front/behind checks. + <constant name="SHAPE_WORLD_BOUNDARY" value="0" enum="ShapeType"> + This is the constant for creating world boundary shapes. A world boundary shape is an [i]infinite[/i] line with an origin point, and a normal. Thus, it can be used for front/behind checks. + </constant> + <constant name="SHAPE_SEPARATION_RAY" value="1" enum="ShapeType"> + This is the constant for creating separation ray shapes. A separation ray is defined by a length and separates itself from what is touching its far endpoint. Useful for character controllers. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_SEGMENT" value="1" enum="ShapeType"> + <constant name="SHAPE_SEGMENT" value="2" enum="ShapeType"> This is the constant for creating segment shapes. A segment shape is a [i]finite[/i] line from a point A to a point B. It can be checked for intersections. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_CIRCLE" value="2" enum="ShapeType"> + <constant name="SHAPE_CIRCLE" value="3" enum="ShapeType"> This is the constant for creating circle shapes. A circle shape only has a radius. It can be used for intersections and inside/outside checks. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_RECTANGLE" value="3" enum="ShapeType"> + <constant name="SHAPE_RECTANGLE" value="4" enum="ShapeType"> This is the constant for creating rectangle shapes. A rectangle shape is defined by a width and a height. It can be used for intersections and inside/outside checks. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_CAPSULE" value="4" enum="ShapeType"> + <constant name="SHAPE_CAPSULE" value="5" enum="ShapeType"> This is the constant for creating capsule shapes. A capsule shape is defined by a radius and a length. It can be used for intersections and inside/outside checks. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_CONVEX_POLYGON" value="5" enum="ShapeType"> + <constant name="SHAPE_CONVEX_POLYGON" value="6" enum="ShapeType"> This is the constant for creating convex polygon shapes. A polygon is defined by a list of points. It can be used for intersections and inside/outside checks. Unlike the [member CollisionPolygon2D.polygon] property, polygons modified with [method shape_set_data] do not verify that the points supplied form is a convex polygon. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_CONCAVE_POLYGON" value="6" enum="ShapeType"> + <constant name="SHAPE_CONCAVE_POLYGON" value="7" enum="ShapeType"> This is the constant for creating concave polygon shapes. A polygon is defined by a list of points. It can be used for intersections checks, but not for inside/outside checks. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_CUSTOM" value="7" enum="ShapeType"> + <constant name="SHAPE_CUSTOM" value="8" enum="ShapeType"> This constant is used internally by the engine. Any attempt to create this kind of shape results in an error. </constant> <constant name="AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY" value="0" enum="AreaParameter"> @@ -901,7 +920,7 @@ This area replaces any gravity/damp calculated so far, but keeps calculating the rest of the areas, down to the default one. </constant> <constant name="BODY_MODE_STATIC" value="0" enum="BodyMode"> - Constant for static bodies. In this mode, a body can be only moved by user code. + Constant for static bodies. In this mode, a body can be only moved by user code and doesn't collide with other bodies along its path when moved. </constant> <constant name="BODY_MODE_KINEMATIC" value="1" enum="BodyMode"> Constant for kinematic bodies. In this mode, a body can be only moved by user code and collides with other bodies along its path. @@ -924,16 +943,19 @@ <constant name="BODY_PARAM_INERTIA" value="3" enum="BodyParameter"> Constant to set/get a body's inertia. </constant> - <constant name="BODY_PARAM_GRAVITY_SCALE" value="4" enum="BodyParameter"> + <constant name="BODY_PARAM_CENTER_OF_MASS" value="4" enum="BodyParameter"> + Constant to set/get a body's center of mass. + </constant> + <constant name="BODY_PARAM_GRAVITY_SCALE" value="5" enum="BodyParameter"> Constant to set/get a body's gravity multiplier. </constant> - <constant name="BODY_PARAM_LINEAR_DAMP" value="5" enum="BodyParameter"> + <constant name="BODY_PARAM_LINEAR_DAMP" value="6" enum="BodyParameter"> Constant to set/get a body's linear dampening factor. </constant> - <constant name="BODY_PARAM_ANGULAR_DAMP" value="6" enum="BodyParameter"> + <constant name="BODY_PARAM_ANGULAR_DAMP" value="7" enum="BodyParameter"> Constant to set/get a body's angular dampening factor. </constant> - <constant name="BODY_PARAM_MAX" value="7" enum="BodyParameter"> + <constant name="BODY_PARAM_MAX" value="8" enum="BodyParameter"> Represents the size of the [enum BodyParameter] enum. </constant> <constant name="BODY_STATE_TRANSFORM" value="0" enum="BodyState"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3D.xml index d46e38ac5f..5497ae7412 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsServer3D.xml @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ </description> </method> <method name="body_get_param" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="float" /> + <return type="Variant" /> <argument index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="param" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer3D.BodyParameter" /> <description> @@ -430,6 +430,13 @@ Removes a shape from a body. The shape is not deleted, so it can be reused afterwards. </description> </method> + <method name="body_reset_mass_properties"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> + <description> + Restores the default inertia and center of mass based on shapes to cancel any custom values previously set using [method body_set_param]. + </description> + </method> <method name="body_set_axis_lock"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> @@ -478,6 +485,9 @@ <argument index="2" name="userdata" type="Variant" default="null" /> <description> Sets the function used to calculate physics for an object, if that object allows it (see [method body_set_omit_force_integration]). + The force integration function takes 2 arguments: + [code]state:[/code] [PhysicsDirectBodyState3D] used to retrieve and modify the body's state. + [code]userdata:[/code] Optional user data, if it was passed when calling [code]body_set_force_integration_callback[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="body_set_max_contacts_reported"> @@ -508,7 +518,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="body" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="param" type="int" enum="PhysicsServer3D.BodyParameter" /> - <argument index="2" name="value" type="float" /> + <argument index="2" name="value" type="Variant" /> <description> Sets a body parameter. A list of available parameters is on the [enum BodyParameter] constants. </description> @@ -571,7 +581,8 @@ <argument index="2" name="motion" type="Vector3" /> <argument index="3" name="margin" type="float" default="0.001" /> <argument index="4" name="result" type="PhysicsTestMotionResult3D" default="null" /> - <argument index="5" name="exclude" type="Array" default="[]" /> + <argument index="5" name="collide_separation_ray" type="bool" default="false" /> + <argument index="6" name="exclude" type="Array" default="[]" /> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if a collision would result from moving in the given direction from a given point in space. Margin increases the size of the shapes involved in the collision detection. [PhysicsTestMotionResult3D] can be passed to return additional information in. </description> @@ -844,7 +855,7 @@ Sets a pin_joint parameter (see [enum PinJointParam] constants). </description> </method> - <method name="plane_shape_create"> + <method name="separation_ray_shape_create"> <return type="RID" /> <description> </description> @@ -959,6 +970,11 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="world_boundary_shape_create"> + <return type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> </methods> <constants> <constant name="JOINT_TYPE_PIN" value="0" enum="JointType"> @@ -1168,34 +1184,37 @@ <constant name="G6DOF_JOINT_FLAG_ENABLE_LINEAR_MOTOR" value="5" enum="G6DOFJointAxisFlag"> If [code]set[/code] there is a linear motor on this axis that targets a specific velocity. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_PLANE" value="0" enum="ShapeType"> - The [Shape3D] is a [WorldMarginShape3D]. + <constant name="SHAPE_WORLD_BOUNDARY" value="0" enum="ShapeType"> + The [Shape3D] is a [WorldBoundaryShape3D]. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_SPHERE" value="1" enum="ShapeType"> + <constant name="SHAPE_SEPARATION_RAY" value="1" enum="ShapeType"> + The [Shape3D] is a [SeparationRayShape3D]. + </constant> + <constant name="SHAPE_SPHERE" value="2" enum="ShapeType"> The [Shape3D] is a [SphereShape3D]. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_BOX" value="2" enum="ShapeType"> + <constant name="SHAPE_BOX" value="3" enum="ShapeType"> The [Shape3D] is a [BoxShape3D]. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_CAPSULE" value="3" enum="ShapeType"> + <constant name="SHAPE_CAPSULE" value="4" enum="ShapeType"> The [Shape3D] is a [CapsuleShape3D]. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_CYLINDER" value="4" enum="ShapeType"> + <constant name="SHAPE_CYLINDER" value="5" enum="ShapeType"> The [Shape3D] is a [CylinderShape3D]. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_CONVEX_POLYGON" value="5" enum="ShapeType"> + <constant name="SHAPE_CONVEX_POLYGON" value="6" enum="ShapeType"> The [Shape3D] is a [ConvexPolygonShape3D]. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_CONCAVE_POLYGON" value="6" enum="ShapeType"> + <constant name="SHAPE_CONCAVE_POLYGON" value="7" enum="ShapeType"> The [Shape3D] is a [ConcavePolygonShape3D]. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_HEIGHTMAP" value="7" enum="ShapeType"> + <constant name="SHAPE_HEIGHTMAP" value="8" enum="ShapeType"> The [Shape3D] is a [HeightMapShape3D]. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_SOFT_BODY" value="8" enum="ShapeType"> - The [Shape3D] is a [SoftBody3D]. + <constant name="SHAPE_SOFT_BODY" value="9" enum="ShapeType"> + The [Shape3D] is used internally for a soft body. Any attempt to create this kind of shape results in an error. </constant> - <constant name="SHAPE_CUSTOM" value="9" enum="ShapeType"> + <constant name="SHAPE_CUSTOM" value="10" enum="ShapeType"> This constant is used internally by the engine. Any attempt to create this kind of shape results in an error. </constant> <constant name="AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY" value="0" enum="AreaParameter"> @@ -1222,6 +1241,18 @@ <constant name="AREA_PARAM_PRIORITY" value="7" enum="AreaParameter"> Constant to set/get the priority (order of processing) of an area. </constant> + <constant name="AREA_PARAM_WIND_FORCE_MAGNITUDE" value="8" enum="AreaParameter"> + Constant to set/get the magnitude of area-specific wind force. + </constant> + <constant name="AREA_PARAM_WIND_SOURCE" value="9" enum="AreaParameter"> + Constant to set/get the 3D vector that specifies the origin from which an area-specific wind blows. + </constant> + <constant name="AREA_PARAM_WIND_DIRECTION" value="10" enum="AreaParameter"> + Constant to set/get the 3D vector that specifies the direction in which an area-specific wind blows. + </constant> + <constant name="AREA_PARAM_WIND_ATTENUATION_FACTOR" value="11" enum="AreaParameter"> + Constant to set/get the exponential rate at which wind force decreases with distance from its origin. + </constant> <constant name="AREA_SPACE_OVERRIDE_DISABLED" value="0" enum="AreaSpaceOverrideMode"> This area does not affect gravity/damp. These are generally areas that exist only to detect collisions, and objects entering or exiting them. </constant> @@ -1238,7 +1269,7 @@ This area replaces any gravity/damp calculated so far, but keeps calculating the rest of the areas, down to the default one. </constant> <constant name="BODY_MODE_STATIC" value="0" enum="BodyMode"> - Constant for static bodies. In this mode, a body can be only moved by user code. + Constant for static bodies. In this mode, a body can be only moved by user code and doesn't collide with other bodies along its path when moved. </constant> <constant name="BODY_MODE_KINEMATIC" value="1" enum="BodyMode"> Constant for kinematic bodies. In this mode, a body can be only moved by user code and collides with other bodies along its path. @@ -1258,16 +1289,22 @@ <constant name="BODY_PARAM_MASS" value="2" enum="BodyParameter"> Constant to set/get a body's mass. </constant> - <constant name="BODY_PARAM_GRAVITY_SCALE" value="3" enum="BodyParameter"> + <constant name="BODY_PARAM_INERTIA" value="3" enum="BodyParameter"> + Constant to set/get a body's inertia. + </constant> + <constant name="BODY_PARAM_CENTER_OF_MASS" value="4" enum="BodyParameter"> + Constant to set/get a body's center of mass. + </constant> + <constant name="BODY_PARAM_GRAVITY_SCALE" value="5" enum="BodyParameter"> Constant to set/get a body's gravity multiplier. </constant> - <constant name="BODY_PARAM_LINEAR_DAMP" value="4" enum="BodyParameter"> + <constant name="BODY_PARAM_LINEAR_DAMP" value="6" enum="BodyParameter"> Constant to set/get a body's linear dampening factor. </constant> - <constant name="BODY_PARAM_ANGULAR_DAMP" value="5" enum="BodyParameter"> + <constant name="BODY_PARAM_ANGULAR_DAMP" value="7" enum="BodyParameter"> Constant to set/get a body's angular dampening factor. </constant> - <constant name="BODY_PARAM_MAX" value="6" enum="BodyParameter"> + <constant name="BODY_PARAM_MAX" value="8" enum="BodyParameter"> Represents the size of the [enum BodyParameter] enum. </constant> <constant name="BODY_STATE_TRANSFORM" value="0" enum="BodyState"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters2D.xml index 8b006c68e7..b54de15d15 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters2D.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ <member name="collide_with_bodies" type="bool" setter="set_collide_with_bodies" getter="is_collide_with_bodies_enabled" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], the query will take [PhysicsBody2D]s into account. </member> - <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask" default="2147483647"> + <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask" default="4294967295"> The physics layers the query will detect (as a bitmask). By default, all collision layers are detected. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. </member> <member name="exclude" type="Array" setter="set_exclude" getter="get_exclude" default="[]"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters3D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters3D.xml index de9b623591..f74d1b5e48 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters3D.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ <member name="collide_with_bodies" type="bool" setter="set_collide_with_bodies" getter="is_collide_with_bodies_enabled" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], the query will take [PhysicsBody3D]s into account. </member> - <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask" default="2147483647"> + <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask" default="4294967295"> The physics layers the query will detect (as a bitmask). By default, all collision layers are detected. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. </member> <member name="exclude" type="Array" setter="set_exclude" getter="get_exclude" default="[]"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml b/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml index 0d1fa0e70f..22ed14743a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml @@ -279,6 +279,9 @@ <member name="audio/driver/mix_rate" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="44100"> The mixing rate used for audio (in Hz). In general, it's better to not touch this and leave it to the host operating system. </member> + <member name="audio/driver/mix_rate.web" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="0"> + Safer override for [member audio/driver/mix_rate] in the Web platform. Here [code]0[/code] means "let the browser choose" (since some browsers do not like forcing the mix rate). + </member> <member name="audio/driver/output_latency" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="15"> Output latency in milliseconds for audio. Lower values will result in lower audio latency at the cost of increased CPU usage. Low values may result in audible cracking on slower hardware. </member> @@ -328,6 +331,9 @@ <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/deprecated_keyword" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when deprecated keywords are used. </member> + <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/empty_file" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> + If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when an empty file is parsed. + </member> <member name="debug/gdscript/warnings/enable" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], enables specific GDScript warnings (see [code]debug/gdscript/warnings/*[/code] settings). If [code]false[/code], disables all GDScript warnings. </member> @@ -625,19 +631,19 @@ </member> <member name="input/ui_text_backspace_all_to_left" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> - <member name="input/ui_text_backspace_all_to_left.OSX" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> + <member name="input/ui_text_backspace_all_to_left.macos" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="input/ui_text_backspace_word" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> - <member name="input/ui_text_backspace_word.OSX" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> + <member name="input/ui_text_backspace_word.macos" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="input/ui_text_caret_document_end" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> - <member name="input/ui_text_caret_document_end.OSX" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> + <member name="input/ui_text_caret_document_end.macos" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="input/ui_text_caret_document_start" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> - <member name="input/ui_text_caret_document_start.OSX" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> + <member name="input/ui_text_caret_document_start.macos" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="input/ui_text_caret_down" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> @@ -645,11 +651,11 @@ </member> <member name="input/ui_text_caret_line_end" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> - <member name="input/ui_text_caret_line_end.OSX" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> + <member name="input/ui_text_caret_line_end.macos" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="input/ui_text_caret_line_start" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> - <member name="input/ui_text_caret_line_start.OSX" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> + <member name="input/ui_text_caret_line_start.macos" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="input/ui_text_caret_page_down" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> @@ -661,11 +667,11 @@ </member> <member name="input/ui_text_caret_word_left" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> - <member name="input/ui_text_caret_word_left.OSX" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> + <member name="input/ui_text_caret_word_left.macos" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="input/ui_text_caret_word_right" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> - <member name="input/ui_text_caret_word_right.OSX" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> + <member name="input/ui_text_caret_word_right.macos" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="input/ui_text_completion_accept" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> @@ -679,11 +685,11 @@ </member> <member name="input/ui_text_delete_all_to_right" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> - <member name="input/ui_text_delete_all_to_right.OSX" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> + <member name="input/ui_text_delete_all_to_right.macos" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="input/ui_text_delete_word" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> - <member name="input/ui_text_delete_word.OSX" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> + <member name="input/ui_text_delete_word.macos" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="input/ui_text_indent" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> @@ -695,11 +701,11 @@ </member> <member name="input/ui_text_scroll_down" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> - <member name="input/ui_text_scroll_down.OSX" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> + <member name="input/ui_text_scroll_down.macos" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="input/ui_text_scroll_up" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> - <member name="input/ui_text_scroll_up.OSX" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> + <member name="input/ui_text_scroll_up.macos" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> <member name="input/ui_text_select_all" type="Dictionary" setter="" getter=""> </member> @@ -726,7 +732,7 @@ <member name="input_devices/pen_tablet/driver" type="String" setter="" getter=""> Specifies the tablet driver to use. If left empty, the default driver will be used. </member> - <member name="input_devices/pen_tablet/driver.Windows" type="String" setter="" getter=""> + <member name="input_devices/pen_tablet/driver.windows" type="String" setter="" getter=""> Override for [member input_devices/pen_tablet/driver] on Windows. </member> <member name="input_devices/pointing/emulate_mouse_from_touch" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> @@ -1473,6 +1479,9 @@ </member> <member name="rendering/2d/snap/snap_2d_vertices_to_pixel" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> </member> + <member name="rendering/3d/viewport/scale" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="0"> + Scale the 3D render buffer based on the viewport size. The smaller the faster 3D rendering is performed but at the cost of quality. + </member> <member name="rendering/anti_aliasing/quality/msaa" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="0"> Sets the number of MSAA samples to use (as a power of two). MSAA is used to reduce aliasing around the edges of polygons. A higher MSAA value results in smoother edges but can be significantly slower on some hardware. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml b/doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml index 2cf3cbb83d..fed6568d22 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ A class for generating pseudo-random numbers. </brief_description> <description> - RandomNumberGenerator is a class for generating pseudo-random numbers. It currently uses [url=http://www.pcg-random.org/]PCG32[/url]. + RandomNumberGenerator is a class for generating pseudo-random numbers. It currently uses [url=https://www.pcg-random.org/]PCG32[/url]. [b]Note:[/b] The underlying algorithm is an implementation detail. As a result, it should not be depended upon for reproducible random streams across Godot versions. To generate a random float number (within a given range) based on a time-dependant seed: [codeblock] diff --git a/doc/classes/RenderingDevice.xml b/doc/classes/RenderingDevice.xml index 24f7f4274e..428fa2575c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RenderingDevice.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RenderingDevice.xml @@ -359,6 +359,14 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="get_driver_resource"> + <return type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="resource" type="int" enum="RenderingDevice.DriverResource" /> + <argument index="1" name="rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="2" name="index" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="get_frame_delay" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> @@ -646,6 +654,32 @@ </constant> <constant name="BARRIER_MASK_NO_BARRIER" value="8"> </constant> + <constant name="DRIVER_RESOURCE_VULKAN_DEVICE" value="0" enum="DriverResource"> + </constant> + <constant name="DRIVER_RESOURCE_VULKAN_PHYSICAL_DEVICE" value="1" enum="DriverResource"> + </constant> + <constant name="DRIVER_RESOURCE_VULKAN_INSTANCE" value="2" enum="DriverResource"> + </constant> + <constant name="DRIVER_RESOURCE_VULKAN_QUEUE" value="3" enum="DriverResource"> + </constant> + <constant name="DRIVER_RESOURCE_VULKAN_QUEUE_FAMILY_INDEX" value="4" enum="DriverResource"> + </constant> + <constant name="DRIVER_RESOURCE_VULKAN_IMAGE" value="5" enum="DriverResource"> + </constant> + <constant name="DRIVER_RESOURCE_VULKAN_IMAGE_VIEW" value="6" enum="DriverResource"> + </constant> + <constant name="DRIVER_RESOURCE_VULKAN_IMAGE_NATIVE_TEXTURE_FORMAT" value="7" enum="DriverResource"> + </constant> + <constant name="DRIVER_RESOURCE_VULKAN_SAMPLER" value="8" enum="DriverResource"> + </constant> + <constant name="DRIVER_RESOURCE_VULKAN_DESCRIPTOR_SET" value="9" enum="DriverResource"> + </constant> + <constant name="DRIVER_RESOURCE_VULKAN_BUFFER" value="10" enum="DriverResource"> + </constant> + <constant name="DRIVER_RESOURCE_VULKAN_COMPUTE_PIPELINE" value="11" enum="DriverResource"> + </constant> + <constant name="DRIVER_RESOURCE_VULKAN_RENDER_PIPELINE" value="12" enum="DriverResource"> + </constant> <constant name="DATA_FORMAT_R4G4_UNORM_PACK8" value="0" enum="DataFormat"> </constant> <constant name="DATA_FORMAT_R4G4B4A4_UNORM_PACK16" value="1" enum="DataFormat"> diff --git a/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml b/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml index df8bfb7e34..b5be04fb01 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml @@ -1156,6 +1156,11 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="get_rendering_device" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RenderingDevice" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="get_rendering_info"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="info" type="int" enum="RenderingServer.RenderingInfo" /> @@ -3082,6 +3087,14 @@ If [code]true[/code], render the contents of the viewport directly to screen. This allows a low-level optimization where you can skip drawing a viewport to the root viewport. While this optimization can result in a significant increase in speed (especially on older devices), it comes at a cost of usability. When this is enabled, you cannot read from the viewport or from the [code]SCREEN_TEXTURE[/code]. You also lose the benefit of certain window settings, such as the various stretch modes. Another consequence to be aware of is that in 2D the rendering happens in window coordinates, so if you have a viewport that is double the size of the window, and you set this, then only the portion that fits within the window will be drawn, no automatic scaling is possible, even if your game scene is significantly larger than the window size. </description> </method> + <method name="viewport_set_scale_3d"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="viewport" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="scale" type="int" enum="RenderingServer.ViewportScale3D" /> + <description> + Sets the scale at which we render 3D contents. + </description> + </method> <method name="viewport_set_scenario"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="viewport" type="RID" /> @@ -3788,21 +3801,18 @@ <constant name="VIEWPORT_SDF_SCALE_MAX" value="3" enum="ViewportSDFScale"> </constant> <constant name="VIEWPORT_MSAA_DISABLED" value="0" enum="ViewportMSAA"> - Multisample antialiasing is disabled. + Multisample antialiasing for 3D is disabled. This is the default value, and also the fastest setting. </constant> <constant name="VIEWPORT_MSAA_2X" value="1" enum="ViewportMSAA"> - Multisample antialiasing uses 2 samples per pixel. + Multisample antialiasing uses 2 samples per pixel for 3D. This has a moderate impact on performance. </constant> <constant name="VIEWPORT_MSAA_4X" value="2" enum="ViewportMSAA"> - Multisample antialiasing uses 4 samples per pixel. + Multisample antialiasing uses 4 samples per pixel for 3D. This has a high impact on performance. </constant> <constant name="VIEWPORT_MSAA_8X" value="3" enum="ViewportMSAA"> - Multisample antialiasing uses 8 samples per pixel. - </constant> - <constant name="VIEWPORT_MSAA_16X" value="4" enum="ViewportMSAA"> - Multisample antialiasing uses 16 samples per pixel. + Multisample antialiasing uses 8 samples per pixel for 3D. This has a very high impact on performance. Likely unsupported on low-end and older hardware. </constant> - <constant name="VIEWPORT_MSAA_MAX" value="5" enum="ViewportMSAA"> + <constant name="VIEWPORT_MSAA_MAX" value="4" enum="ViewportMSAA"> </constant> <constant name="VIEWPORT_SCREEN_SPACE_AA_DISABLED" value="0" enum="ViewportScreenSpaceAA"> </constant> @@ -3896,6 +3906,16 @@ </constant> <constant name="VIEWPORT_DEBUG_DRAW_OCCLUDERS" value="23" enum="ViewportDebugDraw"> </constant> + <constant name="VIEWPORT_SCALE_3D_DISABLED" value="0" enum="ViewportScale3D"> + </constant> + <constant name="VIEWPORT_SCALE_3D_75_PERCENT" value="1" enum="ViewportScale3D"> + </constant> + <constant name="VIEWPORT_SCALE_3D_50_PERCENT" value="2" enum="ViewportScale3D"> + </constant> + <constant name="VIEWPORT_SCALE_3D_33_PERCENT" value="3" enum="ViewportScale3D"> + </constant> + <constant name="VIEWPORT_SCALE_3D_25_PERCENT" value="4" enum="ViewportScale3D"> + </constant> <constant name="SKY_MODE_AUTOMATIC" value="0" enum="SkyMode"> </constant> <constant name="SKY_MODE_QUALITY" value="1" enum="SkyMode"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Resource.xml b/doc/classes/Resource.xml index 701ecf815c..efb0339aa7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Resource.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Resource.xml @@ -12,17 +12,12 @@ <link title="When and how to avoid using nodes for everything">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/workflow/best_practices/node_alternatives.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_setup_local_to_scene" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="void" /> - <description> - Virtual function which can be overridden to customize the behavior value of [method setup_local_to_scene]. - </description> - </method> <method name="duplicate" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Resource" /> <argument index="0" name="subresources" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> - Duplicates the resource, returning a new resource. By default, sub-resources are shared between resource copies for efficiency. This can be changed by passing [code]true[/code] to the [code]subresources[/code] argument which will copy the subresources. + Duplicates the resource, returning a new resource with the exported members copied. [b]Note:[/b] To duplicate the resource the constructor is called without arguments. This method will error when the constructor doesn't have default values. + By default, sub-resources are shared between resource copies for efficiency. This can be changed by passing [code]true[/code] to the [code]subresources[/code] argument which will copy the subresources. [b]Note:[/b] If [code]subresources[/code] is [code]true[/code], this method will only perform a shallow copy. Nested resources within subresources will not be duplicated and will still be shared. [b]Note:[/b] When duplicating a resource, only [code]export[/code]ed properties are copied. Other properties will be set to their default value in the new resource. </description> @@ -54,7 +49,7 @@ <method name="setup_local_to_scene"> <return type="void" /> <description> - This method is called when a resource with [member resource_local_to_scene] enabled is loaded from a [PackedScene] instantiation. Its behavior can be customized by overriding [method _setup_local_to_scene] from script. + This method is called when a resource with [member resource_local_to_scene] enabled is loaded from a [PackedScene] instantiation. Its behavior can be customized by connecting [signal setup_local_to_scene_requested] from script. For most resources, this method performs no base logic. [ViewportTexture] performs custom logic to properly set the proxy texture and flags in the local viewport. </description> </method> @@ -84,6 +79,10 @@ [b]Note:[/b] This signal is not emitted automatically for custom resources, which means that you need to create a setter and emit the signal yourself. </description> </signal> + <signal name="setup_local_to_scene_requested"> + <description> + </description> + </signal> </signals> <constants> </constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml index bce5785cc1..0c2bb26c02 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml @@ -11,22 +11,28 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_get_dependencies" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="void" /> + <method name="_exists" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <argument index="0" name="path" type="String" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_dependencies" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <argument index="0" name="path" type="String" /> - <argument index="1" name="add_types" type="String" /> + <argument index="1" name="add_types" type="bool" /> <description> If implemented, gets the dependencies of a given resource. If [code]add_types[/code] is [code]true[/code], paths should be appended [code]::TypeName[/code], where [code]TypeName[/code] is the class name of the dependency. [b]Note:[/b] Custom resource types defined by scripts aren't known by the [ClassDB], so you might just return [code]"Resource"[/code] for them. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_recognized_extensions" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_recognized_extensions" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <description> Gets the list of extensions for files this loader is able to read. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_resource_type" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_resource_type" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> <argument index="0" name="path" type="String" /> <description> @@ -34,15 +40,21 @@ [b]Note:[/b] Custom resource types defined by scripts aren't known by the [ClassDB], so you might just return [code]"Resource"[/code] for them. </description> </method> - <method name="_handles_type" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_resource_uid" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="path" type="String" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_handles_type" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="typename" type="StringName" /> + <argument index="0" name="type" type="StringName" /> <description> Tells which resource class this loader can load. [b]Note:[/b] Custom resource types defined by scripts aren't known by the [ClassDB], so you might just handle [code]"Resource"[/code] for them. </description> </method> - <method name="_load" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_load" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Variant" /> <argument index="0" name="path" type="String" /> <argument index="1" name="original_path" type="String" /> @@ -53,10 +65,10 @@ The [code]cache_mode[/code] property defines whether and how the cache should be used or updated when loading the resource. See [enum CacheMode] for details. </description> </method> - <method name="_rename_dependencies" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_rename_dependencies" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="path" type="String" /> - <argument index="1" name="renames" type="String" /> + <argument index="1" name="renames" type="Dictionary" /> <description> If implemented, renames dependencies within the given resource and saves it. [code]renames[/code] is a dictionary [code]{ String => String }[/code] mapping old dependency paths to new paths. Returns [constant OK] on success, or an [enum Error] constant in case of failure. diff --git a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml index ef9eebc953..7ee8875321 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_get_recognized_extensions" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_recognized_extensions" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <argument index="0" name="resource" type="Resource" /> <description> Returns the list of extensions available for saving the resource object, provided it is recognized (see [method _recognize]). </description> </method> - <method name="_recognize" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_recognize" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="resource" type="Resource" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml b/doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml index 142afbb860..fd93f6be56 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ <link title="RichTextEffect test project (third-party)">https://github.com/Eoin-ONeill-Yokai/Godot-Rich-Text-Effect-Test-Project</link> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_process_custom_fx" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_process_custom_fx" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="char_fx" type="CharFXTransform" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml b/doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml index e77232a613..50db1dc122 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml @@ -5,8 +5,9 @@ </brief_description> <description> Rich text can contain custom text, fonts, images and some basic formatting. The label manages these as an internal tag stack. It also adapts itself to given width/heights. - [b]Note:[/b] Assignments to [member bbcode_text] clear the tag stack and reconstruct it from the property's contents. Any edits made to [member bbcode_text] will erase previous edits made from other manual sources such as [method append_bbcode] and the [code]push_*[/code] / [method pop] methods. + [b]Note:[/b] Assignments to [member text] clear the tag stack and reconstruct it from the property's contents. Any edits made to [member text] will erase previous edits made from other manual sources such as [method append_text] and the [code]push_*[/code] / [method pop] methods. [b]Note:[/b] RichTextLabel doesn't support entangled BBCode tags. For example, instead of using [code][b]bold[i]bold italic[/b]italic[/i][/code], use [code][b]bold[i]bold italic[/i][/b][i]italic[/i][/code]. + [b]Note:[/b] [code]push_*/pop[/code] functions won't affect BBCode. [b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Label], RichTextLabel doesn't have a [i]property[/i] to horizontally align text to the center. Instead, enable [member bbcode_enabled] and surround the text in a [code][center][/code] tag as follows: [code][center]Example[/center][/code]. There is currently no built-in way to vertically align text either, but this can be emulated by relying on anchors/containers and the [member fit_content_height] property. </description> <tutorials> @@ -34,18 +35,18 @@ Adds raw non-BBCode-parsed text to the tag stack. </description> </method> - <method name="append_bbcode"> + <method name="append_text"> <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <argument index="0" name="bbcode" type="String" /> <description> Parses [code]bbcode[/code] and adds tags to the tag stack as needed. Returns the result of the parsing, [constant OK] if successful. - [b]Note:[/b] Using this method, you can't close a tag that was opened in a previous [method append_bbcode] call. This is done to improve performance, especially when updating large RichTextLabels since rebuilding the whole BBCode every time would be slower. If you absolutely need to close a tag in a future method call, append the [member bbcode_text] instead of using [method append_bbcode]. + [b]Note:[/b] Using this method, you can't close a tag that was opened in a previous [method append_text] call. This is done to improve performance, especially when updating large RichTextLabels since rebuilding the whole BBCode every time would be slower. If you absolutely need to close a tag in a future method call, append the [member text] instead of using [method append_text]. </description> </method> <method name="clear"> <return type="void" /> <description> - Clears the tag stack and sets [member bbcode_text] to an empty string. + Clears the tag stack and sets [member text] to an empty string. </description> </method> <method name="get_content_height" qualifiers="const"> @@ -66,6 +67,12 @@ Returns the total number of paragraphs (newlines or [code]p[/code] tags in the tag stack's text tags). Considers wrapped text as one paragraph. </description> </method> + <method name="get_parsed_text" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String" /> + <description> + Returns the text without BBCode mark-up. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_selected_text" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <description> @@ -125,7 +132,7 @@ <return type="int" enum="Error" /> <argument index="0" name="bbcode" type="String" /> <description> - The assignment version of [method append_bbcode]. Clears the tag stack and inserts the new content. Returns [constant OK] if parses [code]bbcode[/code] successfully. + The assignment version of [method append_text]. Clears the tag stack and inserts the new content. Returns [constant OK] if parses [code]bbcode[/code] successfully. </description> </method> <method name="parse_expressions_for_values"> @@ -367,10 +374,6 @@ <member name="bbcode_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_use_bbcode" getter="is_using_bbcode" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the label uses BBCode formatting. </member> - <member name="bbcode_text" type="String" setter="set_bbcode" getter="get_bbcode" default=""""> - The label's text in BBCode format. Is not representative of manual modifications to the internal tag stack. Erases changes made by other methods when edited. - [b]Note:[/b] It is unadvised to use the [code]+=[/code] operator with [code]bbcode_text[/code] (e.g. [code]bbcode_text += "some string"[/code]) as it replaces the whole text and can cause slowdowns. Use [method append_bbcode] for adding text instead, unless you absolutely need to close a tag that was opened in an earlier method call. - </member> <member name="custom_effects" type="Array" setter="set_effects" getter="get_effects" default="[]"> The currently installed custom effects. This is an array of [RichTextEffect]s. To add a custom effect, it's more convenient to use [method install_effect]. @@ -412,8 +415,8 @@ The number of spaces associated with a single tab length. Does not affect [code]\t[/code] in text tags, only indent tags. </member> <member name="text" type="String" setter="set_text" getter="get_text" default=""""> - The raw text of the label. - When set, clears the tag stack and adds a raw text tag to the top of it. Does not parse BBCodes. Does not modify [member bbcode_text]. + The label's text in BBCode format. Is not representative of manual modifications to the internal tag stack. Erases changes made by other methods when edited. + [b]Note:[/b] If [member bbcode_enabled] is [code]true[/code], it is unadvised to use the [code]+=[/code] operator with [code]text[/code] (e.g. [code]text += "some string"[/code]) as it replaces the whole text and can cause slowdowns. Use [method append_text] for adding text instead, unless you absolutely need to close a tag that was opened in an earlier method call. </member> <member name="text_direction" type="int" setter="set_text_direction" getter="get_text_direction" enum="Control.TextDirection" default="0"> Base text writing direction. diff --git a/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/RigidDynamicBody2D.xml index db16552db3..059379242b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RigidDynamicBody2D.xml @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="RigidBody2D" inherits="PhysicsBody2D" version="4.0"> +<class name="RigidDynamicBody2D" inherits="PhysicsBody2D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - A body that is controlled by the 2D physics engine. + Physics Body which is moved by 2D physics simulation. Useful for objects that have gravity and can be pushed by other objects. </brief_description> <description> - This node implements simulated 2D physics. You do not control a RigidBody2D directly. Instead, you apply forces to it (gravity, impulses, etc.) and the physics simulation calculates the resulting movement based on its mass, friction, and other physical properties. - A RigidBody2D has 4 behavior [member mode]s: Dynamic, Static, DynamicLocked, and Kinematic. - [b]Note:[/b] You should not change a RigidBody2D's [code]position[/code] or [code]linear_velocity[/code] every frame or even very often. If you need to directly affect the body's state, use [method _integrate_forces], which allows you to directly access the physics state. + This node implements simulated 2D physics. You do not control a RigidDynamicBody2D directly. Instead, you apply forces to it (gravity, impulses, etc.) and the physics simulation calculates the resulting movement based on its mass, friction, and other physical properties. + A RigidDynamicBody2D has 4 behavior [member mode]s: Dynamic, Static, DynamicLocked, and Kinematic. + [b]Note:[/b] You should not change a RigidDynamicBody2D's [code]position[/code] or [code]linear_velocity[/code] every frame or even very often. If you need to directly affect the body's state, use [method _integrate_forces], which allows you to directly access the physics state. Please also keep in mind that physics bodies manage their own transform which overwrites the ones you set. So any direct or indirect transformation (including scaling of the node or its parent) will be visible in the editor only, and immediately reset at runtime. If you need to override the default physics behavior or add a transformation at runtime, you can write a custom force integration. See [member custom_integrator]. The center of mass is always located at the node's origin without taking into account the [CollisionShape2D] centroid offsets. @@ -99,14 +99,21 @@ <member name="can_sleep" type="bool" setter="set_can_sleep" getter="is_able_to_sleep" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], the body can enter sleep mode when there is no movement. See [member sleeping]. </member> + <member name="center_of_mass" type="Vector2" setter="set_center_of_mass" getter="get_center_of_mass" default="Vector2(0, 0)"> + The body's custom center of mass, relative to the body's origin position, when [member center_of_mass_mode] is set to [constant CENTER_OF_MASS_MODE_CUSTOM]. This is the balanced point of the body, where applied forces only cause linear acceleration. Applying forces outside of the center of mass causes angular acceleration. + When [member center_of_mass_mode] is set to [constant CENTER_OF_MASS_MODE_AUTO] (default value), the center of mass is automatically computed. + </member> + <member name="center_of_mass_mode" type="int" setter="set_center_of_mass_mode" getter="get_center_of_mass_mode" enum="RigidDynamicBody2D.CenterOfMassMode" default="0"> + Defines the way the body's center of mass is set. See [enum CenterOfMassMode] for possible values. + </member> <member name="contact_monitor" type="bool" setter="set_contact_monitor" getter="is_contact_monitor_enabled" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the body will emit signals when it collides with another RigidBody2D. See also [member contacts_reported]. + If [code]true[/code], the body will emit signals when it collides with another RigidDynamicBody2D. See also [member contacts_reported]. </member> <member name="contacts_reported" type="int" setter="set_max_contacts_reported" getter="get_max_contacts_reported" default="0"> The maximum number of contacts that will be recorded. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code]. [b]Note:[/b] The number of contacts is different from the number of collisions. Collisions between parallel edges will result in two contacts (one at each end). </member> - <member name="continuous_cd" type="int" setter="set_continuous_collision_detection_mode" getter="get_continuous_collision_detection_mode" enum="RigidBody2D.CCDMode" default="0"> + <member name="continuous_cd" type="int" setter="set_continuous_collision_detection_mode" getter="get_continuous_collision_detection_mode" enum="RigidDynamicBody2D.CCDMode" default="0"> Continuous collision detection mode. Continuous collision detection tries to predict where a moving body will collide instead of moving it and correcting its movement after collision. Continuous collision detection is slower, but more precise and misses fewer collisions with small, fast-moving objects. Raycasting and shapecasting methods are available. See [enum CCDMode] for details. </member> @@ -116,8 +123,9 @@ <member name="gravity_scale" type="float" setter="set_gravity_scale" getter="get_gravity_scale" default="1.0"> Multiplies the gravity applied to the body. The body's gravity is calculated from the [b]Default Gravity[/b] value in [b]Project > Project Settings > Physics > 2d[/b] and/or any additional gravity vector applied by [Area2D]s. </member> - <member name="inertia" type="float" setter="set_inertia" getter="get_inertia"> - The body's moment of inertia. This is like mass, but for rotation: it determines how much torque it takes to rotate the body. The moment of inertia is usually computed automatically from the mass and the shapes, but this function allows you to set a custom value. Set 0 inertia to return to automatically computing it. + <member name="inertia" type="float" setter="set_inertia" getter="get_inertia" default="0.0"> + The body's moment of inertia. This is like mass, but for rotation: it determines how much torque it takes to rotate the body. The moment of inertia is usually computed automatically from the mass and the shapes, but this property allows you to set a custom value. + If set to [code]0[/code], inertia is automatically computed (default value). </member> <member name="linear_damp" type="float" setter="set_linear_damp" getter="get_linear_damp" default="-1.0"> Damps the body's [member linear_velocity]. If [code]-1[/code], the body will use the [b]Default Linear Damp[/b] in [b]Project > Project Settings > Physics > 2d[/b]. @@ -129,8 +137,9 @@ <member name="mass" type="float" setter="set_mass" getter="get_mass" default="1.0"> The body's mass. </member> - <member name="mode" type="int" setter="set_mode" getter="get_mode" enum="RigidBody2D.Mode" default="0"> + <member name="mode" type="int" setter="set_mode" getter="get_mode" enum="RigidDynamicBody2D.Mode" default="0"> The body's mode. See [enum Mode] for possible values. + For a body that uses only Static or Kinematic mode, use [StaticBody2D] or [AnimatableBody2D] instead. </member> <member name="physics_material_override" type="PhysicsMaterial" setter="set_physics_material_override" getter="get_physics_material_override"> The physics material override for the body. @@ -161,11 +170,11 @@ <argument index="2" name="body_shape" type="int" /> <argument index="3" name="local_shape" type="int" /> <description> - Emitted when one of this RigidBody2D's [Shape2D]s collides with another [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]'s [Shape2D]s. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. [TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s. + Emitted when one of this RigidDynamicBody2D's [Shape2D]s collides with another [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]'s [Shape2D]s. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. [TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s. [code]body_id[/code] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileSet]'s [CollisionObject2D] used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. [code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]. [code]body_shape[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. - [code]local_shape[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this RigidBody2D used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. + [code]local_shape[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this RigidDynamicBody2D used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. </description> </signal> <signal name="body_shape_exited"> @@ -174,11 +183,11 @@ <argument index="2" name="body_shape" type="int" /> <argument index="3" name="local_shape" type="int" /> <description> - Emitted when the collision between one of this RigidBody2D's [Shape2D]s and another [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]'s [Shape2D]s ends. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. [TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s. + Emitted when the collision between one of this RigidDynamicBody2D's [Shape2D]s and another [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]'s [Shape2D]s ends. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. [TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s. [code]body_id[/code] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileSet]'s [CollisionObject2D] used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. [code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]. [code]body_shape[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. - [code]local_shape[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this RigidBody2D used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. + [code]local_shape[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this RigidDynamicBody2D used by the [PhysicsServer2D]. </description> </signal> <signal name="sleeping_state_changed"> @@ -199,7 +208,13 @@ Locked dynamic body mode. Similar to [constant MODE_DYNAMIC], but the body can not rotate. </constant> <constant name="MODE_KINEMATIC" value="3" enum="Mode"> - Kinematic body mode. The body behaves like a [StaticBody2D] with [member StaticBody2D.kinematic_motion] enabled, and must be moved by user code. + Kinematic body mode. The body behaves like a [AnimatableBody2D], and must be moved by code. + </constant> + <constant name="CENTER_OF_MASS_MODE_AUTO" value="0" enum="CenterOfMassMode"> + In this mode, the body's center of mass is calculated automatically based on its shapes. + </constant> + <constant name="CENTER_OF_MASS_MODE_CUSTOM" value="1" enum="CenterOfMassMode"> + In this mode, the body's center of mass is set through [member center_of_mass]. Defaults to the body's origin position. </constant> <constant name="CCD_MODE_DISABLED" value="0" enum="CCDMode"> Continuous collision detection disabled. This is the fastest way to detect body collisions, but can miss small, fast-moving objects. diff --git a/doc/classes/RigidBody3D.xml b/doc/classes/RigidDynamicBody3D.xml index f4299335bf..9b6bcd840b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RigidBody3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RigidDynamicBody3D.xml @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="RigidBody3D" inherits="PhysicsBody3D" version="4.0"> +<class name="RigidDynamicBody3D" inherits="PhysicsBody3D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Physics Body whose position is determined through physics simulation in 3D space. + Physics Body which is moved by 3D physics simulation. Useful for objects that have gravity and can be pushed by other objects. </brief_description> <description> - This is the node that implements full 3D physics. This means that you do not control a RigidBody3D directly. Instead, you can apply forces to it (gravity, impulses, etc.), and the physics simulation will calculate the resulting movement, collision, bouncing, rotating, etc. - A RigidBody3D has 4 behavior [member mode]s: Dynamic, Static, DynamicLocked, and Kinematic. - [b]Note:[/b] Don't change a RigidBody3D's position every frame or very often. Sporadic changes work fine, but physics runs at a different granularity (fixed Hz) than usual rendering (process callback) and maybe even in a separate thread, so changing this from a process loop may result in strange behavior. If you need to directly affect the body's state, use [method _integrate_forces], which allows you to directly access the physics state. + This is the node that implements full 3D physics. This means that you do not control a RigidDynamicBody3D directly. Instead, you can apply forces to it (gravity, impulses, etc.), and the physics simulation will calculate the resulting movement, collision, bouncing, rotating, etc. + A RigidDynamicBody3D has 4 behavior [member mode]s: Dynamic, Static, DynamicLocked, and Kinematic. + [b]Note:[/b] Don't change a RigidDynamicBody3D's position every frame or very often. Sporadic changes work fine, but physics runs at a different granularity (fixed Hz) than usual rendering (process callback) and maybe even in a separate thread, so changing this from a process loop may result in strange behavior. If you need to directly affect the body's state, use [method _integrate_forces], which allows you to directly access the physics state. If you need to override the default physics behavior, you can write a custom force integration function. See [member custom_integrator]. - With Bullet physics (the default), the center of mass is the RigidBody3D center. With GodotPhysics, the center of mass is the average of the [CollisionShape3D] centers. + With Bullet physics (the default), the center of mass is the RigidDynamicBody3D center. With GodotPhysics, the center of mass is the average of the [CollisionShape3D] centers. </description> <tutorials> <link title="Physics introduction">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html</link> @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ <method name="get_inverse_inertia_tensor" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Basis" /> <description> - Returns the inverse inertia tensor basis. This is used to calculate the angular acceleration resulting from a torque applied to the [RigidBody3D]. + Returns the inverse inertia tensor basis. This is used to calculate the angular acceleration resulting from a torque applied to the [RigidDynamicBody3D]. </description> </method> <method name="set_axis_velocity"> @@ -93,17 +93,24 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="angular_damp" type="float" setter="set_angular_damp" getter="get_angular_damp" default="-1.0"> - Damps RigidBody3D's rotational forces. + Damps RigidDynamicBody3D's rotational forces. See [member ProjectSettings.physics/3d/default_angular_damp] for more details about damping. </member> <member name="angular_velocity" type="Vector3" setter="set_angular_velocity" getter="get_angular_velocity" default="Vector3(0, 0, 0)"> - RigidBody3D's rotational velocity. + RigidDynamicBody3D's rotational velocity. </member> <member name="can_sleep" type="bool" setter="set_can_sleep" getter="is_able_to_sleep" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], the body can enter sleep mode when there is no movement. See [member sleeping]. </member> + <member name="center_of_mass" type="Vector3" setter="set_center_of_mass" getter="get_center_of_mass" default="Vector3(0, 0, 0)"> + The body's custom center of mass, relative to the body's origin position, when [member center_of_mass_mode] is set to [constant CENTER_OF_MASS_MODE_CUSTOM]. This is the balanced point of the body, where applied forces only cause linear acceleration. Applying forces outside of the center of mass causes angular acceleration. + When [member center_of_mass_mode] is set to [constant CENTER_OF_MASS_MODE_AUTO] (default value), the center of mass is automatically computed. + </member> + <member name="center_of_mass_mode" type="int" setter="set_center_of_mass_mode" getter="get_center_of_mass_mode" enum="RigidDynamicBody3D.CenterOfMassMode" default="0"> + Defines the way the body's center of mass is set. See [enum CenterOfMassMode] for possible values. + </member> <member name="contact_monitor" type="bool" setter="set_contact_monitor" getter="is_contact_monitor_enabled" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the RigidBody3D will emit signals when it collides with another RigidBody3D. See also [member contacts_reported]. + If [code]true[/code], the RigidDynamicBody3D will emit signals when it collides with another RigidDynamicBody3D. See also [member contacts_reported]. </member> <member name="contacts_reported" type="int" setter="set_max_contacts_reported" getter="get_max_contacts_reported" default="0"> The maximum number of contacts that will be recorded. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code]. @@ -117,7 +124,11 @@ If [code]true[/code], internal force integration will be disabled (like gravity or air friction) for this body. Other than collision response, the body will only move as determined by the [method _integrate_forces] function, if defined. </member> <member name="gravity_scale" type="float" setter="set_gravity_scale" getter="get_gravity_scale" default="1.0"> - This is multiplied by the global 3D gravity setting found in [b]Project > Project Settings > Physics > 3d[/b] to produce RigidBody3D's gravity. For example, a value of 1 will be normal gravity, 2 will apply double gravity, and 0.5 will apply half gravity to this object. + This is multiplied by the global 3D gravity setting found in [b]Project > Project Settings > Physics > 3d[/b] to produce RigidDynamicBody3D's gravity. For example, a value of 1 will be normal gravity, 2 will apply double gravity, and 0.5 will apply half gravity to this object. + </member> + <member name="inertia" type="Vector3" setter="set_inertia" getter="get_inertia" default="Vector3(0, 0, 0)"> + The body's moment of inertia. This is like mass, but for rotation: it determines how much torque it takes to rotate the body on each axis. The moment of inertia is usually computed automatically from the mass and the shapes, but this property allows you to set a custom value. + If set to [code]Vector3.ZERO[/code], inertia is automatically computed (default value). </member> <member name="linear_damp" type="float" setter="set_linear_damp" getter="get_linear_damp" default="-1.0"> The body's linear damp. Cannot be less than -1.0. If this value is different from -1.0, any linear damp derived from the world or areas will be overridden. @@ -129,8 +140,9 @@ <member name="mass" type="float" setter="set_mass" getter="get_mass" default="1.0"> The body's mass. </member> - <member name="mode" type="int" setter="set_mode" getter="get_mode" enum="RigidBody3D.Mode" default="0"> - The body mode. See [enum Mode] for possible values. + <member name="mode" type="int" setter="set_mode" getter="get_mode" enum="RigidDynamicBody3D.Mode" default="0"> + The body's mode. See [enum Mode] for possible values. + For a body that uses only Static or Kinematic mode, use [StaticBody3D] or [AnimatableBody3D] instead. </member> <member name="physics_material_override" type="PhysicsMaterial" setter="set_physics_material_override" getter="get_physics_material_override"> The physics material override for the body. @@ -161,11 +173,11 @@ <argument index="2" name="body_shape" type="int" /> <argument index="3" name="local_shape" type="int" /> <description> - Emitted when one of this RigidBody3D's [Shape3D]s collides with another [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap]'s [Shape3D]s. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. [GridMap]s are detected if the [MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape3D]s. + Emitted when one of this RigidDynamicBody3D's [Shape3D]s collides with another [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap]'s [Shape3D]s. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. [GridMap]s are detected if the [MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape3D]s. [code]body_id[/code] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [MeshLibrary]'s [CollisionObject3D] used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. [code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap]. [code]body_shape[/code] the index of the [Shape3D] of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap] used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. - [code]local_shape[/code] the index of the [Shape3D] of this RigidBody3D used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. + [code]local_shape[/code] the index of the [Shape3D] of this RigidDynamicBody3D used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. [b]Note:[/b] Bullet physics cannot identify the shape index when using a [ConcavePolygonShape3D]. Don't use multiple [CollisionShape3D]s when using a [ConcavePolygonShape3D] with Bullet physics if you need shape indices. </description> </signal> @@ -175,11 +187,11 @@ <argument index="2" name="body_shape" type="int" /> <argument index="3" name="local_shape" type="int" /> <description> - Emitted when the collision between one of this RigidBody3D's [Shape3D]s and another [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap]'s [Shape3D]s ends. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. [GridMap]s are detected if the [MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape3D]s. + Emitted when the collision between one of this RigidDynamicBody3D's [Shape3D]s and another [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap]'s [Shape3D]s ends. Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. [GridMap]s are detected if the [MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape3D]s. [code]body_id[/code] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [MeshLibrary]'s [CollisionObject3D] used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. [GridMap]s are detected if the Meshes have [Shape3D]s. [code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap]. [code]body_shape[/code] the index of the [Shape3D] of the other [PhysicsBody3D] or [GridMap] used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. - [code]local_shape[/code] the index of the [Shape3D] of this RigidBody3D used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. + [code]local_shape[/code] the index of the [Shape3D] of this RigidDynamicBody3D used by the [PhysicsServer3D]. [b]Note:[/b] Bullet physics cannot identify the shape index when using a [ConcavePolygonShape3D]. Don't use multiple [CollisionShape3D]s when using a [ConcavePolygonShape3D] with Bullet physics if you need shape indices. </description> </signal> @@ -201,7 +213,13 @@ Locked dynamic body mode. Similar to [constant MODE_DYNAMIC], but the body can not rotate. </constant> <constant name="MODE_KINEMATIC" value="3" enum="Mode"> - Kinematic body mode. The body behaves like a [StaticBody3D] with [member StaticBody3D.kinematic_motion] enabled, and can only move by user code. + Kinematic body mode. The body behaves like a [AnimatableBody3D], and can only move by user code. + </constant> + <constant name="CENTER_OF_MASS_MODE_AUTO" value="0" enum="CenterOfMassMode"> + In this mode, the body's center of mass is calculated automatically based on its shapes. + </constant> + <constant name="CENTER_OF_MASS_MODE_CUSTOM" value="1" enum="CenterOfMassMode"> + In this mode, the body's center of mass is set through [member center_of_mass]. Defaults to the body's origin position. </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml b/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml index 59e3190213..9a38e52b23 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml @@ -215,11 +215,11 @@ </member> <member name="multiplayer_poll" type="bool" setter="set_multiplayer_poll_enabled" getter="is_multiplayer_poll_enabled" default="true"> If [code]true[/code] (default value), enables automatic polling of the [MultiplayerAPI] for this SceneTree during [signal process_frame]. - If [code]false[/code], you need to manually call [method MultiplayerAPI.poll] to process network packets and deliver RPCs/RSETs. This allows running RPCs/RSETs in a different loop (e.g. physics, thread, specific time step) and for manual [Mutex] protection when accessing the [MultiplayerAPI] from threads. + If [code]false[/code], you need to manually call [method MultiplayerAPI.poll] to process network packets and deliver RPCs. This allows running RPCs in a different loop (e.g. physics, thread, specific time step) and for manual [Mutex] protection when accessing the [MultiplayerAPI] from threads. </member> <member name="paused" type="bool" setter="set_pause" getter="is_paused" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the [SceneTree] is paused. Doing so will have the following behavior: - - 2D and 3D physics will be stopped. + - 2D and 3D physics will be stopped. This includes signals and collision detection. - [method Node._process], [method Node._physics_process] and [method Node._input] will not be called anymore in nodes. </member> <member name="root" type="Window" setter="" getter="get_root"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ScriptEditorBase.xml b/doc/classes/ScriptEditorBase.xml index 0efcde5638..08baa705e8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ScriptEditorBase.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ScriptEditorBase.xml @@ -9,13 +9,6 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_add_syntax_highlighter" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="highlighter" type="Object" /> - <description> - Adds a [EditorSyntaxHighlighter] to the open script. - </description> - </method> <method name="get_base_editor" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Control" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/SeparationRayShape2D.xml b/doc/classes/SeparationRayShape2D.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fb90606577 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/SeparationRayShape2D.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="SeparationRayShape2D" inherits="Shape2D" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Separation ray shape for 2D collisions. + </brief_description> + <description> + Separation ray shape for 2D collisions. A ray is not really a collision body; instead, it tries to separate itself from whatever is touching its far endpoint. It's often useful for characters. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="length" type="float" setter="set_length" getter="get_length" default="20.0"> + The ray's length. + </member> + <member name="slide_on_slope" type="bool" setter="set_slide_on_slope" getter="get_slide_on_slope" default="false"> + If [code]false[/code] (default), the shape always separates and returns a normal along its own direction. + If [code]true[/code], the shape can return the correct normal and separate in any direction, allowing sliding motion on slopes. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/SeparationRayShape3D.xml b/doc/classes/SeparationRayShape3D.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ea57e4eb59 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/SeparationRayShape3D.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="SeparationRayShape3D" inherits="Shape3D" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Separation ray shape for 3D collisions. + </brief_description> + <description> + Separation ray shape for 3D collisions, which can be set into a [PhysicsBody3D] or [Area3D]. A ray is not really a collision body; instead, it tries to separate itself from whatever is touching its far endpoint. It's often useful for characters. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="length" type="float" setter="set_length" getter="get_length" default="1.0"> + The ray's length. + </member> + <member name="slide_on_slope" type="bool" setter="set_slide_on_slope" getter="get_slide_on_slope" default="false"> + If [code]false[/code] (default), the shape always separates and returns a normal along its own direction. + If [code]true[/code], the shape can return the correct normal and separate in any direction, allowing sliding motion on slopes. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml b/doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml index 828d24338b..839193fb61 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> Skeleton2D parents a hierarchy of [Bone2D] objects. It is a requirement of [Bone2D]. Skeleton2D holds a reference to the rest pose of its children and acts as a single point of access to its bones. + To setup different types of inverse kinematics for the given Skeleton2D, a [SkeletonModificationStack2D] should be created. They can be applied by creating the desired number of modifications, which can be done by increasing [member SkeletonModificationStack2D.modification_count]. </description> <tutorials> <link title="2D skeletons">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/animation/2d_skeletons.html</link> diff --git a/doc/classes/Skeleton3D.xml b/doc/classes/Skeleton3D.xml index 2f340adb9f..c2b514f232 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Skeleton3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Skeleton3D.xml @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="exception" type="RID" /> <description> Adds a collision exception to the physical bone. - Works just like the [RigidBody3D] node. + Works just like the [RigidDynamicBody3D] node. </description> </method> <method name="physical_bones_remove_collision_exception"> @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="exception" type="RID" /> <description> Removes a collision exception to the physical bone. - Works just like the [RigidBody3D] node. + Works just like the [RigidDynamicBody3D] node. </description> </method> <method name="physical_bones_start_simulation"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DJiggle.xml b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DJiggle.xml index e48e382cd4..6cc1c0b266 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DJiggle.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SkeletonModification3DJiggle.xml @@ -175,19 +175,19 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="damping" type="float" setter="set_damping" getter="get_damping" default="0.75"> - The default amount of dampening applied to the Jiggle joints, if they are not overriden. Higher values lead to more of the calculated velocity being applied. + The default amount of dampening applied to the Jiggle joints, if they are not overridden. Higher values lead to more of the calculated velocity being applied. </member> <member name="gravity" type="Vector3" setter="set_gravity" getter="get_gravity" default="Vector3(0, -6, 0)"> - The default amount of gravity applied to the Jiggle joints, if they are not overriden. + The default amount of gravity applied to the Jiggle joints, if they are not overridden. </member> <member name="jiggle_data_chain_length" type="int" setter="set_jiggle_data_chain_length" getter="get_jiggle_data_chain_length" default="0"> The amount of Jiggle joints in the Jiggle modification. </member> <member name="mass" type="float" setter="set_mass" getter="get_mass" default="0.75"> - The default amount of mass assigned to the Jiggle joints, if they are not overriden. Higher values lead to faster movements and more overshooting. + The default amount of mass assigned to the Jiggle joints, if they are not overridden. Higher values lead to faster movements and more overshooting. </member> <member name="stiffness" type="float" setter="set_stiffness" getter="get_stiffness" default="3.0"> - The default amount of stiffness assigned to the Jiggle joints, if they are not overriden. Higher values act more like springs, quickly moving into the correct position. + The default amount of stiffness assigned to the Jiggle joints, if they are not overridden. Higher values act more like springs, quickly moving into the correct position. </member> <member name="target_nodepath" type="NodePath" setter="set_target_node" getter="get_target_node" default="NodePath("")"> The NodePath to the node that is the target for the Jiggle modification. This node is what the Jiggle chain will attempt to rotate the bone chain to. diff --git a/doc/classes/SoftBody3D.xml b/doc/classes/SoftDynamicBody3D.xml index ddfc14ceac..f999f77e78 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SoftBody3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SoftDynamicBody3D.xml @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="SoftBody3D" inherits="MeshInstance3D" version="4.0"> +<class name="SoftDynamicBody3D" inherits="MeshInstance3D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> A soft mesh physics body. </brief_description> @@ -42,6 +42,20 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="get_point_transform"> + <return type="Vector3" /> + <argument index="0" name="point_index" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns local translation of a vertex in the surface array. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_point_pinned" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <argument index="0" name="point_index" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if vertex is set to pinned. + </description> + </method> <method name="remove_collision_exception_with"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="body" type="Node" /> @@ -65,19 +79,28 @@ Based on [code]value[/code], enables or disables the specified layer in the [member collision_mask], given a [code]layer_number[/code] between 1 and 32. </description> </method> + <method name="set_point_pinned"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="point_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="pinned" type="bool" /> + <argument index="2" name="attachment_path" type="NodePath" default="NodePath("")" /> + <description> + Sets the pinned state of a surface vertex. When set to [code]true[/code], the optional [code]attachment_path[/code] can define a [Node3D] the pinned vertex will be attached to. + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> <member name="collision_layer" type="int" setter="set_collision_layer" getter="get_collision_layer" default="1"> - The physics layers this SoftBody3D [b]is in[/b]. Collision objects can exist in one or more of 32 different layers. See also [member collision_mask]. + The physics layers this SoftDynamicBody3D [b]is in[/b]. Collision objects can exist in one or more of 32 different layers. See also [member collision_mask]. [b]Note:[/b] Object A can detect a contact with object B only if object B is in any of the layers that object A scans. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. </member> <member name="collision_mask" type="int" setter="set_collision_mask" getter="get_collision_mask" default="1"> - The physics layers this SoftBody3D [b]scans[/b]. Collision objects can scan one or more of 32 different layers. See also [member collision_layer]. + The physics layers this SoftDynamicBody3D [b]scans[/b]. Collision objects can scan one or more of 32 different layers. See also [member collision_layer]. [b]Note:[/b] Object A can detect a contact with object B only if object B is in any of the layers that object A scans. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more information. </member> <member name="damping_coefficient" type="float" setter="set_damping_coefficient" getter="get_damping_coefficient" default="0.01"> </member> - <member name="disable_mode" type="int" setter="set_disable_mode" getter="get_disable_mode" enum="SoftBody3D.DisableMode" default="0"> + <member name="disable_mode" type="int" setter="set_disable_mode" getter="get_disable_mode" enum="SoftDynamicBody3D.DisableMode" default="0"> Defines the behavior in physics when [member Node.process_mode] is set to [constant Node.PROCESS_MODE_DISABLED]. See [enum DisableMode] for more details about the different modes. </member> <member name="drag_coefficient" type="float" setter="set_drag_coefficient" getter="get_drag_coefficient" default="0.0"> @@ -85,23 +108,23 @@ <member name="linear_stiffness" type="float" setter="set_linear_stiffness" getter="get_linear_stiffness" default="0.5"> </member> <member name="parent_collision_ignore" type="NodePath" setter="set_parent_collision_ignore" getter="get_parent_collision_ignore" default="NodePath("")"> - [NodePath] to a [CollisionObject3D] this SoftBody3D should avoid clipping. + [NodePath] to a [CollisionObject3D] this SoftDynamicBody3D should avoid clipping. </member> <member name="pressure_coefficient" type="float" setter="set_pressure_coefficient" getter="get_pressure_coefficient" default="0.0"> </member> <member name="ray_pickable" type="bool" setter="set_ray_pickable" getter="is_ray_pickable" default="true"> - If [code]true[/code], the [SoftBody3D] will respond to [RayCast3D]s. + If [code]true[/code], the [SoftDynamicBody3D] will respond to [RayCast3D]s. </member> <member name="simulation_precision" type="int" setter="set_simulation_precision" getter="get_simulation_precision" default="5"> Increasing this value will improve the resulting simulation, but can affect performance. Use with care. </member> <member name="total_mass" type="float" setter="set_total_mass" getter="get_total_mass" default="1.0"> - The SoftBody3D's mass. + The SoftDynamicBody3D's mass. </member> </members> <constants> <constant name="DISABLE_MODE_REMOVE" value="0" enum="DisableMode"> - When [member Node.process_mode] is set to [constant Node.PROCESS_MODE_DISABLED], remove from the physics simulation to stop all physics interactions with this [SoftBody3D]. + When [member Node.process_mode] is set to [constant Node.PROCESS_MODE_DISABLED], remove from the physics simulation to stop all physics interactions with this [SoftDynamicBody3D]. Automatically re-added to the physics simulation when the [Node] is processed again. </constant> <constant name="DISABLE_MODE_KEEP_ACTIVE" value="1" enum="DisableMode"> diff --git a/doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml index 326bf58e22..9cbe0bdb40 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="StaticBody2D" inherits="PhysicsBody2D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Static body for 2D physics. + Physics body for 2D physics which is static or moves only by script. Useful for floor and walls. </brief_description> <description> - Static body for 2D physics. A static body is a simple body that can't be moved by external forces or contacts. It is ideal for implementing objects in the environment, such as walls or platforms. In contrast to [RigidBody2D], they don't consume any CPU resources as long as they don't move. - They however have extra functionalities to move and affect other bodies: - [b]Constant velocity:[/b] [member constant_linear_velocity] and [member constant_angular_velocity] can be set for the static body, so even if it doesn't move, it affects other bodies as if it was moving (this is useful for simulating conveyor belts or conveyor wheels). - [b]Transform change:[/b] Static bodies can be also moved by code. Unless [member kinematic_motion] is enabled, they are just teleported in this case and don't affect other bodies on their path. - [b]Kinematic motion:[/b] Static bodies can have [member kinematic_motion] enabled to make them kinematic bodies that can be moved by code and push other bodies on their path. + Static body for 2D physics. + A static body is a simple body that can't be moved by external forces or contacts. It is ideal for implementing objects in the environment, such as walls or platforms. In contrast to [RigidDynamicBody2D], it doesn't consume any CPU resources as long as they don't move. + They have extra functionalities to move and affect other bodies: + [b]Static transform change:[/b] Static bodies can be moved by animation or script. In this case, they are just teleported and don't affect other bodies on their path. + [b]Constant velocity:[/b] When [member constant_linear_velocity] or [member constant_angular_velocity] is set, static bodies don't move themselves but affect touching bodies as if they were moving. This is useful for simulating conveyor belts or conveyor wheels. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -16,22 +16,15 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="constant_angular_velocity" type="float" setter="set_constant_angular_velocity" getter="get_constant_angular_velocity" default="0.0"> - The body's constant angular velocity. This does not rotate the body (unless [member kinematic_motion] is enabled), but affects other bodies that touch it, as if it were rotating. + The body's constant angular velocity. This does not rotate the body, but affects touching bodies, as if it were rotating. </member> <member name="constant_linear_velocity" type="Vector2" setter="set_constant_linear_velocity" getter="get_constant_linear_velocity" default="Vector2(0, 0)"> - The body's constant linear velocity. This does not move the body (unless [member kinematic_motion] is enabled), but affects other bodies that touch it, as if it were moving. - </member> - <member name="kinematic_motion" type="bool" setter="set_kinematic_motion_enabled" getter="is_kinematic_motion_enabled" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the body will act the same as a [RigidBody2D] in [constant RigidBody2D.MODE_KINEMATIC] mode. - When the body is moved manually, either from code or from an [AnimationPlayer] (with [member AnimationPlayer.playback_process_mode] set to [code]physics[/code]), the physics will automatically compute an estimate of their linear and angular velocity. This makes them very useful for moving platforms or other AnimationPlayer-controlled objects (like a door, a bridge that opens, etc). + The body's constant linear velocity. This does not move the body, but affects touching bodies, as if it were moving. </member> <member name="physics_material_override" type="PhysicsMaterial" setter="set_physics_material_override" getter="get_physics_material_override"> The physics material override for the body. If a material is assigned to this property, it will be used instead of any other physics material, such as an inherited one. </member> - <member name="sync_to_physics" type="bool" setter="set_sync_to_physics" getter="is_sync_to_physics_enabled" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code] and [member kinematic_motion] is enabled, the body's movement will be synchronized to the physics frame. This is useful when animating movement via [AnimationPlayer], for example on moving platforms. Do [b]not[/b] use together with [method PhysicsBody2D.move_and_collide]. - </member> </members> <constants> </constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/StaticBody3D.xml b/doc/classes/StaticBody3D.xml index 69c123002f..6e2377def0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StaticBody3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StaticBody3D.xml @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="StaticBody3D" inherits="PhysicsBody3D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Static body for 3D physics. + Physics body for 3D physics which is static or moves only by script. Useful for floor and walls. </brief_description> <description> - Static body for 3D physics. A static body is a simple body that can't be moved by external forces or contacts. It is ideal for implementing objects in the environment, such as walls or platforms. In contrast to [RigidBody3D], they don't consume any CPU resources as long as they don't move. - They however have extra functionalities to move and affect other bodies: - [b]Constant velocity:[/b] [member constant_linear_velocity] and [member constant_angular_velocity] can be set for the static body, so even if it doesn't move, it affects other bodies as if it was moving (this is useful for simulating conveyor belts or conveyor wheels). - [b]Transform change:[/b] Static bodies can be also moved by code. Unless [member kinematic_motion] is enabled, they are just teleported in this case and don't affect other bodies on their path. - [b]Kinematic motion:[/b] Static bodies can have [member kinematic_motion] enabled to make them kinematic bodies that can be moved by code and push other bodies on their path. + Static body for 3D physics. + A static body is a simple body that can't be moved by external forces or contacts. It is ideal for implementing objects in the environment, such as walls or platforms. In contrast to [RigidDynamicBody3D], it doesn't consume any CPU resources as long as they don't move. + They have extra functionalities to move and affect other bodies: + [b]Static transform change:[/b] Static bodies can be moved by animation or script. In this case, they are just teleported and don't affect other bodies on their path. + [b]Constant velocity:[/b] When [member constant_linear_velocity] or [member constant_angular_velocity] is set, static bodies don't move themselves but affect touching bodies as if they were moving. This is useful for simulating conveyor belts or conveyor wheels. </description> <tutorials> <link title="3D Physics Tests Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/675</link> @@ -19,22 +19,15 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="constant_angular_velocity" type="Vector3" setter="set_constant_angular_velocity" getter="get_constant_angular_velocity" default="Vector3(0, 0, 0)"> - The body's constant angular velocity. This does not rotate the body (unless [member kinematic_motion] is enabled), but affects other bodies that touch it, as if it were rotating. + The body's constant angular velocity. This does not rotate the body, but affects touching bodies, as if it were rotating. </member> <member name="constant_linear_velocity" type="Vector3" setter="set_constant_linear_velocity" getter="get_constant_linear_velocity" default="Vector3(0, 0, 0)"> - The body's constant linear velocity. This does not move the body (unless [member kinematic_motion] is enabled), but affects other bodies that touch it, as if it were moving. - </member> - <member name="kinematic_motion" type="bool" setter="set_kinematic_motion_enabled" getter="is_kinematic_motion_enabled" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the body will act the same as a [RigidBody3D] in [constant RigidBody3D.MODE_KINEMATIC] mode. - When the body is moved manually, either from code or from an [AnimationPlayer] (with [member AnimationPlayer.playback_process_mode] set to [code]physics[/code]), the physics will automatically compute an estimate of their linear and angular velocity. This makes them very useful for moving platforms or other AnimationPlayer-controlled objects (like a door, a bridge that opens, etc). + The body's constant linear velocity. This does not move the body, but affects touching bodies, as if it were moving. </member> <member name="physics_material_override" type="PhysicsMaterial" setter="set_physics_material_override" getter="get_physics_material_override"> The physics material override for the body. If a material is assigned to this property, it will be used instead of any other physics material, such as an inherited one. </member> - <member name="sync_to_physics" type="bool" setter="set_sync_to_physics" getter="is_sync_to_physics_enabled" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code] and [member kinematic_motion] is enabled, the body's movement will be synchronized to the physics frame. This is useful when animating movement via [AnimationPlayer], for example on moving platforms. Do [b]not[/b] use together with [method PhysicsBody3D.move_and_collide]. - </member> </members> <constants> </constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/String.xml b/doc/classes/String.xml index 97efc24bd1..eb6c52d662 100644 --- a/doc/classes/String.xml +++ b/doc/classes/String.xml @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ <method name="is_absolute_path" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> - If the string is a path to a file or directory, returns [code]true[/code] if the path is absolute. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the string is a path to a file or directory and its starting point is explicitly defined. This includes [code]res://[/code], [code]user://[/code], [code]C:\[/code], [code]/[/code], etc. </description> </method> <method name="is_empty" qualifiers="const"> @@ -248,10 +248,10 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the length of the string equals [code]0[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="is_rel_path" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="is_relative_path" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> - If the string is a path to a file or directory, returns [code]true[/code] if the path is relative. + Returns [code]true[/code] if the string is a path to a file or directory and its starting point is implicitly defined within the context it is being used. The starting point may refer to the current directory ([code]./[/code]), or the current [Node]. </description> </method> <method name="is_subsequence_of" qualifiers="const"> @@ -646,6 +646,12 @@ Returns the similarity index of the text compared to this string. 1 means totally similar and 0 means totally dissimilar. </description> </method> + <method name="simplify_path" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String" /> + <description> + Returns a simplified canonical path. + </description> + </method> <method name="split" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray" /> <argument index="0" name="delimiter" type="String" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml b/doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml index 59ab724f48..40f6075528 100644 --- a/doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml +++ b/doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml @@ -120,6 +120,7 @@ <members> <member name="anti_aliasing" type="bool" setter="set_anti_aliased" getter="is_anti_aliased" default="true"> Antialiasing draws a small ring around the edges, which fades to transparency. As a result, edges look much smoother. This is only noticeable when using rounded corners. + [b]Note:[/b] When using beveled corners with 45-degree angles ([member corner_detail] = 1), it is recommended to set [member anti_aliasing] to [code]false[/code] to ensure crisp visuals and avoid possible visual glitches. </member> <member name="anti_aliasing_size" type="float" setter="set_aa_size" getter="get_aa_size" default="0.625"> This changes the size of the faded ring. Higher values can be used to achieve a "blurry" effect. diff --git a/doc/classes/SyntaxHighlighter.xml b/doc/classes/SyntaxHighlighter.xml index ea0d1c27a3..c478cb0eb6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SyntaxHighlighter.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SyntaxHighlighter.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Virtual method which can be overridden to clear any local caches. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_line_syntax_highlighting" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_line_syntax_highlighting" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="Dictionary" /> <argument index="0" name="line" type="int" /> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/TabContainer.xml b/doc/classes/TabContainer.xml index fbda005865..77bd7b1a0a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TabContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TabContainer.xml @@ -57,6 +57,13 @@ Returns the [Texture2D] for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code] or [code]null[/code] if the tab has no [Texture2D]. </description> </method> + <method name="get_tab_idx_at_point" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="point" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + Returns the index of the tab at local coordinates [code]point[/code]. Returns [code]-1[/code] if the point is outside the control boundaries or if there's no tab at the queried position. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_tab_title" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <argument index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml b/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml index 7aa627b7d0..abb4119584 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ </method> <method name="_handle_unicode_input" qualifiers="virtual"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="unicode" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="unicode_char" type="int" /> <description> Override this method to define what happens when the types in the provided key [code]unicode[/code]. </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextParagraph.xml b/doc/classes/TextParagraph.xml index fb94e14c8d..aa35acdbd2 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextParagraph.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextParagraph.xml @@ -220,13 +220,13 @@ <method name="get_spacing_bottom" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> - Returns extra spacing at the bottom of the line. See [member Font.extra_spacing_bottom]. + Returns extra spacing at the bottom of the line. See [member Font.spacing_bottom]. </description> </method> <method name="get_spacing_top" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> - Returns extra spacing at the top of the line. See [member Font.extra_spacing_top]. + Returns extra spacing at the top of the line. See [member Font.spacing_top]. </description> </method> <method name="hit_test" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextServer.xml b/doc/classes/TextServer.xml index ac56be4392..661c4f05ef 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextServer.xml @@ -9,42 +9,10 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="create_font_bitmap"> + <method name="create_font"> <return type="RID" /> - <argument index="0" name="height" type="float" /> - <argument index="1" name="ascent" type="float" /> - <argument index="2" name="base_size" type="int" /> <description> - Creates new, empty bitmap font. To free the resulting font, use [method free_rid] method. - </description> - </method> - <method name="create_font_memory"> - <return type="RID" /> - <argument index="0" name="data" type="PackedByteArray" /> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="String" /> - <argument index="2" name="base_size" type="int" default="16" /> - <description> - Creates new font from the data in memory. To free the resulting font, use [method free_rid] method. - Note: For non-scalable fonts [code]base_size[/code] is ignored, use [method font_get_base_size] to check actual font size. - </description> - </method> - <method name="create_font_resource"> - <return type="RID" /> - <argument index="0" name="filename" type="String" /> - <argument index="1" name="base_size" type="int" default="16" /> - <description> - Creates new font from the file. To free the resulting font, use [method free_rid] method. - Note: For non-scalable fonts [code]base_size[/code] is ignored, use [method font_get_base_size] to check actual font size. - </description> - </method> - <method name="create_font_system"> - <return type="RID" /> - <argument index="0" name="name" type="String" /> - <argument index="1" name="base_size" type="int" default="16" /> - <description> - Creates new font from the system font. To free the resulting font, use [method free_rid] method. - Note: This method is supported by servers with the [code]FEATURE_FONT_SYSTEM[/code] feature. - Note: For non-scalable fonts [code]base_size[/code] is ignored, use [method font_get_base_size] to check actual font size. + Creates new, empty font cache entry resource. To free the resulting resourec, use [method free_rid] method. </description> </method> <method name="create_shaped_text"> @@ -68,52 +36,53 @@ Draws box displaying character hexadecimal code. Used for replacing missing characters. </description> </method> - <method name="font_bitmap_add_char"> + <method name="font_clear_glyphs"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <argument index="1" name="char" type="int" /> - <argument index="2" name="texture_idx" type="int" /> - <argument index="3" name="rect" type="Rect2" /> - <argument index="4" name="align" type="Vector2" /> - <argument index="5" name="advance" type="float" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Adds a character to the font, where [code]character[/code] is the Unicode value, [code]texture[/code] is the texture index, [code]rect[/code] is the region in the texture (in pixels!), [code]align[/code] is the (optional) alignment for the character and [code]advance[/code] is the (optional) advance. + Removes all rendered glyphs information from the cache entry. Note: This function will not remove textures associated with the glyphs, use [method font_remove_texture] to remove them manually. </description> </method> - <method name="font_bitmap_add_kerning_pair"> + <method name="font_clear_kerning_map"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <argument index="1" name="A" type="int" /> - <argument index="2" name="B" type="int" /> - <argument index="3" name="kerning" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> <description> - Adds a kerning pair to the bitmap font as a difference. Kerning pairs are special cases where a typeface advance is determined by the next character. + Removes all kerning overrides. </description> </method> - <method name="font_bitmap_add_texture"> + <method name="font_clear_size_cache"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <argument index="1" name="texture" type="Texture" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <description> + Removes all font sizes from the cache entry + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_clear_textures"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Adds a texture to the bitmap font. + Removes all textures from font cache entry. Note: This function will not remove glyphs associated with the texture, use [method font_remove_glyph] to remove them manually. </description> </method> <method name="font_draw_glyph" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="canvas" type="RID" /> <argument index="2" name="size" type="int" /> <argument index="3" name="pos" type="Vector2" /> <argument index="4" name="index" type="int" /> <argument index="5" name="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <description> - Draws single glyph into a canvas item at the position, using [code]font[/code] at the size [code]size[/code]. + Draws single glyph into a canvas item at the position, using [code]font_rid[/code] at the size [code]size[/code]. Note: Glyph index is specific to the font, use glyphs indices returned by [method shaped_text_get_glyphs] or [method font_get_glyph_index]. </description> </method> <method name="font_draw_glyph_outline" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="canvas" type="RID" /> <argument index="2" name="size" type="int" /> <argument index="3" name="outline_size" type="int" /> @@ -121,68 +90,46 @@ <argument index="5" name="index" type="int" /> <argument index="6" name="color" type="Color" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)" /> <description> - Draws single glyph outline of size [code]outline_size[/code] into a canvas item at the position, using [code]font[/code] at the size [code]size[/code]. + Draws single glyph outline of size [code]outline_size[/code] into a canvas item at the position, using [code]font_rid[/code] at the size [code]size[/code]. Note: Glyph index is specific to the font, use glyphs indices returned by [method shaped_text_get_glyphs] or [method font_get_glyph_index]. </description> </method> - <method name="font_get_antialiased" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <description> - Returns [code]true[/code], if font anti-aliasing is supported and enabled. - </description> - </method> <method name="font_get_ascent" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> <description> Returns the font ascent (number of pixels above the baseline). </description> </method> - <method name="font_get_base_size" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="float" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <description> - Returns the default size of the font. - </description> - </method> <method name="font_get_descent" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> <description> Returns the font descent (number of pixels below the baseline). </description> </method> - <method name="font_get_distance_field_hint" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <description> - Returns [code]true[/code], if distance field hint is enabled. - </description> - </method> - <method name="font_get_feature_list" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Dictionary" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <method name="font_get_fixed_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <description> - Returns list of OpenType features supported by font. + Returns bitmap font fixed size. </description> </method> - <method name="font_get_force_autohinter" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <method name="font_get_global_oversampling" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code], if autohinter is supported and enabled. + Returns the font oversampling factor, shared by all fonts in the TextServer. </description> </method> <method name="font_get_glyph_advance" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <argument index="1" name="index" type="int" /> - <argument index="2" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> <description> - Returns advance of the glyph. + Returns glyph advance (offset of the next glyph). Note: advance for glyphs outlines is the same as the base glyph advance and is not saved. </description> </method> <method name="font_get_glyph_contours" qualifiers="const"> @@ -191,7 +138,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> <argument index="2" name="index" type="int" /> <description> - Returns outline contours of the glyph in a Dictionary. + Returns outline contours of the glyph as a [code]Dictionary[/code] with the following contents: [code]points[/code] - [PackedVector3Array], containing outline points. [code]x[/code] and [code]y[/code] are point coordinates. [code]z[/code] is the type of the point, using the [enum ContourPointTag] values. [code]contours[/code] - [PackedInt32Array], containing indices the end points of each contour. [code]orientation[/code] - [bool], contour orientation. If [code]true[/code], clockwise contours must be filled. @@ -199,41 +146,85 @@ </method> <method name="font_get_glyph_index" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <argument index="1" name="char" type="int" /> - <argument index="2" name="variation_selector" type="int" default="0" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="char" type="int" /> + <argument index="3" name="variation_selector" type="int" /> <description> Returns the glyph index of a [code]char[/code], optionally modified by the [code]variation_selector[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="font_get_glyph_kerning" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="font_get_glyph_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <description> + Returns list of rendered glyphs in the cache entry. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_glyph_offset" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <argument index="1" name="index_a" type="int" /> - <argument index="2" name="index_b" type="int" /> - <argument index="3" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a kerning of the pair of glyphs. + Returns glyph offset from the baseline. </description> </method> - <method name="font_get_height" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="float" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <method name="font_get_glyph_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> <description> - Returns the total font height (ascent plus descent) in pixels. + Returns size of the glyph. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_glyph_texture_idx" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns index of the cache texture containing the glyph. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_glyph_uv_rect" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Rect2" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns rectangle in the cache texture containing the glyph. </description> </method> <method name="font_get_hinting" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" enum="TextServer.Hinting" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <description> - Returns the font hinting. + Returns the font hinting mode. Used by dynamic fonts only. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_kerning" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph_pair" type="Vector2i" /> + <description> + Returns kerning for the pair of glyphs. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_kerning_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns list of the kerning overrides. </description> </method> <method name="font_get_language_support_override"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="language" type="String" /> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if support override is enabled for the [code]language[/code]. @@ -241,20 +232,43 @@ </method> <method name="font_get_language_support_overrides"> <return type="PackedStringArray" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <description> Returns list of language support overrides. </description> </method> + <method name="font_get_msdf_pixel_range" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <description> + Return the width of the range around the shape between the minimum and maximum representable signed distance. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_msdf_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns source font size used to generate MSDF textures. + </description> + </method> <method name="font_get_oversampling" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <description> - Returns the font oversampling factor, shared by all fonts in the TextServer. + Returns font oversampling factor, if set to [code]0.0[/code] global oversampling factor is used instead. Used by dynamic fonts only. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_scale" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns scaling factor of the color bitmap font. </description> </method> <method name="font_get_script_support_override"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="script" type="String" /> <description> Returns [code]true[/code] if support override is enabled for the [code]script[/code]. @@ -262,98 +276,149 @@ </method> <method name="font_get_script_support_overrides"> <return type="PackedStringArray" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <description> Returns list of script support overrides. </description> </method> - <method name="font_get_spacing_glyph" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <method name="font_get_size_cache_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <description> - Returns extra spacing for each glyph in pixels. + Return list of the font sizes in the cache. Each size is [code]Vector2i[/code] with font size and outline size. </description> </method> - <method name="font_get_spacing_space" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="font_get_spacing" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="spacing" type="int" enum="TextServer.SpacingType" /> <description> - Sets extra spacing for each glyph in pixels. + Returns extra spacing added between glyphs in pixels. </description> </method> <method name="font_get_supported_chars" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <description> Returns a string containing all the characters available in the font. </description> </method> - <method name="font_get_underline_position" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="float" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <method name="font_get_texture_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - Returns underline offset (number of pixels below the baseline). + Returns number of textures used by font cache entry. </description> </method> - <method name="font_get_underline_thickness" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="font_get_texture_image" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Image" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="texture_index" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns font cache texture image data. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_texture_offsets" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="PackedInt32Array" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="texture_index" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns array containing the first free pixel in the each column of texture. Should be the same size as texture width or empty. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_underline_position" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> <description> - Returns underline thickness in pixels. + Returns pixel offset of the underline below the baseline. </description> </method> - <method name="font_get_variation" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="font_get_underline_thickness" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <argument index="1" name="tag" type="String" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> <description> - Returns variation coordinate [code]tag[/code]. + Returns thickness of the underline in pixels. </description> </method> - <method name="font_get_variation_list" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="font_get_variation_coordinates" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Dictionary" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <description> - Returns list of supported [url=https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/dvaraxisreg]variation coordinates[/url], each coordinate is returned as [code]tag: Vector3i(min_value,max_value,default_value)[/code]. - Font variations allow for continuous change of glyph characteristics along some given design axis, such as weight, width or slant. + Returns variation coordinates for the specified font cache entry. See [method font_supported_variation_list] for more info. </description> </method> <method name="font_has_char" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="char" type="int" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]char[/code] is available in the font. + Return [code]true[/code] if a Unicode [code]char[/code] is available in the font. </description> </method> - <method name="font_has_outline" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="font_is_antialiased" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if font 8-bit anitialiased glyph rendering is supported and enabled. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_is_force_autohinter" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code], if font supports glyph outlines. + Returns [code]true[/code] if auto-hinting is supported and preffered over font built-in hinting. Used by dynamic fonts only. </description> </method> <method name="font_is_language_supported" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="language" type="String" /> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code], if font supports given language (ISO 639 code). + Returns [code]true[/code], if font supports given language ([url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_639-1]ISO 639[/url] code). + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_is_multichannel_signed_distance_field" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if glyphs of all sizes are rendered using single multichannel signed distance field generated from the dynamic font vector data. </description> </method> <method name="font_is_script_supported" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="script" type="String" /> <description> Returns [code]true[/code], if font supports given script (ISO 15924 code). </description> </method> + <method name="font_remove_glyph"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> + <description> + Removes specified rendered glyph information from the cache entry. Note: This function will not remove textures associated with the glyphs, use [method font_remove_texture] to remove them manually. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_remove_kerning"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph_pair" type="Vector2i" /> + <description> + Removes kerning override for the pair of glyphs. + </description> + </method> <method name="font_remove_language_support_override"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="language" type="String" /> <description> Remove language support override. @@ -361,92 +426,300 @@ </method> <method name="font_remove_script_support_override"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="script" type="String" /> <description> Removes script support override. </description> </method> + <method name="font_remove_size_cache"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <description> + Removes specified font size from the cache entry. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_remove_texture"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="texture_index" type="int" /> + <description> + Removes specified texture from font cache entry. Note: This function will not remove glyphs associated with the texture, remove them manually, using [method font_remove_glyph]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_render_glyph"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="index" type="int" /> + <description> + Renders specified glyph the the font cache texture. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_render_range"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="start" type="int" /> + <argument index="3" name="end" type="int" /> + <description> + Renders the range of characters to the font cache texture. + </description> + </method> <method name="font_set_antialiased"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="antialiased" type="bool" /> <description> - Sets font anti-aliasing. + If set to [code]true[/code], 8-bit antialiased glyph rendering is used, otherwise 1-bit rendering is used. Used by dynamic fonts only. </description> </method> - <method name="font_set_distance_field_hint"> + <method name="font_set_ascent"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <argument index="1" name="distance_field" type="bool" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="ascent" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets the font ascent (number of pixels above the baseline). + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_data"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="data" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="arg1" type="PackedByteArray" /> <description> - Sets font distance field hint. + Sets font source data, e.g contents of the dynamic font source file. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_descent"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="descent" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets the font descent (number of pixels below the baseline). + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_fixed_size"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="fixed_size" type="int" /> + <description> + Sets bitmap font fixed size. If set to value greater than zero, same cache entry will be used for all font sizes. </description> </method> <method name="font_set_force_autohinter"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <argument index="1" name="enabeld" type="bool" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="force_autohinter" type="bool" /> + <description> + If set to [code]true[/code] auto-hinting is preffered over font built-in hinting. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_global_oversampling"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="oversampling" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets oversampling factor, shared by all font in the TextServer. + Note: This value can be automaticaly changed by display server. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_glyph_advance"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> + <argument index="3" name="advance" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + Sets glyph advance (offset of the next glyph). Note: advance for glyphs outlines is the same as the base glyph advance and is not saved. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_glyph_offset"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> + <argument index="3" name="offset" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + Sets glyph offset from the baseline. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_glyph_size"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> + <argument index="3" name="gl_size" type="Vector2" /> <description> - Enables/disables default autohinter. + Sets size of the glyph. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_glyph_texture_idx"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> + <argument index="3" name="texture_idx" type="int" /> + <description> + Sets index of the cache texture containing the glyph. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_glyph_uv_rect"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph" type="int" /> + <argument index="3" name="uv_rect" type="Rect2" /> + <description> + Sets rectangle in the cache texture containing the glyph. </description> </method> <method name="font_set_hinting"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <argument index="1" name="hinting" type="int" enum="TextServer.Hinting" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="_hinting" type="int" enum="TextServer.Hinting" /> <description> - Sets font hinting. + Sets font hinting mode. Used by dynamic fonts only. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_kerning"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="glyph_pair" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="3" name="kerning" type="Vector2" /> + <description> + Sets kerning for the pair of glyphs. </description> </method> <method name="font_set_language_support_override"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="language" type="String" /> <argument index="2" name="supported" type="bool" /> <description> Adds override for [method font_is_language_supported]. </description> </method> + <method name="font_set_msdf_pixel_range"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="msdf_pixel_range" type="int" /> + <description> + Sets the width of the range around the shape between the minimum and maximum representable signed distance. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_msdf_size"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="msdf_size" type="int" /> + <description> + Sets source font size used to generate MSDF textures. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_multichannel_signed_distance_field"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="msdf" type="bool" /> + <description> + If set to [code]true[/code], glyphs of all sizes are rendered using single multichannel signed distance field generated from the dynamic font vector data. MSDF rendering allows displaying the font at any scaling factor without blurriness, and without incurring a CPU cost when the font size changes (since the font no longer needs to be rasterized on the CPU). As a downside, font hinting is not available with MSDF. The lack of font hinting may result in less crisp and less readable fonts at small sizes. + [b]Note:[/b] MSDF font rendering does not render glyphs with overlapping shapes correctly. Overlapping shapes are not valid per the OpenType standard, but are still commonly found in many font files, especially those converted by Google Fonts. To avoid issues with overlapping glyphs, consider downloading the font file directly from the type foundry instead of relying on Google Fonts. + </description> + </method> <method name="font_set_oversampling"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="oversampling" type="float" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="oversampling" type="float" /> <description> - Sets oversampling factor, shared by all font in the TextServer. + Sets font oversampling factor, if set to [code]0.0[/code] global oversampling factor is used instead. Used by dynamic fonts only. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_scale"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="scale" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets scaling factor of the color bitmap font. </description> </method> <method name="font_set_script_support_override"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <argument index="1" name="script" type="String" /> <argument index="2" name="supported" type="bool" /> <description> Adds override for [method font_is_script_supported]. </description> </method> - <method name="font_set_spacing_glyph"> + <method name="font_set_spacing"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="spacing" type="int" enum="TextServer.SpacingType" /> + <argument index="3" name="value" type="int" /> <description> - Returns extra spacing for the space character in pixels. + Sets extra spacing added between glyphs in pixels. </description> </method> - <method name="font_set_spacing_space"> + <method name="font_set_texture_image"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="texture_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="3" name="image" type="Image" /> <description> - Sets extra spacing for the space character in pixels. + Sets font cache texture image data. </description> </method> - <method name="font_set_variation"> + <method name="font_set_texture_offsets"> <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID" /> - <argument index="1" name="tag" type="String" /> - <argument index="2" name="value" type="float" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="2" name="texture_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="3" name="offset" type="PackedInt32Array" /> + <description> + Sets array containing the first free pixel in the each column of texture. Should be the same size as texture width or empty. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_underline_position"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="underline_position" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets pixel offset of the underline below the baseline. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_underline_thickness"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="underline_thickness" type="float" /> + <description> + Sets thickness of the underline in pixels. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_variation_coordinates"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="variation_coordinates" type="Dictionary" /> + <description> + Sets variation coordinates for the specified font cache entry. See [method font_supported_variation_list] for more info. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_supported_feature_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Dictionary" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_supported_variation_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Dictionary" /> + <argument index="0" name="font_rid" type="RID" /> <description> - Sets variation coordinate [code]name[/code]. Unsupported coordinates will be silently ignored. </description> </method> <method name="format_number" qualifiers="const"> @@ -478,13 +751,6 @@ Returns the name of the server interface. </description> </method> - <method name="get_system_fonts" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="PackedStringArray" /> - <description> - Returns list of available system fonts. - Note: This method is supported by servers with the [code]FEATURE_FONT_SYSTEM[/code] feature. - </description> - </method> <method name="has"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="rid" type="RID" /> @@ -514,7 +780,7 @@ Note: This function should be called before any other TextServer functions used, otherwise it won't have any effect. </description> </method> - <method name="name_to_tag"> + <method name="name_to_tag" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="name" type="String" /> <description> @@ -890,7 +1156,7 @@ Aligns shaped text to the given tab-stops. </description> </method> - <method name="tag_to_name"> + <method name="tag_to_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <argument index="0" name="tag" type="int" /> <description> @@ -1023,5 +1289,17 @@ <constant name="CONTOUR_CURVE_TAG_OFF_CUBIC" value="2" enum="ContourPointTag"> Contour point isn't on the curve, but serves as a control point for a cubic Bézier arc. </constant> + <constant name="SPACING_GLYPH" value="0" enum="SpacingType"> + Spacing for each glyph. + </constant> + <constant name="SPACING_SPACE" value="1" enum="SpacingType"> + Spacing for the space character. + </constant> + <constant name="SPACING_TOP" value="2" enum="SpacingType"> + Spacing at the top of the line. + </constant> + <constant name="SPACING_BOTTOM" value="3" enum="SpacingType"> + Spacing at the bottom of the line. + </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextureProgressBar.xml b/doc/classes/TextureProgressBar.xml index 9da89ebe43..ee47557b39 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextureProgressBar.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextureProgressBar.xml @@ -60,6 +60,9 @@ [Texture2D] that clips based on the node's [code]value[/code] and [member fill_mode]. As [code]value[/code] increased, the texture fills up. It shows entirely when [code]value[/code] reaches [code]max_value[/code]. It doesn't show at all if [code]value[/code] is equal to [code]min_value[/code]. The [code]value[/code] property comes from [Range]. See [member Range.value], [member Range.min_value], [member Range.max_value]. </member> + <member name="texture_progress_offset" type="Vector2" setter="set_texture_progress_offset" getter="get_texture_progress_offset" default="Vector2(0, 0)"> + The offset of [member texture_progress]. Useful for [member texture_over] and [member texture_under] with fancy borders, to avoid transparent margins in your progress texture. + </member> <member name="texture_under" type="Texture2D" setter="set_under_texture" getter="get_under_texture"> [Texture2D] that draws under the progress bar. The bar's background. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/Thread.xml b/doc/classes/Thread.xml index b553aad518..9c9119c664 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Thread.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Thread.xml @@ -40,6 +40,8 @@ <return type="Variant" /> <description> Joins the [Thread] and waits for it to finish. Returns what the method called returned. + Should either be used when you want to retrieve the value returned from the method called by the [Thread] or before freeing the instance that contains the [Thread]. + [b]Note:[/b] After the [Thread] finishes joining it will be disposed. If you want to use it again you will have to create a new instance of it. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileData.xml b/doc/classes/TileData.xml index b5031cfc63..b18ca29a8c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileData.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileData.xml @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <description> + Adds a collision polygon to the tile on the given TileSet physics layer. </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_polygon_one_way_margin" qualifiers="const"> @@ -18,6 +19,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="polygon_index" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the one-way margin (for one-way platforms) of the polygon at index [code]polygon_index[/code] for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_polygon_points" qualifiers="const"> @@ -25,42 +27,49 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="polygon_index" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the points of the polygon at index [code]polygon_index[/code] for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_collision_polygons_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <description> + Returns how many polygons the tile has for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_custom_data" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant" /> <argument index="0" name="layer_name" type="String" /> <description> + Returns the custom data value for custom data layer named [code]layer_name[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_custom_data_by_layer_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant" /> <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the custom data value for custom data layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_navigation_polygon" qualifiers="const"> <return type="NavigationPolygon" /> <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the navigation polygon of the tile for the TileSet navigation layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_occluder" qualifiers="const"> <return type="OccluderPolygon2D" /> <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the occluder polygon of the tile for the TileSet occlusion layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_peering_bit_terrain" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="peering_bit" type="int" enum="TileSet.CellNeighbor" /> <description> + Returns the tile's terrain bit for the given [code]peering_bit[/code] direction. </description> </method> <method name="is_collision_polygon_one_way" qualifiers="const"> @@ -68,6 +77,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="polygon_index" type="int" /> <description> + Returns whether one-way collisions are enabled for the polygon at index [code]polygon_index[/code] for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="remove_collision_polygon"> @@ -75,6 +85,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="polygon_index" type="int" /> <description> + Removes the polygon at index [code]polygon_index[/code] for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_collision_polygon_one_way"> @@ -83,6 +94,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="polygon_index" type="int" /> <argument index="2" name="one_way" type="bool" /> <description> + Enables/disables one-way collisions on the polygon at index [code]polygon_index[/code] for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_collision_polygon_one_way_margin"> @@ -91,6 +103,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="polygon_index" type="int" /> <argument index="2" name="one_way_margin" type="float" /> <description> + Enables/disables one-way collisions on the polygon at index [code]polygon_index[/code] for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_collision_polygon_points"> @@ -99,6 +112,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="polygon_index" type="int" /> <argument index="2" name="polygon" type="PackedVector2Array" /> <description> + Sets the points of the polygon at index [code]polygon_index[/code] for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_collision_polygons_count"> @@ -106,6 +120,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="polygons_count" type="int" /> <description> + Sets the polygons count for TileSet physics layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_custom_data"> @@ -113,6 +128,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer_name" type="String" /> <argument index="1" name="value" type="Variant" /> <description> + Sets the tile's custom data value for the TileSet custom data layer with name [code]layer_name[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_custom_data_by_layer_id"> @@ -120,6 +136,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="value" type="Variant" /> <description> + Sets the tile's custom data value for the TileSet custom data layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_navigation_polygon"> @@ -127,6 +144,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="navigation_polygon" type="NavigationPolygon" /> <description> + Sets the navigation polygon for the TileSet navigation layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_occluder"> @@ -134,6 +152,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer_id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="occluder_polygon" type="OccluderPolygon2D" /> <description> + Sets the occluder for the TileSet occlusion layer with index [code]layer_id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_peering_bit_terrain"> @@ -141,17 +160,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="peering_bit" type="int" enum="TileSet.CellNeighbor" /> <argument index="1" name="terrain" type="int" /> <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_get_material" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="ShaderMaterial" /> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="tile_set_material"> - <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="material" type="ShaderMaterial" /> - <description> + Sets the tile's terrain bit for the given [code]peering_bit[/code] direction. </description> </method> </methods> @@ -160,6 +169,8 @@ </member> <member name="flip_v" type="bool" setter="set_flip_v" getter="get_flip_v" default="false"> </member> + <member name="material" type="ShaderMaterial" setter="set_material" getter="get_material"> + </member> <member name="modulate" type="Color" setter="set_modulate" getter="get_modulate" default="Color(1, 1, 1, 1)"> </member> <member name="probability" type="float" setter="set_probability" getter="get_probability" default="1.0"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileMap.xml b/doc/classes/TileMap.xml index f3c64c3c7d..4621d138ac 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileMap.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileMap.xml @@ -4,8 +4,7 @@ Node for 2D tile-based maps. </brief_description> <description> - Node for 2D tile-based maps. Tilemaps use a [TileSet] which contain a list of tiles (textures plus optional collision, navigation, and/or occluder shapes) which are used to create grid-based maps. - When doing physics queries against the tilemap, the cell coordinates are encoded as [code]metadata[/code] for each detected collision shape returned by methods such as [method PhysicsDirectSpaceState2D.intersect_shape], [method PhysicsDirectBodyState2D.get_contact_collider_shape_metadata] etc. + Node for 2D tile-based maps. Tilemaps use a [TileSet] which contain a list of tiles which are used to create grid-based maps. A TileMap may have several layers, layouting tiles on top of each other. </description> <tutorials> <link title="Using Tilemaps">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/2d/using_tilemaps.html</link> @@ -17,6 +16,13 @@ <link title="2D Kinematic Character Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/113</link> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="add_layer"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="to_position" type="int" /> + <description> + Adds a layer at the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. If [code]to_position[/code] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. + </description> + </method> <method name="clear"> <return type="void" /> <description> @@ -35,6 +41,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="coords" type="Vector2i" /> <argument index="2" name="use_proxies" type="bool" /> <description> + Returns the tile alternative ID of the cell on layer [code]layer[/code] at [code]coords[/code]. If [code]use_proxies[/code] is [code]false[/code], ignores the [TileSet]'s tile proxies, returning the raw alternative identifier. See [method TileSet.map_tile_proxy]. </description> </method> <method name="get_cell_atlas_coords" qualifiers="const"> @@ -43,6 +50,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="coords" type="Vector2i" /> <argument index="2" name="use_proxies" type="bool" /> <description> + Returns the tile atlas coordinates ID of the cell on layer [code]layer[/code] at coordinates [code]coords[/code]. If [code]use_proxies[/code] is [code]false[/code], ignores the [TileSet]'s tile proxies, returning the raw alternative identifier. See [method TileSet.map_tile_proxy]. </description> </method> <method name="get_cell_source_id" qualifiers="const"> @@ -51,24 +59,33 @@ <argument index="1" name="coords" type="Vector2i" /> <argument index="2" name="use_proxies" type="bool" /> <description> + Returns the tile source ID of the cell on layer [code]layer[/code] at coordinates [code]coords[/code]. If [code]use_proxies[/code] is [code]false[/code], ignores the [TileSet]'s tile proxies, returning the raw alternative identifier. See [method TileSet.map_tile_proxy]. </description> </method> <method name="get_layer_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <argument index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> <description> + Returns a TileMap layer's name. </description> </method> <method name="get_layer_y_sort_origin" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> <description> + Returns a TileMap layer's Y sort origin. </description> </method> - <method name="get_layer_z_indexd" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_layer_z_index" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> <description> + Returns a TileMap layer's Z-index value. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_layers_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <description> </description> </method> <method name="get_neighbor_cell" qualifiers="const"> @@ -76,37 +93,41 @@ <argument index="0" name="coords" type="Vector2i" /> <argument index="1" name="neighbor" type="int" enum="TileSet.CellNeighbor" /> <description> + Returns the neighboring cell to the one at coordinates [code]coords[/code], indentified by the [code]neighbor[/code] direction. This method takes into account the different layouts a TileMap can take. </description> </method> <method name="get_surrounding_tiles"> <return type="Vector2i[]" /> <argument index="0" name="coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Returns the list of all neighbourings cells to the one at [code]coords[/code] </description> </method> <method name="get_used_cells" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2i[]" /> <argument index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> <description> - Returns a [Vector2] array with the positions of all cells containing a tile from the tileset (i.e. a tile index different from [code]-1[/code]). + Returns a [Vector2] array with the positions of all cells containing a tile in the given layer. A cell is considered empty if its source identifier equals -1, its atlas coordinates identifiers is [code]Vector2(-1, -1)[/code] and its alternative identifier is -1. </description> </method> <method name="get_used_rect"> <return type="Rect2" /> <description> - Returns a rectangle enclosing the used (non-empty) tiles of the map. + Returns a rectangle enclosing the used (non-empty) tiles of the map, including all layers. </description> </method> <method name="is_layer_enabled" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> <description> + Returns if a layer is enabled. </description> </method> <method name="is_layer_y_sort_enabled" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> <description> + Returns if a layer Y-sorts its tiles. </description> </method> <method name="map_to_world" qualifiers="const"> @@ -116,6 +137,21 @@ Returns the local position corresponding to the given tilemap (grid-based) coordinates. </description> </method> + <method name="move_layer"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="to_position" type="int" /> + <description> + Moves the layer at index [code]layer_index[/code] to the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_layer"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> + <description> + Moves the layer at index [code]layer_index[/code] to the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_cell"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> @@ -124,7 +160,10 @@ <argument index="3" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i(-1, -1)" /> <argument index="4" name="alternative_tile" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - Sets the tile index for the cell given by a Vector2i. + Sets the tile indentifiers for the cell on layer [code]layer[/code] at coordinates [code]coords[/code]. Each tile of the [TileSet] is identified using three parts: + - The source indentifier [code]source_id[/code] identifies a [TileSetSource] identifier. See [method TileSet.set_source_id], + - The atlas coordinates identifier [code]atlas_coords[/code] identifies a tile coordinates in the atlas (if the source is a [TileSetAtlasSource]. For [TileSetScenesCollectionSource] it should be 0), + - The alternative tile identifier [code]alternative_tile[/code] identifies a tile alternative the source is a [TileSetAtlasSource], and the scene for a [TileSetScenesCollectionSource]. </description> </method> <method name="set_layer_enabled"> @@ -132,6 +171,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="enabled" type="bool" /> <description> + Enables or disables the layer [code]layer[/code]. A disabled layer is not processed at all (no rendering, no physics, etc...). </description> </method> <method name="set_layer_name"> @@ -139,6 +179,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="name" type="String" /> <description> + Sets a layer's name. This is mostly useful in the editor. </description> </method> <method name="set_layer_y_sort_enabled"> @@ -146,6 +187,8 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="y_sort_enabled" type="bool" /> <description> + Enables or disables a layer's Y-sorting. If a layer is Y-sorted, the layer will behave as a CanvasItem node where each of its tile gets Y-sorted. + Y-sorted layers should usually be on different Z-index values than not Y-sorted layers, otherwise, each of those layer will be Y-sorted as whole with the Y-sorted one. This is usually an undesired behvaior. </description> </method> <method name="set_layer_y_sort_origin"> @@ -153,6 +196,8 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="y_sort_origin" type="int" /> <description> + Sets a layer's Y-sort origin value. This Y-sort origin value is added to each tile's Y-sort origin value. + This allows, for example, to fake a different height level on each layer. This can be useful for top-down view games. </description> </method> <method name="set_layer_z_index"> @@ -160,6 +205,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="z_index" type="int" /> <description> + Sets a layers Z-index value. This Z-index is added to each tile's Z-index value. </description> </method> <method name="world_to_map" qualifiers="const"> @@ -175,10 +221,10 @@ The TileMap's quadrant size. Optimizes drawing by batching, using chunks of this size. </member> <member name="collision_visibility_mode" type="int" setter="set_collision_visibility_mode" getter="get_collision_visibility_mode" enum="TileMap.VisibilityMode" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="layers_count" type="int" setter="set_layers_count" getter="get_layers_count" default="1"> + Show or hide the TileMap's collision shapes. If set to [code]VISIBILITY_MODE_DEFAULT[/code], this depends on the show collision debug settings. </member> <member name="navigation_visibility_mode" type="int" setter="set_navigation_visibility_mode" getter="get_navigation_visibility_mode" enum="TileMap.VisibilityMode" default="0"> + Show or hide the TileMap's collision shapes. If set to [code]VISIBILITY_MODE_DEFAULT[/code], this depends on the show navigation debug settings. </member> <member name="tile_set" type="TileSet" setter="set_tileset" getter="get_tileset"> The assigned [TileSet]. @@ -193,10 +239,13 @@ </signals> <constants> <constant name="VISIBILITY_MODE_DEFAULT" value="0" enum="VisibilityMode"> + Use the debug settings to determine visibility. </constant> <constant name="VISIBILITY_MODE_FORCE_HIDE" value="2" enum="VisibilityMode"> + Always hide. </constant> <constant name="VISIBILITY_MODE_FORCE_SHOW" value="1" enum="VisibilityMode"> + Always show. </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileSet.xml b/doc/classes/TileSet.xml index 439c6e3830..02baded019 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileSet.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileSet.xml @@ -4,8 +4,13 @@ Tile library for tilemaps. </brief_description> <description> - A TileSet is a library of tiles for a [TileMap]. It contains a list of tiles, each consisting of a sprite and optional collision shapes. - Tiles are referenced by a unique integer ID. + A TileSet is a library of tiles for a [TileMap]. A TileSet handles a list of [TileSetSource], each of them storing a set of tiles. + Tiles can either be from a [TileSetAtlasSource], that render tiles out of a texture with support for physics, navigation, etc... or from a [TileSetScenesCollectionSource] which exposes scene-based tiles. + Tiles are referenced by using three IDs: their source ID, their atlas coordinates ID and their alternative tile ID. + + A TileSet can be configured so that its tiles expose more or less properties. To do so, the TileSet resources uses property layers, that you can add or remove depending on your needs. + For example, adding a physics layer allows giving collision shapes to your tiles. Each layer having dedicated properties (physics layer an mask), you may add several TileSet physics layers for each type of collision you need. + See the functions to add new layers for more information. </description> <tutorials> <link title="Using Tilemaps">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/2d/using_tilemaps.html</link> @@ -17,21 +22,72 @@ <link title="2D Kinematic Character Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/113</link> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="add_custom_data_layer"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="to_position" type="int" default="-1" /> + <description> + Adds a custom data layer to the TileSet at the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. If [code]to_position[/code] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. + Custom data layers allow assigning custom properties to atlas tiles. + </description> + </method> + <method name="add_navigation_layer"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="to_position" type="int" default="-1" /> + <description> + Adds a navigation layer to the TileSet at the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. If [code]to_position[/code] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. + Navigation layers allow assigning a navigable area to atlas tiles. + </description> + </method> + <method name="add_occlusion_layer"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="to_position" type="int" default="-1" /> + <description> + Adds an occlusion layer to the TileSet at the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. If [code]to_position[/code] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. + Occlusion layers allow assigning occlusion polygons to atlas tiles. + </description> + </method> + <method name="add_physics_layer"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="to_position" type="int" default="-1" /> + <description> + Adds a physics layer to the TileSet at the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. If [code]to_position[/code] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. + Physics layers allow assigning collision polygons to atlas tiles. + </description> + </method> <method name="add_source"> <return type="int" /> - <argument index="0" name="atlas_source_id_override" type="TileSetSource" /> - <argument index="1" name="arg1" type="int" default="-1" /> + <argument index="0" name="source" type="TileSetSource" /> + <argument index="1" name="atlas_source_id_override" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> + Adds a [TileSetSource] to the TileSet. If [code]atlas_source_id_override[/code] is not -1, also set its source ID. Otherwise, a unique identifier is automatically generated. + The function returns the added source source ID or -1 if the source could not be added. + </description> + </method> + <method name="add_terrain"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="to_position" type="int" default="-1" /> + <description> + Adds a new terrain to the given terrain set [code]terrain_set[/code] at the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. If [code]to_position[/code] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. + </description> + </method> + <method name="add_terrain_set"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="to_position" type="int" default="-1" /> + <description> + Adds a new terrain set at the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. If [code]to_position[/code] is -1, adds it at the end of the array. </description> </method> <method name="cleanup_invalid_tile_proxies"> <return type="void" /> <description> + Clears tile proxies pointing to invalid tiles. </description> </method> <method name="clear_tile_proxies"> <return type="void" /> <description> + Clears all tile proxies. </description> </method> <method name="get_alternative_level_tile_proxy"> @@ -40,6 +96,8 @@ <argument index="1" name="coords_from" type="Vector2i" /> <argument index="2" name="alternative_from" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the alternative-level proxy for the given identifiers. The returned array contains the three proxie's target identifiers (source ID, atlas coords ID and alternative tile ID). + If the TileSet has no proxy for the given identifiers, returns an empty Array. </description> </method> <method name="get_coords_level_tile_proxy"> @@ -47,70 +105,108 @@ <argument index="0" name="source_from" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="coords_from" type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Returns the coodinate-level proxy for the given identifiers. The returned array contains the two proxie's target identifiers (source ID and atlas coords ID). + If the TileSet has no proxy for the given identifiers, returns an empty Array. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_custom_data_layers_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <description> + Returns the custom data layers count. </description> </method> <method name="get_navigation_layer_layers" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the navigation layers (as in the Navigation server) of the gives TileSet navigation layer. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_navigation_layers_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <description> + Returns the navigation layers count. </description> </method> <method name="get_next_source_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> + Returns a new unused source ID. This generated ID is the same that a call to [code]add_source[/code] would return. </description> </method> <method name="get_occlusion_layer_light_mask" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> - <argument index="0" name="arg0" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the light mask of the occlusion layer. </description> </method> <method name="get_occlusion_layer_sdf_collision" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="arg0" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns if the occluders from this layer use [code]sdf_collision[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_occlusion_layers_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> <description> + Returns the occlusion layers count. </description> </method> <method name="get_physics_layer_collision_layer" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the collision layer (as in the physics server) bodies on the given TileSet's physics layer are in. </description> </method> <method name="get_physics_layer_collision_mask" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the collision mask of bodies on the given TileSet's physics layer. </description> </method> <method name="get_physics_layer_physics_material" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PhysicsMaterial" /> <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the physics material of bodies on the given TileSet's physics layer. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_physics_layers_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <description> + Returns the physics layers count. </description> </method> <method name="get_source" qualifiers="const"> <return type="TileSetSource" /> - <argument index="0" name="index" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="source_id" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the [TileSetSource] with ID [code]source_id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_source_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> + Returns the number of [TileSetSource] in this TileSet. </description> </method> <method name="get_source_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the source ID for source with index [code]index[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_source_level_tile_proxy"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="source_from" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the source-level proxy for the given source identifier. + If the TileSet has no proxy for the given identifier, returns -1. </description> </method> <method name="get_terrain_color" qualifiers="const"> @@ -118,6 +214,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="terrain_index" type="int" /> <description> + Returns a terrain's color. </description> </method> <method name="get_terrain_name" qualifiers="const"> @@ -125,18 +222,27 @@ <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="terrain_index" type="int" /> <description> + Returns a terrain's name. </description> </method> <method name="get_terrain_set_mode" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" enum="TileSet.TerrainMode" /> <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int" /> <description> + Returns a terrain set mode. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_terrain_sets_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <description> + Returns the terrain sets count. </description> </method> <method name="get_terrains_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the number of terrains in the given terrain set. </description> </method> <method name="has_alternative_level_tile_proxy"> @@ -145,6 +251,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="coords_from" type="Vector2i" /> <argument index="2" name="alternative_from" type="int" /> <description> + Returns if there is and alternative-level proxy for the given identifiers. </description> </method> <method name="has_coords_level_tile_proxy"> @@ -152,18 +259,21 @@ <argument index="0" name="source_from" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="coords_from" type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Returns if there is a coodinates-level proxy for the given identifiers. </description> </method> <method name="has_source" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="index" type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="source_id" type="int" /> <description> + Returns if this TileSet has a source for the given source ID. </description> </method> <method name="has_source_level_tile_proxy"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="source_from" type="int" /> <description> + Returns if there is a source-level proxy for the given source ID. </description> </method> <method name="map_tile_proxy" qualifiers="const"> @@ -172,6 +282,58 @@ <argument index="1" name="coords_from" type="Vector2i" /> <argument index="2" name="alternative_from" type="int" /> <description> + According to the configured proxies, maps the provided indentifiers to a new set of identifiers. The source ID, atlas coordinates ID and alternative tile ID are returned as a 3 elements Array. + This function first look for matching alternative-level proxies, then coordinates-level proxies, then source-level proxies. + If no proxy corresponding to provided identifiers are found, returns the same values the ones used as arguments. + </description> + </method> + <method name="move_custom_data_layer"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="to_position" type="int" /> + <description> + Moves the custom data layer at index [code]layer_index[/code] to the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + </description> + </method> + <method name="move_navigation_layer"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="to_position" type="int" /> + <description> + Moves the navigation layer at index [code]layer_index[/code] to the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + </description> + </method> + <method name="move_occlusion_layer"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="to_position" type="int" /> + <description> + Moves the occlusion layer at index [code]layer_index[/code] to the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + </description> + </method> + <method name="move_physics_layer"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="to_position" type="int" /> + <description> + Moves the physics layer at index [code]layer_index[/code] to the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + </description> + </method> + <method name="move_terrain"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="terrain_index" type="int" /> + <argument index="2" name="to_position" type="int" /> + <description> + Moves the terrain at index [code]terrain_index[/code] for terrain set [code]terrain_set[/code] to the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + </description> + </method> + <method name="move_terrain_set"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="to_position" type="int" /> + <description> + Moves the terrain set at index [code]terrain_set[/code] to the given position [code]to_position[/code] in the array. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. </description> </method> <method name="remove_alternative_level_tile_proxy"> @@ -180,6 +342,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="coords_from" type="Vector2i" /> <argument index="2" name="alternative_from" type="int" /> <description> + Removes an alternative-level proxy for the given identifiers. </description> </method> <method name="remove_coords_level_tile_proxy"> @@ -187,18 +350,64 @@ <argument index="0" name="source_from" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="coords_from" type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Removes a coordinates-level proxy for the given identifiers. + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_custom_data_layer"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> + <description> + Removes the custom data layer at index [code]layer_index[/code]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_navigation_layer"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> + <description> + Removes the navigation layer at index [code]layer_index[/code]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_occlusion_layer"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> + <description> + Removes the occlusion layer at index [code]layer_index[/code]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_physics_layer"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> + <description> + Removes the physics layer at index [code]layer_index[/code]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. </description> </method> <method name="remove_source"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="source_id" type="int" /> <description> + Removes the source with the given source ID. </description> </method> <method name="remove_source_level_tile_proxy"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="source_from" type="int" /> <description> + Removes a source-level tile proxy. + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_terrain"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="terrain_index" type="int" /> + <description> + Removes the terrain at index [code]terrain_index[/code] in the given terrain set [code]terrain_set[/code]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_terrain_set"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int" /> + <description> + Removes the terrain set at index [code]terrain_set[/code]. Also updates the atlas tiles accordingly. </description> </method> <method name="set_alternative_level_tile_proxy"> @@ -210,6 +419,9 @@ <argument index="4" name="coords_to" type="Vector2i" /> <argument index="5" name="alternative_to" type="int" /> <description> + Create an alternative-level proxy for the given identifiers. A proxy will map set of tile identifiers to another set of identifiers. + This can be used to replace a tile in all TileMaps using this TileSet, as TileMap nodes will find and use the proxy's target tile when one is available. + Proxied tiles can be automatically replaced in TileMap nodes using the editor. </description> </method> <method name="set_coords_level_tile_proxy"> @@ -219,6 +431,9 @@ <argument index="2" name="source_to" type="int" /> <argument index="3" name="coords_to" type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Creates a coordinates-level proxy for the given identifiers. A proxy will map set of tile identifiers to another set of identifiers. The alternative tile ID is kept the same when using coordinates-level proxies. + This can be used to replace a tile in all TileMaps using this TileSet, as TileMap nodes will find and use the proxy's target tile when one is available. + Proxied tiles can be automatically replaced in TileMap nodes using the editor. </description> </method> <method name="set_navigation_layer_layers"> @@ -226,6 +441,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="layers" type="int" /> <description> + Sets the navigation layers (as in the navigation server) for navigation regions is the given TileSet navigation layer. </description> </method> <method name="set_occlusion_layer_light_mask"> @@ -233,13 +449,15 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="light_mask" type="int" /> <description> + Sets the occlusion layer (as in the rendering server) for occluders in the given TileSet occlusion layer. </description> </method> <method name="set_occlusion_layer_sdf_collision"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> - <argument index="1" name="sdf_collision" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="sdf_collision" type="bool" /> <description> + Enables or disables sdf collision for occluders in the given TileSet occlusion layer. </description> </method> <method name="set_physics_layer_collision_layer"> @@ -247,6 +465,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="layer" type="int" /> <description> + Sets the physics layer (as in the physics server) for bodies in the given TileSet physics layer. </description> </method> <method name="set_physics_layer_collision_mask"> @@ -254,6 +473,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="mask" type="int" /> <description> + Sets the physics layer (as in the physics server) for bodies in the given TileSet physics layer. </description> </method> <method name="set_physics_layer_physics_material"> @@ -261,13 +481,15 @@ <argument index="0" name="layer_index" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="physics_material" type="PhysicsMaterial" /> <description> + Sets the physics material for bodies in the given TileSet physics layer. </description> </method> <method name="set_source_id"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="source_id" type="int" /> - <argument index="1" name="arg1" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="new_source_id" type="int" /> <description> + Changes a source's ID. </description> </method> <method name="set_source_level_tile_proxy"> @@ -275,6 +497,9 @@ <argument index="0" name="source_from" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="source_to" type="int" /> <description> + Creates a source-level proxy for the given source ID. A proxy will map set of tile identifiers to another set of identifiers. Both the atlac coordinates ID and the alternative tile ID are kept the same when using source-level proxies. + This can be used to replace a source in all TileMaps using this TileSet, as TileMap nodes will find and use the proxy's target source when one is available. + Proxied tiles can be automatically replaced in TileMap nodes using the editor. </description> </method> <method name="set_terrain_color"> @@ -283,6 +508,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="terrain_index" type="int" /> <argument index="2" name="color" type="Color" /> <description> + Sets a terrain's color. This color is used for identifying the different terrains in the TileSet editor. </description> </method> <method name="set_terrain_name"> @@ -291,6 +517,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="terrain_index" type="int" /> <argument index="2" name="name" type="String" /> <description> + Sets a terrain's name. </description> </method> <method name="set_terrain_set_mode"> @@ -298,103 +525,120 @@ <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="mode" type="int" enum="TileSet.TerrainMode" /> <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_terrains_count"> - <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="terrain_set" type="int" /> - <argument index="1" name="terrains_count" type="int" /> - <description> + Sets a terrain mode. Each mode determines which bits of a tile shape is used to match the neighbouring tiles' terrains. </description> </method> </methods> <members> - <member name="custom_data_layers_count" type="int" setter="set_custom_data_layers_count" getter="get_custom_data_layers_count" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="navigation_layers_count" type="int" setter="set_navigation_layers_count" getter="get_navigation_layers_count" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="occlusion_layers_count" type="int" setter="set_occlusion_layers_count" getter="get_occlusion_layers_count" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="physics_layers_count" type="int" setter="set_physics_layers_count" getter="get_physics_layers_count" default="0"> - </member> - <member name="terrains_sets_count" type="int" setter="set_terrain_sets_count" getter="get_terrain_sets_count" default="0"> - </member> <member name="tile_layout" type="int" setter="set_tile_layout" getter="get_tile_layout" enum="TileSet.TileLayout" default="0"> + For all half-offset shapes (Isometric, Hexagonal and Half-Offset square), changes the way tiles are indexed in the TileMap grid. </member> <member name="tile_offset_axis" type="int" setter="set_tile_offset_axis" getter="get_tile_offset_axis" enum="TileSet.TileOffsetAxis" default="0"> + For all half-offset shapes (Isometric, Hexagonal and Half-Offset square), determines the offset axis. </member> <member name="tile_shape" type="int" setter="set_tile_shape" getter="get_tile_shape" enum="TileSet.TileShape" default="0"> + The tile shape. </member> <member name="tile_size" type="Vector2i" setter="set_tile_size" getter="get_tile_size" default="Vector2i(16, 16)"> + The tile size, in pixels. For all tile shapes, this size corresponds to the encompassing rectangle of the tile shape. This is thus the minimal cell size required in an atlas. </member> <member name="uv_clipping" type="bool" setter="set_uv_clipping" getter="is_uv_clipping" default="false"> + Enables/Disable uv clipping when rendering the tiles. </member> </members> <constants> <constant name="TILE_SHAPE_SQUARE" value="0" enum="TileShape"> - Orthogonal orientation mode. + Rectangular tile shape. </constant> <constant name="TILE_SHAPE_ISOMETRIC" value="1" enum="TileShape"> - Isometric orientation mode. + Diamond tile shape (for isometric look). </constant> <constant name="TILE_SHAPE_HALF_OFFSET_SQUARE" value="2" enum="TileShape"> + Rectangular tile shape with one row/colum out of two offset by half a tile. </constant> <constant name="TILE_SHAPE_HEXAGON" value="3" enum="TileShape"> - Hexagon orientation mode. + Hexagonal tile shape. </constant> <constant name="TILE_LAYOUT_STACKED" value="0" enum="TileLayout"> + Tile coordinates layout where both axis stay consistent with their respective local horizontal and vertical axis. </constant> <constant name="TILE_LAYOUT_STACKED_OFFSET" value="1" enum="TileLayout"> + Same as [code]TILE_LAYOUT_STAKED[/code], but the first half-offset is negative instead of positive. </constant> <constant name="TILE_LAYOUT_STAIRS_RIGHT" value="2" enum="TileLayout"> + Tile coordinates layout where the horizontal axis stay horizontal, and the vertical one goes down-right. </constant> <constant name="TILE_LAYOUT_STAIRS_DOWN" value="3" enum="TileLayout"> + Tile coordinates layout where the vertical axis stay vertical, and the horizontal one goes down-right. </constant> <constant name="TILE_LAYOUT_DIAMOND_RIGHT" value="4" enum="TileLayout"> + Tile coordinates layout where the horizontal axis goes up-right, and the vertical one goes down-right. </constant> <constant name="TILE_LAYOUT_DIAMOND_DOWN" value="5" enum="TileLayout"> + Tile coordinates layout where the horizontal axis goes down-right, and the vertical one goes down-left. </constant> <constant name="TILE_OFFSET_AXIS_HORIZONTAL" value="0" enum="TileOffsetAxis"> + Horizontal half-offset. </constant> <constant name="TILE_OFFSET_AXIS_VERTICAL" value="1" enum="TileOffsetAxis"> + Vertical half-offset. </constant> <constant name="CELL_NEIGHBOR_RIGHT_SIDE" value="0" enum="CellNeighbor"> + Neighbor on the right side. </constant> <constant name="CELL_NEIGHBOR_RIGHT_CORNER" value="1" enum="CellNeighbor"> + Neighbor in the right corner. </constant> <constant name="CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_RIGHT_SIDE" value="2" enum="CellNeighbor"> + Neighbor on the bottom right side. </constant> <constant name="CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_RIGHT_CORNER" value="3" enum="CellNeighbor"> + Neighbor in the bottom right corner. </constant> <constant name="CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_SIDE" value="4" enum="CellNeighbor"> + Neighbor on the bottom side. </constant> <constant name="CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_CORNER" value="5" enum="CellNeighbor"> + Neighbor in the bottom corner. </constant> <constant name="CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_LEFT_SIDE" value="6" enum="CellNeighbor"> + Neighbor on the bottom left side. </constant> <constant name="CELL_NEIGHBOR_BOTTOM_LEFT_CORNER" value="7" enum="CellNeighbor"> + Neighbor in the bottom left corner. </constant> <constant name="CELL_NEIGHBOR_LEFT_SIDE" value="8" enum="CellNeighbor"> + Neighbor on the left side. </constant> <constant name="CELL_NEIGHBOR_LEFT_CORNER" value="9" enum="CellNeighbor"> + Neighbor in the left corner. </constant> <constant name="CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_LEFT_SIDE" value="10" enum="CellNeighbor"> + Neighbor on the top left side. </constant> <constant name="CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_LEFT_CORNER" value="11" enum="CellNeighbor"> + Neighbor in the top left corner. </constant> <constant name="CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_SIDE" value="12" enum="CellNeighbor"> + Neighbor on the top side. </constant> <constant name="CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_CORNER" value="13" enum="CellNeighbor"> + Neighbor in the top corner. </constant> <constant name="CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_RIGHT_SIDE" value="14" enum="CellNeighbor"> + Neighbor on the top right side. </constant> <constant name="CELL_NEIGHBOR_TOP_RIGHT_CORNER" value="15" enum="CellNeighbor"> + Neighbor in the top right corner. </constant> <constant name="TERRAIN_MODE_MATCH_CORNERS_AND_SIDES" value="0" enum="TerrainMode"> + Requires both corners and side to match with neighboring tiles' terrains. </constant> <constant name="TERRAIN_MODE_MATCH_CORNERS" value="1" enum="TerrainMode"> + Requires corners to match with neighboring tiles' terrains. </constant> <constant name="TERRAIN_MODE_MATCH_SIDES" value="2" enum="TerrainMode"> + Requires sides to match with neighboring tiles' terrains. </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileSetAtlasSource.xml b/doc/classes/TileSetAtlasSource.xml index 8caa3a7c39..fd3dbd1e4d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileSetAtlasSource.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileSetAtlasSource.xml @@ -1,8 +1,16 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="TileSetAtlasSource" inherits="TileSetSource" version="4.0"> <brief_description> + Exposes a 2D atlas texture as a set of tiles for a [TileSet] resource. </brief_description> <description> + An atlas is a grid of tiles laid out on a texture. Each tile in the grid must be exposed using [method create_tile]. Those tiles are then indexed using their coordinates in the grid. + Each tile can also have a size in the grid coordinates, making it more or less cells in the atlas. + + Alternatives version of a tile can be created using [method create_alternative_tile], which are then indexed using an alternative ID. The main tile (the one in the grid), is accessed with an alternative ID equal to 0. + + Each tile alternate has a set of properties that is defined by the source's [TileSet] layers. Those properties are stored in a TileData object that can be accessed and modified using [method get_tile_data]. + As TileData properties are stored directly in the TileSetAtlasSource resource, their properties might also be set using [code]TileSetAtlasSource.set("<coords_x>:<coords_y>/<alternative_id>/<tile_data_property>")[/code]. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -13,11 +21,14 @@ <argument index="1" name="new_atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i(-1, -1)" /> <argument index="2" name="new_size" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i(-1, -1)" /> <description> + Returns true if the tile at the [code]atlas_coords[/code] coordinates can be moved to the [code]new_atlas_coords[/code] coordinates with the [code]new_size[/code] size. This functions returns false if a tile is already present in the given area, or if this area is outside the atlas boundaries. + If [code]new_atlas_coords[/code] is [code]Vector2i(-1, -1)[/code], keeps the tile's coordinates. If [code]new_size[/code] is [code]Vector2i(-1, -1)[/code], keeps the tile's size. </description> </method> <method name="clear_tiles_outside_texture"> <return type="void" /> <description> + Clears all tiles that are defined outside the texture boundaries. </description> </method> <method name="create_alternative_tile"> @@ -25,6 +36,8 @@ <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <argument index="1" name="alternative_id_override" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> + Creates an alternative tile for the tile at coords [code]atlas_coords[/code]. If [code]alternative_id_override[/code] is -1, give it an automatically generated unique ID, or assigns it the given ID otherwise. + Returns the new alternative identifier, or -1 if the alternative could not be created with a provided [code]alternative_id_override[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="create_tile"> @@ -32,84 +45,55 @@ <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i(1, 1)" /> <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_alternative_tile_id" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int" /> - <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> - <argument index="1" name="index" type="int" /> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_alternative_tiles_count" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int" /> - <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> - <description> + Creates a new tile at coords [code]atlas_coords[/code] with size [code]size[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_atlas_grid_size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Returns the atlas grid size, which depends on how many tiles can fit in the texture. It thus depends on the Texture's size, the atlas [code]margins[/code] the tiles' [code]texture_region_size[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_next_alternative_tile_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Returns the alternative ID a following call to [method create_alternative_tile] would return. </description> </method> <method name="get_tile_at_coords" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2i" /> <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> + If there is a tile covering the [code]atlas_coords[/code] coordinates, returns the top-left coordinates of the tile (thus its coordinate ID). Returns [code]Vector2i(-1, -1)[/code] otherwise. </description> </method> <method name="get_tile_data" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Object" /> <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> - <argument index="1" name="index" type="int" /> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_tile_id" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2i" /> - <argument index="0" name="index" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="alternative_tile" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the [TileData] object for the given atlas coordinates and alternative ID. </description> </method> <method name="get_tile_size_in_atlas" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2i" /> <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Returns the size of the tile (in the grid coordinates system) at coordinates [code]atlas_coords[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_tile_texture_region" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2i" /> <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_tiles_count" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int" /> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="has_alternative_tile" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> - <argument index="1" name="alternative_tile" type="int" /> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="has_tile" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> - <description> + Returns a tile's texture region in the atlas texture. </description> </method> <method name="has_tiles_outside_texture"> <return type="bool" /> <description> + Returns if this atlas has tiles outside of its texture. </description> </method> <method name="move_tile_in_atlas"> @@ -118,6 +102,9 @@ <argument index="1" name="new_atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i(-1, -1)" /> <argument index="2" name="new_size" type="Vector2i" default="Vector2i(-1, -1)" /> <description> + Move the tile and its alternatives at the [code]atlas_coords[/code] coordinates to the [code]new_atlas_coords[/code] coordinates with the [code]new_size[/code] size. This functions will fail if a tile is already present in the given area. + If [code]new_atlas_coords[/code] is [code]Vector2i(-1, -1)[/code], keeps the tile's coordinates. If [code]new_size[/code] is [code]Vector2i(-1, -1)[/code], keeps the tile's size. + To avoid an error, first check if a move is possible using [method can_move_tile_in_atlas]. </description> </method> <method name="remove_alternative_tile"> @@ -125,12 +112,15 @@ <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <argument index="1" name="alternative_tile" type="int" /> <description> + Remove a tile's alternative with alternative ID [code]alternative_tile[/code]. + Calling this function with [code]alternative_tile[/code] equals to 0 will fail, as the base tile alternative cannot be removed. </description> </method> <method name="remove_tile"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Remove a tile and its alternative at coordinates [code]atlas_coords[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_alternative_tile_id"> @@ -139,17 +129,23 @@ <argument index="1" name="alternative_tile" type="int" /> <argument index="2" name="new_id" type="int" /> <description> + Change a tile's alternative ID from [code]alternative_tile[/code] to [code]new_id[/code]. + Calling this function with [code]alternative_id[/code] equals to 0 will fail, as the base tile alternative cannot be moved. </description> </method> </methods> <members> <member name="margins" type="Vector2i" setter="set_margins" getter="get_margins" default="Vector2i(0, 0)"> + Margins, in pixels, to offset the origin of the grid in the texture. </member> <member name="separation" type="Vector2i" setter="set_separation" getter="get_separation" default="Vector2i(0, 0)"> + Separation, in pixels, between each tile texture region of the grid. </member> <member name="texture" type="Texture2D" setter="set_texture" getter="get_texture"> + The atlas texture. </member> - <member name="tile_size" type="Vector2i" setter="set_texture_region_size" getter="get_texture_region_size" default="Vector2i(16, 16)"> + <member name="texture_region_size" type="Vector2i" setter="set_texture_region_size" getter="get_texture_region_size" default="Vector2i(16, 16)"> + The base tile size in the texture (in pixel). This size must be bigger than the TileSet's [code]tile_size[/code] value. </member> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileSetScenesCollectionSource.xml b/doc/classes/TileSetScenesCollectionSource.xml index a44f519a4c..119a04c25f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileSetScenesCollectionSource.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileSetScenesCollectionSource.xml @@ -1,8 +1,11 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="TileSetScenesCollectionSource" inherits="TileSetSource" version="4.0"> <brief_description> + Exposes a set of scenes as tiles for a [TileSet] resource. </brief_description> <description> + When placed on a [TileMap], tiles from [TileSetScenesCollectionSource] will automatically instanciate an assiciated scene at the cell's position in the TileMap. + Scenes are instanciated as children of the [TileMap] when it enters the tree. If you add/remove a scene tile in the [TileMap] that is already inside the tree, the [TileMap] will automatically instanciate/free the scene accordingly. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -12,83 +15,55 @@ <argument index="0" name="packed_scene" type="PackedScene" /> <argument index="1" name="id_override" type="int" default="-1" /> <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_alternative_tile_id" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int" /> - <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> - <argument index="1" name="index" type="int" /> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_alternative_tiles_count" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int" /> - <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> - <description> + Creates a scene-based tile out of the given scene. + Returns a newly generated unique ID. </description> </method> <method name="get_next_scene_tile_id" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" /> <description> + Returns the scene ID a following call to [method create_scene_tile] would return. </description> </method> <method name="get_scene_tile_display_placeholder" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <description> + Returns whether the scene tile with id [code]id[/code] displays a placeholder in the editor. </description> </method> <method name="get_scene_tile_id"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="index" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the scene tile ID of the scene tile at index [code]index[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_scene_tile_scene" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedScene" /> <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <description> + Returns the [PackedScene] resource of scene tile with id [code]id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_scene_tiles_count"> <return type="int" /> <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_tile_id" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Vector2i" /> - <argument index="0" name="index" type="int" /> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_tiles_count" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int" /> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="has_alternative_tile" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> - <argument index="1" name="alternative_tile" type="int" /> - <description> + Returns the number or scene tiles this TileSet source has. </description> </method> <method name="has_scene_tile_id"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="has_tile" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool" /> - <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> - <description> + Returns whether this TileSet source has a scene tile with id [code]id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="remove_scene_tile"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <description> + Remove the scene tile with id [code]id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_scene_tile_display_placeholder"> @@ -96,6 +71,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="display_placeholder" type="bool" /> <description> + Sets whether or not the scene tile with id [code]id[/code] should display a placeholder in the editor. This might be useful for scenes that are not visible. </description> </method> <method name="set_scene_tile_id"> @@ -103,6 +79,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="new_id" type="int" /> <description> + Changes a scene tile's ID from [code]id[/code] to [code]new_id[/code]. This will fail if there is already a tile with a ID equal to [code]new_id[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_scene_tile_scene"> @@ -110,6 +87,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="id" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="packed_scene" type="PackedScene" /> <description> + Assigns a [PackedScene] resource to the scene tile with id [code]id[/code]. This will fail if the scene does not extend CanvasItem, as positionning properties are needed to place the scene on the TileMap. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/TileSetSource.xml b/doc/classes/TileSetSource.xml index 6a3029bb3f..442d845f6c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TileSetSource.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TileSetSource.xml @@ -1,12 +1,63 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="TileSetSource" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> <brief_description> + Exposes a set of tiles for a [TileSet] resource. </brief_description> <description> + Exposes a set of tiles for a [TileSet] resource. + Tiles in a source are indexed with two IDs, coordinates ID (of type Vector2i) and an alternative ID (of type int), named according to their use in the [TileSetAtlasSource] class. + Depending on the TileSet source type, those IDs might have restrictions on their values, this is why the base [TileSetSource] class only exposes getters for them. + + You can iterate over all tiles exposed by a TileSetSource by first iterating over coordinates IDs using [method get_tiles_count] and [method get_tile_id], then over alternative IDs using [method get_alternative_tiles_count] and [method get_alternative_tile_id]. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="get_alternative_tile_id" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="1" name="index" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns the alternative ID for the tile with coordinates ID [code]atlas_coords[/code] at index [code]index[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_alternative_tiles_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> + <description> + Returns the number of alternatives tiles for the coordinates ID [code]atlas_coords[/code]. + For [TileSetAtlasSource], this always return at least 1, as the base tile with ID 0 is always part of the alternatives list. + Returns -1 if there is not tile at the given coords. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_tile_id" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="0" name="index" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns the tile coordinates ID of the tile with index [code]index[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_tiles_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <description> + Returns how many tiles this atlas source defines (not including alternative tiles). + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_alternative_tile" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> + <argument index="1" name="alternative_tile" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns if the base tile at coordinates [code]atlas_coords[/code] has an alternative with ID [code]alternative_tile[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_tile" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <argument index="0" name="atlas_coords" type="Vector2i" /> + <description> + Returns if this atlas has a tile with coordinates ID [code]atlas_coordinates[/code]. + </description> + </method> </methods> <constants> </constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml b/doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml index 029848be33..a002166664 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml @@ -27,13 +27,14 @@ <method name="get_loaded_locales" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Array" /> <description> - Returns an Array of all loaded locales of the game. + Returns an array of all loaded locales of the project. </description> </method> <method name="get_locale" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String" /> <description> - Returns the current locale of the game. + Returns the current locale of the project. + See also [method OS.get_locale] and [method OS.get_locale_language] to query the locale of the user system. </description> </method> <method name="get_locale_name" qualifiers="const"> @@ -75,7 +76,8 @@ <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="locale" type="String" /> <description> - Sets the locale of the game. + Sets the locale of the project. The [code]locale[/code] string will be standardized to match known locales (e.g. [code]en-US[/code] would be matched to [code]en_US[/code]). + If translations have been loaded beforehand for the new locale, they will be applied. </description> </method> <method name="translate" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml b/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml index 406c074758..b997d87ac0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml @@ -140,6 +140,14 @@ <return type="Font" /> <argument index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <description> + Returns custom font used to draw text in the column [code]column[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_custom_font_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" /> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int" /> + <description> + Returns custom font size used to draw text in the column [code]column[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_expand_right" qualifiers="const"> @@ -464,6 +472,15 @@ <argument index="0" name="column" type="int" /> <argument index="1" name="font" type="Font" /> <description> + Sets custom font used to draw text in the column [code]column[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_custom_font_size"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="font_size" type="int" /> + <description> + Sets custom font size used to draw text in the column [code]column[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_editable"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Tween.xml b/doc/classes/Tween.xml index 372a6e7ebf..ede6e2fdd5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Tween.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Tween.xml @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ [codeblock] var tween = create_tween().set_parallel(true) tween.tween_property(...) - tween.tween_property(...) #will run parallelly with above - tween.chain().tween_property(...) #will run after two above are finished + tween.tween_property(...) # Will run parallelly with above. + tween.chain().tween_property(...) # Will run after two above are finished. [/codeblock] </description> </method> @@ -215,11 +215,9 @@ Creates and appends an [IntervalTweener]. This method can be used to create delays in the tween animation, as an alternative for using the delay in other [Tweener]s or when there's no animation (in which case the [Tween] acts as a timer). [code]time[/code] is the length of the interval, in seconds. Example: creating an interval in code execution. [codeblock] - #... some code - var tween = create_tween() - tween.tween_interval(2) - await tween.finished - #... more code + # ... some code + await create_tween().tween_interval(2).finished + # ... more code [/codeblock] Example: creating an object that moves back and forth and jumps every few seconds. [codeblock] @@ -236,15 +234,15 @@ <method name="tween_method"> <return type="MethodTweener" /> <argument index="0" name="method" type="Callable" /> - <argument index="1" name="from" type="float" /> - <argument index="2" name="to" type="float" /> + <argument index="1" name="from" type="Variant" /> + <argument index="2" name="to" type="Variant" /> <argument index="3" name="duration" type="float" /> <description> Creates and appends a [MethodTweener]. This method is similar to a combination of [method tween_callback] and [method tween_property]. It calls a method over time with a tweened value provided as an argument. The value is tweened between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] over the time specified by [code]duration[/code], in seconds. Use [method Callable.bind] to bind additional arguments for the call. You can use [method MethodTweener.set_ease] and [method MethodTweener.set_trans] to tweak the easing and transition of the value or [method MethodTweener.set_delay] to delay the tweening. Example: making a 3D object look from one point to another point. [codeblock] var tween = create_tween() - tween.tween_method(look_at.bind(Vector3.UP), Vector3(-1, 0, -1), Vector3(1, 0, -1), 1) #the look_at() method takes up vector as second argument + tween.tween_method(look_at.bind(Vector3.UP), Vector3(-1, 0, -1), Vector3(1, 0, -1), 1) # The look_at() method takes up vector as second argument. [/codeblock] Example: setting a text of a [Label], using an intermediate method and after a delay. [codeblock] diff --git a/doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml b/doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml index 98a0aea0c7..519cc9c137 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml @@ -23,6 +23,9 @@ <theme_item name="decrement_highlight" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> Displayed when the mouse cursor hovers over the decrement button. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="decrement_pressed" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + Displayed when the decrement button is being pressed. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="grabber" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> Used as texture for the grabber, the draggable element representing current scroll. </theme_item> @@ -38,6 +41,9 @@ <theme_item name="increment_highlight" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> Displayed when the mouse cursor hovers over the increment button. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="increment_pressed" data_type="icon" type="Texture2D"> + Displayed when the increment button is being pressed. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="scroll" data_type="style" type="StyleBox"> Used as background of this [ScrollBar]. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/Vector2.xml b/doc/classes/Vector2.xml index cb5662419e..e61f1fe951 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Vector2.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Vector2.xml @@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ <description> Returns this vector's angle with respect to the positive X axis, or [code](1, 0)[/code] vector, in radians. For example, [code]Vector2.RIGHT.angle()[/code] will return zero, [code]Vector2.DOWN.angle()[/code] will return [code]PI / 2[/code] (a quarter turn, or 90 degrees), and [code]Vector2(1, -1).angle()[/code] will return [code]-PI / 4[/code] (a negative eighth turn, or -45 degrees). + [url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/vector2_angle.png]Illustration of the returned angle.[/url] Equivalent to the result of [method @GlobalScope.atan2] when called with the vector's [member y] and [member x] as parameters: [code]atan2(y, x)[/code]. </description> </method> @@ -64,6 +65,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector2" /> <description> Returns the angle to the given vector, in radians. + [url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/vector2_angle_to.png]Illustration of the returned angle.[/url] </description> </method> <method name="angle_to_point" qualifiers="const"> @@ -71,6 +73,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector2" /> <description> Returns the angle between the line connecting the two points and the X axis, in radians. + [url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/vector2_angle_to_point.png]Illustration of the returned angle.[/url] </description> </method> <method name="aspect" qualifiers="const"> @@ -155,6 +158,18 @@ Returns the vector with all components rounded down (towards negative infinity). </description> </method> + <method name="from_angle" qualifiers="static"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <argument index="0" name="angle" type="float" /> + <description> + Creates a unit [Vector2] rotated to the given [code]angle[/code] in radians. This is equivalent to doing [code]Vector2(cos(angle), sin(angle))[/code] or [code]Vector2.RIGHT.rotated(angle)[/code]. + [codeblock] + print(Vector2.from_angle(0)) # Prints (1, 0). + print(Vector2(1, 0).angle()) # Prints 0, which is the angle used above. + print(Vector2.from_angle(PI / 2)) # Prints (0, 1). + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> <method name="is_equal_approx" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="to" type="Vector2" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/VehicleBody3D.xml b/doc/classes/VehicleBody3D.xml index 90d0591949..21a37f7b53 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VehicleBody3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VehicleBody3D.xml @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="VehicleBody3D" inherits="RigidBody3D" version="4.0"> +<class name="VehicleBody3D" inherits="RigidDynamicBody3D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> Physics body that simulates the behavior of a car. </brief_description> @@ -15,10 +15,10 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="brake" type="float" setter="set_brake" getter="get_brake" default="0.0"> - Slows down the vehicle by applying a braking force. The vehicle is only slowed down if the wheels are in contact with a surface. The force you need to apply to adequately slow down your vehicle depends on the [member RigidBody3D.mass] of the vehicle. For a vehicle with a mass set to 1000, try a value in the 25 - 30 range for hard braking. + Slows down the vehicle by applying a braking force. The vehicle is only slowed down if the wheels are in contact with a surface. The force you need to apply to adequately slow down your vehicle depends on the [member RigidDynamicBody3D.mass] of the vehicle. For a vehicle with a mass set to 1000, try a value in the 25 - 30 range for hard braking. </member> <member name="engine_force" type="float" setter="set_engine_force" getter="get_engine_force" default="0.0"> - Accelerates the vehicle by applying an engine force. The vehicle is only speed up if the wheels that have [member VehicleWheel3D.use_as_traction] set to [code]true[/code] and are in contact with a surface. The [member RigidBody3D.mass] of the vehicle has an effect on the acceleration of the vehicle. For a vehicle with a mass set to 1000, try a value in the 25 - 50 range for acceleration. + Accelerates the vehicle by applying an engine force. The vehicle is only speed up if the wheels that have [member VehicleWheel3D.use_as_traction] set to [code]true[/code] and are in contact with a surface. The [member RigidDynamicBody3D.mass] of the vehicle has an effect on the acceleration of the vehicle. For a vehicle with a mass set to 1000, try a value in the 25 - 50 range for acceleration. [b]Note:[/b] The simulation does not take the effect of gears into account, you will need to add logic for this if you wish to simulate gears. A negative value will result in the vehicle reversing. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/VehicleWheel3D.xml b/doc/classes/VehicleWheel3D.xml index 35f1189a06..5b4511beab 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VehicleWheel3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VehicleWheel3D.xml @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="brake" type="float" setter="set_brake" getter="get_brake" default="0.0"> - Slows down the wheel by applying a braking force. The wheel is only slowed down if it is in contact with a surface. The force you need to apply to adequately slow down your vehicle depends on the [member RigidBody3D.mass] of the vehicle. For a vehicle with a mass set to 1000, try a value in the 25 - 30 range for hard braking. + Slows down the wheel by applying a braking force. The wheel is only slowed down if it is in contact with a surface. The force you need to apply to adequately slow down your vehicle depends on the [member RigidDynamicBody3D.mass] of the vehicle. For a vehicle with a mass set to 1000, try a value in the 25 - 30 range for hard braking. </member> <member name="damping_compression" type="float" setter="set_damping_compression" getter="get_damping_compression" default="0.83"> The damping applied to the spring when the spring is being compressed. This value should be between 0.0 (no damping) and 1.0. A value of 0.0 means the car will keep bouncing as the spring keeps its energy. A good value for this is around 0.3 for a normal car, 0.5 for a race car. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ The damping applied to the spring when relaxing. This value should be between 0.0 (no damping) and 1.0. This value should always be slightly higher than the [member damping_compression] property. For a [member damping_compression] value of 0.3, try a relaxation value of 0.5. </member> <member name="engine_force" type="float" setter="set_engine_force" getter="get_engine_force" default="0.0"> - Accelerates the wheel by applying an engine force. The wheel is only speed up if it is in contact with a surface. The [member RigidBody3D.mass] of the vehicle has an effect on the acceleration of the vehicle. For a vehicle with a mass set to 1000, try a value in the 25 - 50 range for acceleration. + Accelerates the wheel by applying an engine force. The wheel is only speed up if it is in contact with a surface. The [member RigidDynamicBody3D.mass] of the vehicle has an effect on the acceleration of the vehicle. For a vehicle with a mass set to 1000, try a value in the 25 - 50 range for acceleration. [b]Note:[/b] The simulation does not take the effect of gears into account, you will need to add logic for this if you wish to simulate gears. A negative value will result in the wheel reversing. </member> @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ The steering angle for the wheel. Setting this to a non-zero value will result in the vehicle turning when it's moving. </member> <member name="suspension_max_force" type="float" setter="set_suspension_max_force" getter="get_suspension_max_force" default="6000.0"> - The maximum force the spring can resist. This value should be higher than a quarter of the [member RigidBody3D.mass] of the [VehicleBody3D] or the spring will not carry the weight of the vehicle. Good results are often obtained by a value that is about 3× to 4× this number. + The maximum force the spring can resist. This value should be higher than a quarter of the [member RigidDynamicBody3D.mass] of the [VehicleBody3D] or the spring will not carry the weight of the vehicle. Good results are often obtained by a value that is about 3× to 4× this number. </member> <member name="suspension_stiffness" type="float" setter="set_suspension_stiffness" getter="get_suspension_stiffness" default="5.88"> This value defines the stiffness of the suspension. Use a value lower than 50 for an off-road car, a value between 50 and 100 for a race car and try something around 200 for something like a Formula 1 car. diff --git a/doc/classes/Viewport.xml b/doc/classes/Viewport.xml index 4a62d3ec7b..06a7177bfc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Viewport.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Viewport.xml @@ -113,26 +113,34 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the viewport is currently performing a drag operation. </description> </method> - <method name="input"> + <method name="is_embedding_subwindows" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_input_handled" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="push_input"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="event" type="InputEvent" /> <argument index="1" name="in_local_coords" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> </description> </method> - <method name="input_text"> + <method name="push_text_input"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="text" type="String" /> <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the viewport is currently embedding windows. </description> </method> - <method name="is_embedding_subwindows" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool" /> - <description> - </description> - </method> - <method name="is_input_handled" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool" /> + <method name="push_unhandled_input"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="event" type="InputEvent" /> + <argument index="1" name="in_local_coords" type="bool" default="false" /> <description> </description> </method> @@ -150,13 +158,6 @@ Sets the number of subdivisions to use in the specified quadrant. A higher number of subdivisions allows you to have more shadows in the scene at once, but reduces the quality of the shadows. A good practice is to have quadrants with a varying number of subdivisions and to have as few subdivisions as possible. </description> </method> - <method name="unhandled_input"> - <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="event" type="InputEvent" /> - <argument index="1" name="in_local_coords" type="bool" default="false" /> - <description> - </description> - </method> <method name="warp_mouse"> <return type="void" /> <argument index="0" name="to_position" type="Vector2" /> @@ -211,6 +212,9 @@ <member name="physics_object_picking" type="bool" setter="set_physics_object_picking" getter="get_physics_object_picking" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the objects rendered by viewport become subjects of mouse picking process. </member> + <member name="scale_3d" type="int" setter="set_scale_3d" getter="get_scale_3d" enum="Viewport.Scale3D" default="0"> + The scale at which 3D content is rendered. + </member> <member name="screen_space_aa" type="int" setter="set_screen_space_aa" getter="get_screen_space_aa" enum="Viewport.ScreenSpaceAA" default="0"> Sets the screen-space antialiasing method used. Screen-space antialiasing works by selectively blurring edges in a post-process shader. It differs from MSAA which takes multiple coverage samples while rendering objects. Screen-space AA methods are typically faster than MSAA and will smooth out specular aliasing, but tend to make scenes appear blurry. </member> @@ -271,6 +275,16 @@ </signal> </signals> <constants> + <constant name="SCALE_3D_DISABLED" value="0" enum="Scale3D"> + </constant> + <constant name="SCALE_3D_75_PERCENT" value="1" enum="Scale3D"> + </constant> + <constant name="SCALE_3D_50_PERCENT" value="2" enum="Scale3D"> + </constant> + <constant name="SCALE_3D_33_PERCENT" value="3" enum="Scale3D"> + </constant> + <constant name="SCALE_3D_25_PERCENT" value="4" enum="Scale3D"> + </constant> <constant name="SHADOW_ATLAS_QUADRANT_SUBDIV_DISABLED" value="0" enum="ShadowAtlasQuadrantSubdiv"> This quadrant will not be used. </constant> @@ -307,10 +321,7 @@ <constant name="MSAA_8X" value="3" enum="MSAA"> Use 8× Multisample Antialiasing. This has a very high performance cost. The difference between 4× and 8× MSAA may not always be visible in real gameplay conditions. Likely unsupported on low-end and older hardware. </constant> - <constant name="MSAA_16X" value="4" enum="MSAA"> - Use 16× Multisample Antialiasing. This has a very high performance cost. The difference between 8× and 16× MSAA may not always be visible in real gameplay conditions. Likely unsupported on medium and low-end hardware. - </constant> - <constant name="MSAA_MAX" value="5" enum="MSAA"> + <constant name="MSAA_MAX" value="4" enum="MSAA"> Represents the size of the [enum MSAA] enum. </constant> <constant name="SCREEN_SPACE_AA_DISABLED" value="0" enum="ScreenSpaceAA"> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisibleOnScreenEnabler3D.xml b/doc/classes/VisibleOnScreenEnabler3D.xml index 3205d6b415..f781ef9749 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisibleOnScreenEnabler3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisibleOnScreenEnabler3D.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Enables certain nodes only when approximately visible. </brief_description> <description> - The VisibleOnScreenEnabler3D will disable [RigidBody3D] and [AnimationPlayer] nodes when they are not visible. It will only affect other nodes within the same scene as the VisibleOnScreenEnabler3D itself. + The VisibleOnScreenEnabler3D will disable [RigidDynamicBody3D] and [AnimationPlayer] nodes when they are not visible. It will only affect other nodes within the same scene as the VisibleOnScreenEnabler3D itself. If you just want to receive notifications, use [VisibleOnScreenNotifier3D] instead. [b]Note:[/b] VisibleOnScreenEnabler3D uses an approximate heuristic for performance reasons. It doesn't take walls and other occlusion into account. The heuristic is an implementation detail and may change in future versions. If you need precise visibility checking, use another method such as adding an [Area3D] node as a child of a [Camera3D] node and/or [method Vector3.dot]. [b]Note:[/b] VisibleOnScreenEnabler3D will not affect nodes added after scene initialization. diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualScriptCustomNodes.xml b/doc/classes/VisualScriptCustomNodes.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ef8022f5e --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/VisualScriptCustomNodes.xml @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="VisualScriptCustomNodes" inherits="Object" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Manages custom nodes for the Visual Script editor. + </brief_description> + <description> + This singleton can be used to manage (i.e., add or remove) custom nodes for the Visual Script editor. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="add_custom_node"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="String" /> + <argument index="1" name="category" type="String" /> + <argument index="2" name="script" type="Script" /> + <description> + Add a custom Visual Script node to the editor. It'll be placed under "Custom Nodes" with the [code]category[/code] as the parameter. + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_custom_node"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="String" /> + <argument index="1" name="category" type="String" /> + <description> + Remove a custom Visual Script node from the editor. Custom nodes already placed on scripts won't be removed. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <signals> + <signal name="custom_nodes_updated"> + <description> + Emitted when a custom Visual Script node is added or removed. + </description> + </signal> + </signals> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml index f6dbd2ad43..3a489419c1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml +++ b/doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml @@ -16,17 +16,17 @@ <link title="Visual Shader plugins">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/plugins/editor/visual_shader_plugins.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="_get_category" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_category" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> <description> Override this method to define the path to the associated custom node in the Visual Shader Editor's members dialog. The path may look like [code]"MyGame/MyFunctions/Noise"[/code]. Defining this method is [b]optional[/b]. If not overridden, the node will be filed under the "Addons" category. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_code" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_code" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> - <argument index="0" name="input_vars" type="Array" /> - <argument index="1" name="output_vars" type="Array" /> + <argument index="0" name="input_vars" type="PackedStringArray" /> + <argument index="1" name="output_vars" type="String[]" /> <argument index="2" name="mode" type="int" /> <argument index="3" name="type" type="int" /> <description> @@ -37,14 +37,14 @@ Defining this method is [b]required[/b]. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_description" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_description" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> <description> Override this method to define the description of the associated custom node in the Visual Shader Editor's members dialog. Defining this method is [b]optional[/b]. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_global_code" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_global_code" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> <argument index="0" name="mode" type="int" /> <description> @@ -54,22 +54,22 @@ Defining this method is [b]optional[/b]. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_input_port_count" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_input_port_count" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="int" /> <description> Override this method to define the amount of input ports of the associated custom node. Defining this method is [b]required[/b]. If not overridden, the node has no input ports. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_input_port_name" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="StringName" /> + <method name="_get_input_port_name" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="String" /> <argument index="0" name="port" type="int" /> <description> Override this method to define the names of input ports of the associated custom node. The names are used both for the input slots in the editor and as identifiers in the shader code, and are passed in the [code]input_vars[/code] array in [method _get_code]. Defining this method is [b]optional[/b], but recommended. If not overridden, input ports are named as [code]"in" + str(port)[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_input_port_type" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_input_port_type" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="port" type="int" /> <description> @@ -77,29 +77,29 @@ Defining this method is [b]optional[/b], but recommended. If not overridden, input ports will return the [constant VisualShaderNode.PORT_TYPE_SCALAR] type. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_name" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_name" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="String" /> <description> Override this method to define the name of the associated custom node in the Visual Shader Editor's members dialog and graph. Defining this method is [b]optional[/b], but recommended. If not overridden, the node will be named as "Unnamed". </description> </method> - <method name="_get_output_port_count" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_output_port_count" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="int" /> <description> Override this method to define the amount of output ports of the associated custom node. Defining this method is [b]required[/b]. If not overridden, the node has no output ports. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_output_port_name" qualifiers="virtual"> - <return type="StringName" /> + <method name="_get_output_port_name" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="String" /> <argument index="0" name="port" type="int" /> <description> Override this method to define the names of output ports of the associated custom node. The names are used both for the output slots in the editor and as identifiers in the shader code, and are passed in the [code]output_vars[/code] array in [method _get_code]. Defining this method is [b]optional[/b], but recommended. If not overridden, output ports are named as [code]"out" + str(port)[/code]. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_output_port_type" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_output_port_type" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="int" /> <argument index="0" name="port" type="int" /> <description> @@ -107,14 +107,14 @@ Defining this method is [b]optional[/b], but recommended. If not overridden, output ports will return the [constant VisualShaderNode.PORT_TYPE_SCALAR] type. </description> </method> - <method name="_get_return_icon_type" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_get_return_icon_type" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="int" /> <description> Override this method to define the return icon of the associated custom node in the Visual Shader Editor's members dialog. Defining this method is [b]optional[/b]. If not overridden, no return icon is shown. </description> </method> - <method name="_is_highend" qualifiers="virtual"> + <method name="_is_highend" qualifiers="virtual const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> Override this method to enable high-end mark in the Visual Shader Editor's members dialog. diff --git a/doc/classes/Window.xml b/doc/classes/Window.xml index d7b156cc57..15d844aacb 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Window.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Window.xml @@ -1,8 +1,10 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="Window" inherits="Viewport" version="4.0"> <brief_description> + Base class for all windows. </brief_description> <description> + A node that creates a window. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -10,6 +12,7 @@ <method name="can_draw" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> + Returns whether the window is being drawn to the screen. </description> </method> <method name="child_controls_changed"> @@ -27,6 +30,7 @@ <return type="bool" /> <argument index="0" name="flag" type="int" enum="Window.Flags" /> <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the flag is set. </description> </method> <method name="get_layout_direction" qualifiers="const"> @@ -38,6 +42,7 @@ <method name="get_real_size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2i" /> <description> + Returns the window's size including its border. </description> </method> <method name="get_theme_color" qualifiers="const"> @@ -87,11 +92,13 @@ <method name="grab_focus"> <return type="void" /> <description> + Causes the window to grab focus, allowing it to receive user input. </description> </method> <method name="has_focus" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the window is focused. </description> </method> <method name="has_theme_color" qualifiers="const"> @@ -148,6 +155,7 @@ <method name="is_embedded" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool" /> <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the window is currently embedded in another window. </description> </method> <method name="is_layout_rtl" qualifiers="const"> @@ -212,6 +220,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="flag" type="int" enum="Window.Flags" /> <argument index="1" name="enabled" type="bool" /> <description> + Sets a specified window flag. </description> </method> <method name="set_ime_active"> @@ -247,11 +256,13 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="always_on_top" type="bool" setter="set_flag" getter="get_flag" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the window will be on top of all other windows. </member> <member name="auto_translate" type="bool" setter="set_auto_translate" getter="is_auto_translating" default="true"> Toggles if any text should automatically change to its translated version depending on the current locale. </member> <member name="borderless" type="bool" setter="set_flag" getter="get_flag" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the window will have no borders. </member> <member name="content_scale_aspect" type="int" setter="set_content_scale_aspect" getter="get_content_scale_aspect" enum="Window.ContentScaleAspect" default="0"> </member> @@ -260,6 +271,7 @@ <member name="content_scale_size" type="Vector2i" setter="set_content_scale_size" getter="get_content_scale_size" default="Vector2i(0, 0)"> </member> <member name="current_screen" type="int" setter="set_current_screen" getter="get_current_screen" default="0"> + The screen the window is currently on. </member> <member name="exclusive" type="bool" setter="set_exclusive" getter="is_exclusive" default="false"> </member> @@ -268,16 +280,21 @@ <member name="min_size" type="Vector2i" setter="set_min_size" getter="get_min_size" default="Vector2i(0, 0)"> </member> <member name="mode" type="int" setter="set_mode" getter="get_mode" enum="Window.Mode" default="0"> + Set's the window's current mode. + [b]Note:[/b] Fullscreen mode is not exclusive fullscreen on Windows and Linux. </member> <member name="position" type="Vector2i" setter="set_position" getter="get_position" default="Vector2i(0, 0)"> + The window's position in pixels. </member> <member name="size" type="Vector2i" setter="set_size" getter="get_size" default="Vector2i(100, 100)"> + The window's size in pixels. </member> <member name="theme" type="Theme" setter="set_theme" getter="get_theme"> </member> <member name="theme_type_variation" type="StringName" setter="set_theme_type_variation" getter="get_theme_type_variation" default="&"""> </member> <member name="title" type="String" setter="set_title" getter="get_title" default=""""> + The window's title. </member> <member name="transient" type="bool" setter="set_transient" getter="is_transient" default="false"> </member> @@ -286,8 +303,10 @@ <member name="unfocusable" type="bool" setter="set_flag" getter="get_flag" default="false"> </member> <member name="unresizable" type="bool" setter="set_flag" getter="get_flag" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the window can't be resized. </member> <member name="visible" type="bool" setter="set_visible" getter="is_visible" default="true"> + If [code]true[/code], the window is visible. </member> <member name="wrap_controls" type="bool" setter="set_wrap_controls" getter="is_wrapping_controls" default="false"> </member> @@ -340,20 +359,26 @@ <constant name="NOTIFICATION_VISIBILITY_CHANGED" value="30"> </constant> <constant name="MODE_WINDOWED" value="0" enum="Mode"> + Windowed mode. </constant> <constant name="MODE_MINIMIZED" value="1" enum="Mode"> + Minimized window mode. </constant> <constant name="MODE_MAXIMIZED" value="2" enum="Mode"> + Maximized window mode. </constant> <constant name="MODE_FULLSCREEN" value="3" enum="Mode"> Fullscreen window mode. Note that this is not [i]exclusive[/i] fullscreen. On Windows and Linux, a borderless window is used to emulate fullscreen. On macOS, a new desktop is used to display the running project. Regardless of the platform, enabling fullscreen will change the window size to match the monitor's size. Therefore, make sure your project supports [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/rendering/multiple_resolutions.html]multiple resolutions[/url] when enabling fullscreen mode. </constant> <constant name="FLAG_RESIZE_DISABLED" value="0" enum="Flags"> + The window's ability to be resized. </constant> <constant name="FLAG_BORDERLESS" value="1" enum="Flags"> + Borderless window. </constant> <constant name="FLAG_ALWAYS_ON_TOP" value="2" enum="Flags"> + Flag for making the window always on top of all other windows. </constant> <constant name="FLAG_TRANSPARENT" value="3" enum="Flags"> </constant> diff --git a/doc/classes/WorldMarginShape2D.xml b/doc/classes/WorldBoundaryShape2D.xml index 1839ab16ad..190f289601 100644 --- a/doc/classes/WorldMarginShape2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/WorldBoundaryShape2D.xml @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="WorldMarginShape2D" inherits="Shape2D" version="4.0"> +<class name="WorldBoundaryShape2D" inherits="Shape2D" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Line shape for 2D collisions. + World boundary shape for 2D collisions. </brief_description> <description> - Line shape for 2D collisions. It works like a 2D plane and will not allow any physics body to go to the negative side. Not recommended for rigid bodies, and usually not recommended for static bodies either because it forces checks against it on every frame. + World boundary shape for 2D collisions. It works like a 2D plane and will not allow any physics body to go to the negative side. Not recommended for rigid bodies, and usually not recommended for static bodies either because it forces checks against it on every frame. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/WorldBoundaryShape3D.xml b/doc/classes/WorldBoundaryShape3D.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..837b023a58 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/WorldBoundaryShape3D.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="WorldBoundaryShape3D" inherits="Shape3D" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + World boundary shape for 3D collisions. + </brief_description> + <description> + World boundary shape for 3D collisions. It works like an infinite plane and will not allow any physics body to go to the negative side. Note that the [Plane]'s normal matters; anything "below" the plane will collide with it. If the [WorldBoundaryShape3D] is used in a [PhysicsBody3D], it will cause colliding objects placed "below" it to teleport "above" the plane. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="plane" type="Plane" setter="set_plane" getter="get_plane" default="Plane(0, 1, 0, 0)"> + The [Plane] used by the [WorldBoundaryShape3D] for collision. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/WorldMarginShape3D.xml b/doc/classes/WorldMarginShape3D.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 9a26f254f1..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/WorldMarginShape3D.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="WorldMarginShape3D" inherits="Shape3D" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - Infinite plane shape for 3D collisions. - </brief_description> - <description> - An infinite plane shape for 3D collisions. Note that the [Plane]'s normal matters; anything "below" the plane will collide with it. If the [WorldMarginShape3D] is used in a [PhysicsBody3D], it will cause colliding objects placed "below" it to teleport "above" the plane. - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="plane" type="Plane" setter="set_plane" getter="get_plane" default="Plane(0, 1, 0, 0)"> - The [Plane] used by the [WorldMarginShape3D] for collision. - </member> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/XRInterface.xml b/doc/classes/XRInterface.xml index 1fb73e59b4..2a740ab1e8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/XRInterface.xml +++ b/doc/classes/XRInterface.xml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="XRInterface" inherits="RefCounted" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Base class for an AR/VR interface implementation. + Base class for an XR interface implementation. </brief_description> <description> This class needs to be implemented to make an AR or VR platform available to Godot and these should be implemented as C++ modules or GDNative modules (note that for GDNative the subclass XRScriptInterface should be used). Part of the interface is exposed to GDScript so you can detect, enable and configure an AR or VR platform. @@ -26,17 +26,17 @@ <method name="get_name" qualifiers="const"> <return type="StringName" /> <description> - Returns the name of this interface (OpenVR, OpenHMD, ARKit, etc). + Returns the name of this interface (OpenXR, OpenVR, OpenHMD, ARKit, etc). </description> </method> - <method name="get_render_targetsize"> + <method name="get_render_target_size"> <return type="Vector2" /> <description> Returns the resolution at which we should render our intermediate results before things like lens distortion are applied by the VR platform. </description> </method> <method name="get_tracking_status" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int" enum="XRInterface.Tracking_status" /> + <return type="int" enum="XRInterface.TrackingStatus" /> <description> If supported, returns the status of our tracking. This will allow you to provide feedback to the user whether there are issues with positional tracking. </description> @@ -52,11 +52,17 @@ <description> Call this to initialize this interface. The first interface that is initialized is identified as the primary interface and it will be used for rendering output. After initializing the interface you want to use you then need to enable the AR/VR mode of a viewport and rendering should commence. - [b]Note:[/b] You must enable the AR/VR mode on the main viewport for any device that uses the main output of Godot, such as for mobile VR. + [b]Note:[/b] You must enable the XR mode on the main viewport for any device that uses the main output of Godot, such as for mobile VR. If you do this for a platform that handles its own output (such as OpenVR) Godot will show just one eye without distortion on screen. Alternatively, you can add a separate viewport node to your scene and enable AR/VR on that viewport. It will be used to output to the HMD, leaving you free to do anything you like in the main window, such as using a separate camera as a spectator camera or rendering something completely different. While currently not used, you can activate additional interfaces. You may wish to do this if you want to track controllers from other platforms. However, at this point in time only one interface can render to an HMD. </description> </method> + <method name="is_initialized" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + Is [code]true[/code] if this interface has been initialised. + </description> + </method> <method name="uninitialize"> <return type="void" /> <description> @@ -68,10 +74,7 @@ <member name="ar_is_anchor_detection_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_anchor_detection_is_enabled" getter="get_anchor_detection_is_enabled" default="false"> On an AR interface, [code]true[/code] if anchor detection is enabled. </member> - <member name="interface_is_initialized" type="bool" setter="set_is_initialized" getter="is_initialized" default="false"> - [code]true[/code] if this interface been initialized. - </member> - <member name="interface_is_primary" type="bool" setter="set_is_primary" getter="is_primary" default="false"> + <member name="interface_is_primary" type="bool" setter="set_primary" getter="is_primary" default="false"> [code]true[/code] if this is the primary interface. </member> </members> @@ -89,7 +92,7 @@ This interface supports AR (video background and real world tracking). </constant> <constant name="XR_EXTERNAL" value="8" enum="Capabilities"> - This interface outputs to an external device. If the main viewport is used, the on screen output is an unmodified buffer of either the left or right eye (stretched if the viewport size is not changed to the same aspect ratio of [method get_render_targetsize]). Using a separate viewport node frees up the main viewport for other purposes. + This interface outputs to an external device. If the main viewport is used, the on screen output is an unmodified buffer of either the left or right eye (stretched if the viewport size is not changed to the same aspect ratio of [method get_render_target_size]). Using a separate viewport node frees up the main viewport for other purposes. </constant> <constant name="EYE_MONO" value="0" enum="Eyes"> Mono output, this is mostly used internally when retrieving positioning information for our camera node or when stereo scopic rendering is not supported. @@ -100,19 +103,19 @@ <constant name="EYE_RIGHT" value="2" enum="Eyes"> Right eye output, this is mostly used internally when rendering the image for the right eye and obtaining positioning and projection information. </constant> - <constant name="XR_NORMAL_TRACKING" value="0" enum="Tracking_status"> + <constant name="XR_NORMAL_TRACKING" value="0" enum="TrackingStatus"> Tracking is behaving as expected. </constant> - <constant name="XR_EXCESSIVE_MOTION" value="1" enum="Tracking_status"> + <constant name="XR_EXCESSIVE_MOTION" value="1" enum="TrackingStatus"> Tracking is hindered by excessive motion (the player is moving faster than tracking can keep up). </constant> - <constant name="XR_INSUFFICIENT_FEATURES" value="2" enum="Tracking_status"> + <constant name="XR_INSUFFICIENT_FEATURES" value="2" enum="TrackingStatus"> Tracking is hindered by insufficient features, it's too dark (for camera-based tracking), player is blocked, etc. </constant> - <constant name="XR_UNKNOWN_TRACKING" value="3" enum="Tracking_status"> + <constant name="XR_UNKNOWN_TRACKING" value="3" enum="TrackingStatus"> We don't know the status of the tracking or this interface does not provide feedback. </constant> - <constant name="XR_NOT_TRACKING" value="4" enum="Tracking_status"> + <constant name="XR_NOT_TRACKING" value="4" enum="TrackingStatus"> Tracking is not functional (camera not plugged in or obscured, lighthouses turned off, etc.). </constant> </constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/XRInterfaceExtension.xml b/doc/classes/XRInterfaceExtension.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fb79926043 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/XRInterfaceExtension.xml @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="XRInterfaceExtension" inherits="XRInterface" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Base class for XR interface extensions (plugins). + </brief_description> + <description> + External XR interface plugins should inherit from this class. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="_commit_views" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="render_target" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="screen_rect" type="Rect2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_anchor_detection_is_enabled" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_camera_feed_id" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_camera_transform" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="Transform3D" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_capabilities" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_name" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="StringName" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_projection_for_view" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="PackedFloat64Array" /> + <argument index="0" name="view" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="aspect" type="float" /> + <argument index="2" name="z_near" type="float" /> + <argument index="3" name="z_far" type="float" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_render_target_size" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="Vector2" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_tracking_status" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_transform_for_view" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="Transform3D" /> + <argument index="0" name="view" type="int" /> + <argument index="1" name="cam_transform" type="Transform3D" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_get_view_count" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_initialize" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_is_initialized" qualifiers="virtual const"> + <return type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_notification" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="what" type="int" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_process" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_set_anchor_detection_is_enabled" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="enabled" type="bool" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="_uninitialize" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="add_blit"> + <return type="void" /> + <argument index="0" name="render_target" type="RID" /> + <argument index="1" name="src_rect" type="Rect2" /> + <argument index="2" name="dst_rect" type="Rect2i" /> + <argument index="3" name="use_layer" type="bool" /> + <argument index="4" name="layer" type="int" /> + <argument index="5" name="apply_lens_distortion" type="bool" /> + <argument index="6" name="eye_center" type="Vector2" /> + <argument index="7" name="k1" type="float" /> + <argument index="8" name="k2" type="float" /> + <argument index="9" name="upscale" type="float" /> + <argument index="10" name="aspect_ratio" type="float" /> + <description> + Blits our render results to screen optionally applying lens distortion. This can only be called while processing [code]_commit_views[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_render_target_texture"> + <return type="RID" /> + <argument index="0" name="render_target" type="RID" /> + <description> + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/XRServer.xml b/doc/classes/XRServer.xml index 5dd9b75ad2..85170804cc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/XRServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/XRServer.xml @@ -37,13 +37,6 @@ You should call this method after a few seconds have passed. For instance, when the user requests a realignment of the display holding a designated button on a controller for a short period of time, or when implementing a teleport mechanism. </description> </method> - <method name="clear_primary_interface_if"> - <return type="void" /> - <argument index="0" name="interface" type="XRInterface" /> - <description> - Clears our current primary interface if it is set to the provided interface. - </description> - </method> <method name="find_interface" qualifiers="const"> <return type="XRInterface" /> <argument index="0" name="name" type="String" /> |